1 Introduction and statement of results
 Let G be a simple algebraic group over an algebraically closed field K of characteristic p, where we take 
 $p=\infty $
 if K has characteristic zero. Let V be a nontrivial irreducible
$p=\infty $
 if K has characteristic zero. Let V be a nontrivial irreducible 
 $KG$
-module of dimension d. For
$KG$
-module of dimension d. For 
 $1\leq k\leq d$
, the Grassmannian variety
$1\leq k\leq d$
, the Grassmannian variety 
 $\mathcal {G}_k(V)$
 consists of all k-dimensional subspaces of V and is isomorphic to the variety
$\mathcal {G}_k(V)$
 consists of all k-dimensional subspaces of V and is isomorphic to the variety 
 $SL(V)/P$
, where P is a maximal parabolic subgroup of
$SL(V)/P$
, where P is a maximal parabolic subgroup of 
 $SL(V)$
 stabilising a k-dimensional subspace. Assume that the module V is self-dual. Then the group G preserves a nondegenerate bilinear form, which is either symmetric or alternating (unless
$SL(V)$
 stabilising a k-dimensional subspace. Assume that the module V is self-dual. Then the group G preserves a nondegenerate bilinear form, which is either symmetric or alternating (unless 
 $p = 2$
 when it is both). If the form is symmetric and G preserves an associated quadratic form, we say that the module V is orthogonal, and we say it is symplectic otherwise. For
$p = 2$
 when it is both). If the form is symmetric and G preserves an associated quadratic form, we say that the module V is orthogonal, and we say it is symplectic otherwise. For 
 $1\leq k\leq \frac {d}{2}$
, we denote by
$1\leq k\leq \frac {d}{2}$
, we denote by 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 the variety of totally singular k-dimensional subspaces of V. Any such variety is irreducible unless
$\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 the variety of totally singular k-dimensional subspaces of V. Any such variety is irreducible unless 
 $k=\frac {d}{2}$
 and V is orthogonal, in which case the two
$k=\frac {d}{2}$
 and V is orthogonal, in which case the two 
 $SO(V)$
-orbits on
$SO(V)$
-orbits on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 are its irreducible components, which we shall denote by
$\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 are its irreducible components, which we shall denote by 
 $\mathcal {S}_{k'}(V)$
 and
$\mathcal {S}_{k'}(V)$
 and 
 $\mathcal {S}_{k"}(V)$
, or
$\mathcal {S}_{k"}(V)$
, or 
 $\mathcal {S}_{k}'(V)$
 and
$\mathcal {S}_{k}'(V)$
 and 
 $\mathcal {S}_{k}"(V)$
. Note that there is no intrinsic way of choosing which of the two orbits is labeled
$\mathcal {S}_{k}"(V)$
. Note that there is no intrinsic way of choosing which of the two orbits is labeled 
 $\mathcal {S}_{k'}(V)$
, and therefore, such choice is arbitrary and usually simply dependent on the order of consideration. As V is orthogonal or symplectic, each such irreducible variety is isomorphic to
$\mathcal {S}_{k'}(V)$
, and therefore, such choice is arbitrary and usually simply dependent on the order of consideration. As V is orthogonal or symplectic, each such irreducible variety is isomorphic to 
 $SO(V)/P$
 or
$SO(V)/P$
 or 
 $Sp(V)/P$
, where P is a parabolic subgroup of
$Sp(V)/P$
, where P is a parabolic subgroup of 
 $SO(V)$
 or
$SO(V)$
 or 
 $Sp(V)$
 (maximal unless V is orthogonal and
$Sp(V)$
 (maximal unless V is orthogonal and 
 $k=\frac {d}{2}-1$
), and the elements of the variety are orthogonal Grassmannians or symplectic Grassmannians.
$k=\frac {d}{2}-1$
), and the elements of the variety are orthogonal Grassmannians or symplectic Grassmannians.
 If G acts faithfully on a variety X, we say that the action has generic stabilizer S if there exists a nonempty open subset 
 $U\subseteq X$
 such that the stabilizer
$U\subseteq X$
 such that the stabilizer 
 $G_u$
 is conjugate to S for all
$G_u$
 is conjugate to S for all 
 $u\in U$
.
$u\in U$
.
 We say that the action has semi-generic stabilizer S if there exists a nonempty open subset 
 $U\subseteq X$
 such that
$U\subseteq X$
 such that 
 $G_u$
 is isomorphic to S for all
$G_u$
 is isomorphic to S for all 
 $u\in U$
.
$u\in U$
.
 In general, we say that G acting on X (not necessarily faithfully) has a (semi-)generic stabilizer if 
 $G/G_X$
, where
$G/G_X$
, where 
 $G_X$
 denotes the kernel of the action, has a (semi-)generic stabilizer for its faithful action on X. Note that when
$G_X$
 denotes the kernel of the action, has a (semi-)generic stabilizer for its faithful action on X. Note that when 
 $X=\mathcal {G}_k(V)$
 or
$X=\mathcal {G}_k(V)$
 or 
 $X=\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
, the kernel
$X=\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
, the kernel 
 $G_X$
 is precisely the center of G.
$G_X$
 is precisely the center of G.
 In characteristic zero, generic stabilizers exist under mild hypotheses. In this case, it follows from [Reference Andreev, Vinberg and Élashvili1] that the generic stabilizer is positive dimensional if and only if 
 $\dim G\geq \dim X$
. However, even in characteristic
$\dim G\geq \dim X$
. However, even in characteristic 
 $0$
, there are examples of actions with no generic stabilizers (see [Reference Richardson25]).
$0$
, there are examples of actions with no generic stabilizers (see [Reference Richardson25]).
 If 
 $p<\infty $
, there are even more instances where generic stabilizers do not exist, as there is no analogue of Richardson’s result. For example, in [Reference Martin21, Example 8.3], we find a construction for an
$p<\infty $
, there are even more instances where generic stabilizers do not exist, as there is no analogue of Richardson’s result. For example, in [Reference Martin21, Example 8.3], we find a construction for an 
 $SL_2(K)$
-action on an affine variety in positive characteristic, with no generic stabilizer.
$SL_2(K)$
-action on an affine variety in positive characteristic, with no generic stabilizer.
 Again, let G be a simple algebraic group over an algebraically closed field K of characteristic p and V be a nontrivial irreducible 
 $KG$
-module. Recently, Guralnick and Lawther have solved the generic stabilizer problem for the action on
$KG$
-module. Recently, Guralnick and Lawther have solved the generic stabilizer problem for the action on 
 $X=\mathcal {G}_k(V)$
. In [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10], they proved that if
$X=\mathcal {G}_k(V)$
. In [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10], they proved that if 
 $X=V$
 or
$X=V$
 or 
 $X=\mathcal {G}_k(V)$
, then the action of G on X has a generic stabilizer, unless
$X=\mathcal {G}_k(V)$
, then the action of G on X has a generic stabilizer, unless 
 $G=B_3$
,
$G=B_3$
, 
 $p=2$
, V is the spin module for G, and
$p=2$
, V is the spin module for G, and 
 $k=4$
, in which case the action has a semi-generic stabilizer but not a generic stabilizer. They showed that for such actions, the generic stabilizer is in general trivial, and they otherwise determined all nontrivial (semi-)generic stabilizers explicitly.
$k=4$
, in which case the action has a semi-generic stabilizer but not a generic stabilizer. They showed that for such actions, the generic stabilizer is in general trivial, and they otherwise determined all nontrivial (semi-)generic stabilizers explicitly.
 In this paper, we treat the action of G on the orthogonal and symplectic Grassmannians of self-dual irreducible G-modules (i.e., 
 $X = \mathcal {S}_k(V)$
). We only deal with the case
$X = \mathcal {S}_k(V)$
). We only deal with the case 
 $\dim G\geq \dim X$
. The reason for this is two-fold. We will be interested in applications to questions about the existence of dense orbits and dense double cosets, for which we only need to be concerned with the cases where
$\dim G\geq \dim X$
. The reason for this is two-fold. We will be interested in applications to questions about the existence of dense orbits and dense double cosets, for which we only need to be concerned with the cases where 
 $\dim G\geq \dim X$
. Secondly, as shown in [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10], the strategy for dealing with the situation
$\dim G\geq \dim X$
. Secondly, as shown in [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10], the strategy for dealing with the situation 
 $\dim G<\dim X$
 presents entirely different challenges. The case
$\dim G<\dim X$
 presents entirely different challenges. The case 
 $\dim G < \dim X$
 shall be the subject of future work. Note that (semi-)generic stabilizers for the action on
$\dim G < \dim X$
 shall be the subject of future work. Note that (semi-)generic stabilizers for the action on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 are generally going to be radically different from the ones for the action on
$\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 are generally going to be radically different from the ones for the action on 
 $\mathcal {G}_k(V)$
. Indeed, it is often going to be the case that the generic stabilizer for the action on
$\mathcal {G}_k(V)$
. Indeed, it is often going to be the case that the generic stabilizer for the action on 
 $\mathcal {G}_k(V)$
 is finite, while the generic stabilizer for the action on
$\mathcal {G}_k(V)$
 is finite, while the generic stabilizer for the action on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 is positive-dimensional. We shall now state our first result. The modules V are denoted by their highest weight, the groups G by their Dynkin diagram.
$\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 is positive-dimensional. We shall now state our first result. The modules V are denoted by their highest weight, the groups G by their Dynkin diagram.
Theorem 1. Let G be a simple algebraic group over an algebraically closed field of characteristic p, and V a self-dual nontrivial irreducible G-module of dimension d and highest weight 
 $\lambda $
. For
$\lambda $
. For 
 $1\leq k\leq \frac {d}{2}$
 such that
$1\leq k\leq \frac {d}{2}$
 such that 
 $\dim G\geq \dim \mathcal {S}_k(V)$
, if the action of G on
$\dim G\geq \dim \mathcal {S}_k(V)$
, if the action of G on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 has no generic stabilizer, then
$\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 has no generic stabilizer, then 
 $p=2$
 and
$p=2$
 and 
 $(G,\lambda ,k)$
 is one of the following:
$(G,\lambda ,k)$
 is one of the following: 
- 
(i)  $(E_7,\lambda _7,2)$
; $(E_7,\lambda _7,2)$
;
- 
(ii)  $(D_6,\lambda _6,2)$
; $(D_6,\lambda _6,2)$
;
- 
(iii)  $(A_5,\lambda _3,2)$
; $(A_5,\lambda _3,2)$
;
- 
(iv)  $(B_4,\lambda _4,8)$
. $(B_4,\lambda _4,8)$
.
In the first three cases, the action of G on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 has no generic stabilizer but does have a semi-generic one. In the last case, the action of G on
$\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 has no generic stabilizer but does have a semi-generic one. In the last case, the action of G on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k'(V)$
 has a generic stabilizer, but the action of G on
$\mathcal {S}_k'(V)$
 has a generic stabilizer, but the action of G on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k"(V)$
 only has a semi-generic one.
$\mathcal {S}_k"(V)$
 only has a semi-generic one.
While Theorem 1 guarantees the existence, in Theorem 2, we shall explicitly determine the structure of every (semi-)generic stabilizer. The proof of Theorem 1 involves a quick reduction to a finite list of families of cases to be considered, followed by a case-by-case analysis using many of the methods adopted in [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10]. This case-by-case analysis is the subject of the majority of this paper.
 Before stating our remaining results, we shall set up some more notation. If G is semisimple, let T be a fixed maximal torus, and 
 $\Phi $
 the root system for G with respect to T, described by its Dynkin diagram. The root system has positive roots
$\Phi $
 the root system for G with respect to T, described by its Dynkin diagram. The root system has positive roots 
 $\Phi ^+$
 and a base
$\Phi ^+$
 and a base 
 $\Delta =\{\alpha _1,\alpha _2,\dots ,\alpha _n\}$
 of simple roots. For the simple algebraic groups, the ordering of the simple roots is taken according to Bourbaki [Reference Bourbaki4]. For a
$\Delta =\{\alpha _1,\alpha _2,\dots ,\alpha _n\}$
 of simple roots. For the simple algebraic groups, the ordering of the simple roots is taken according to Bourbaki [Reference Bourbaki4]. For a 
 $KG$
-module V and a weight
$KG$
-module V and a weight 
 $\mu $
 of G, we write
$\mu $
 of G, we write 
 $V_\mu $
 for the
$V_\mu $
 for the 
 $\mu $
-weight space of V. If G acts on a set X, for
$\mu $
-weight space of V. If G acts on a set X, for 
 $x\in X$
, we denote by
$x\in X$
, we denote by 
 $G_x$
 the stabilizer in G of x. We use P to denote a parabolic subgroup containing a Borel subgroup
$G_x$
 the stabilizer in G of x. We use P to denote a parabolic subgroup containing a Borel subgroup 
 $B\geq T$
 and
$B\geq T$
 and 
 $P_k$
 to denote the maximal parabolic subgroup obtained by deleting the k-th node of the Dynkin diagram for G. Similarly, we use
$P_k$
 to denote the maximal parabolic subgroup obtained by deleting the k-th node of the Dynkin diagram for G. Similarly, we use 
 $P_{i,j}$
 to denote the parabolic subgroup obtained by deleting the i-th and j-th nodes of the Dynkin diagram for G. We use
$P_{i,j}$
 to denote the parabolic subgroup obtained by deleting the i-th and j-th nodes of the Dynkin diagram for G. We use 
 $T_i$
 to denote an i-dimensional torus,
$T_i$
 to denote an i-dimensional torus, 
 $Sym(n)$
 and
$Sym(n)$
 and 
 $Alt(n)$
 to denote the symmetric group and the alternating group on a set of size n, and
$Alt(n)$
 to denote the symmetric group and the alternating group on a set of size n, and 
 $Dih(2n)$
 for a dihedral group of order
$Dih(2n)$
 for a dihedral group of order 
 $2n$
. Throughout the paper, we work modulo field twists and exceptional isogenies. So, for example, we only treat one of
$2n$
. Throughout the paper, we work modulo field twists and exceptional isogenies. So, for example, we only treat one of 
 $C_n$
 or
$C_n$
 or 
 $B_n$
 in characteristic
$B_n$
 in characteristic 
 $2$
, and we always assume that the highest weight
$2$
, and we always assume that the highest weight 
 $\lambda $
 is not a multiple of p.
$\lambda $
 is not a multiple of p.
 We now set up further notation to better encapsulate the exact setup we will adopt. As in [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10], we define a quadruple to be a 
 $4$
-tuple of the form
$4$
-tuple of the form 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,k)$
 with the following properties:
$(G,\lambda ,p,k)$
 with the following properties: 
- 
(i) G is a simple algebraic group over an algebraically closed field of characteristic p; 
- 
(ii)  $V=V_G(\lambda )$
 is an irreducible G-module; $V=V_G(\lambda )$
 is an irreducible G-module;
- 
(iii)  $1\leq k\leq \frac {\dim V}{2}$
. $1\leq k\leq \frac {\dim V}{2}$
.
 We say that a quadruple 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,k)$
 is small if
$(G,\lambda ,p,k)$
 is small if 
 $$\begin{align*}\dim G\geq \dim\mathcal{G}_k(V).\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\dim G\geq \dim\mathcal{G}_k(V).\end{align*}$$
We say that a quadruple 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,k)$
 is self-dual if
$(G,\lambda ,p,k)$
 is self-dual if 
 $V_G(\lambda )$
 is self-dual, in which case the quadruple is ts-small if
$V_G(\lambda )$
 is self-dual, in which case the quadruple is ts-small if 
 $$\begin{align*}\dim G\geq \dim\mathcal{S}_k(V).\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\dim G\geq \dim\mathcal{S}_k(V).\end{align*}$$
 We say that the quadruple 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,k)$
 has a (semi-)generic stabilizer if the action of G on
$(G,\lambda ,p,k)$
 has a (semi-)generic stabilizer if the action of G on 
 $X=\mathcal {G}_k(V)$
 has a (semi-)generic stabilizer. For a self-dual quadruple
$X=\mathcal {G}_k(V)$
 has a (semi-)generic stabilizer. For a self-dual quadruple 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,k)$
, we say it has a (semi-)generic
$(G,\lambda ,p,k)$
, we say it has a (semi-)generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizer if the action of G on
$ts$
-stabilizer if the action of G on 
 $X=\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 has a (semi-)generic stabilizer. In this paper, we classify (semi-)generic
$X=\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 has a (semi-)generic stabilizer. In this paper, we classify (semi-)generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizers of
$ts$
-stabilizers of 
 $ts$
-small quadruples.
$ts$
-small quadruples.
 Our main result will be given in a single table (Table 1). In the first column, we have the type of our simple algebraic group G; in the second column, the highest weight of the irreducible G-module V; in the third column, we list the rank 
 $\ell $
 of G; in the fourth column, we have conditions on p; and in the fifth column, we have the particular k which specifies which variety
$\ell $
 of G; in the fourth column, we have conditions on p; and in the fifth column, we have the particular k which specifies which variety 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 we are acting on. We then have a column listing the (semi-)generic stabilizer for the action, denoted by
$\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 we are acting on. We then have a column listing the (semi-)generic stabilizer for the action, denoted by 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_k(V)}$
 in which we use an asterisk to indicate whether the stabilizer is not generic but semi-generic. In the columns ‘Orth?’ and ‘Dense?’, we indicate whether the module V is orthogonal and whether there exists a dense orbit for the action on
$C_{\mathcal {S}_k(V)}$
 in which we use an asterisk to indicate whether the stabilizer is not generic but semi-generic. In the columns ‘Orth?’ and ‘Dense?’, we indicate whether the module V is orthogonal and whether there exists a dense orbit for the action on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
. In the last column, we give the number of the proposition within the paper where the relevant information is obtained.
$\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
. In the last column, we give the number of the proposition within the paper where the relevant information is obtained.
Table 1 Generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizers for
$ts$
-stabilizers for 
 $ts$
-small quadruples.
$ts$
-small quadruples.

Theorem 2. The (semi-)generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizer for a
$ts$
-stabilizer for a 
 $ts$
-small quadruple is given in Table 1. In addition, the existence or nonexistence of a dense orbit is indicated.
$ts$
-small quadruple is given in Table 1. In addition, the existence or nonexistence of a dense orbit is indicated.
 We are quickly able to determine whether a dense orbit on X exists, as the set of points in X that have stabilizers of minimal dimension is open in X (see, for example, [Reference Martin21, Lemma 2.1]). This means that the dimension of a (semi-)generic stabilizer is actually the minimal dimension of any stabilizer, and if this is larger than 
 $\dim G-\dim X$
, there is no dense orbit. There is extensive interest in the literature around the existence of a dense orbit. In particular, if G is a reductive algebraic group and V is an irreducible rational G-module such that G has a dense orbit on V, the pair
$\dim G-\dim X$
, there is no dense orbit. There is extensive interest in the literature around the existence of a dense orbit. In particular, if G is a reductive algebraic group and V is an irreducible rational G-module such that G has a dense orbit on V, the pair 
 $(G,V)$
 is called a prehomogeneous vector space, often shortened to
$(G,V)$
 is called a prehomogeneous vector space, often shortened to 
 $PV$
-space. A classification of
$PV$
-space. A classification of 
 $PV$
-spaces was determined in characteristic zero in [Reference Sato and Kimura29] and extended to positive characteristic in [Reference Zhijie32][Reference Zhijie33]. The fact that this classification covers all semisimple algebraic groups implies that the density question is already understood for the action on
$PV$
-spaces was determined in characteristic zero in [Reference Sato and Kimura29] and extended to positive characteristic in [Reference Zhijie32][Reference Zhijie33]. The fact that this classification covers all semisimple algebraic groups implies that the density question is already understood for the action on 
 $\mathcal {G}_k(V)$
. Indeed, G has a dense orbit on
$\mathcal {G}_k(V)$
. Indeed, G has a dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {G}_k(V)$
 if and only if
$\mathcal {G}_k(V)$
 if and only if 
 $GL_k\otimes G$
 has a dense orbit on
$GL_k\otimes G$
 has a dense orbit on 
 $V_1\otimes V$
, where
$V_1\otimes V$
, where 
 $V_1$
 is the natural module for
$V_1$
 is the natural module for 
 $GL_k$
. The next result summarises the answer to the dense-orbit question for the action on orthogonal and symplectic Grassmannians.
$GL_k$
. The next result summarises the answer to the dense-orbit question for the action on orthogonal and symplectic Grassmannians.
Theorem 3. Let G be a simple algebraic group over an algebraically closed field of characteristic p, and V a self-dual nontrivial irreducible G-module of dimension d and highest weight 
 $\lambda $
. For
$\lambda $
. For 
 $1\leq k\leq \frac {d}{2}$
, the action of G on
$1\leq k\leq \frac {d}{2}$
, the action of G on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 has a dense orbit if and only if
$\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 has a dense orbit if and only if 
 $\dim G\geq \dim \mathcal {S}_k(V)$
, the zero-weight space of V has dimension at most
$\dim G\geq \dim \mathcal {S}_k(V)$
, the zero-weight space of V has dimension at most 
 $2$
, and
$2$
, and 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,k)$
 is not one of the following:
$(G,\lambda ,p,k)$
 is not one of the following: 
- 
(i)  $(A_5,\lambda _3,any,2)$
; $(A_5,\lambda _3,any,2)$
;
- 
(ii)  $(B_4,\lambda _4,any,7)$
; $(B_4,\lambda _4,any,7)$
;
- 
(iii)  $(B_4,\lambda _4,any,8")$
; $(B_4,\lambda _4,any,8")$
;
- 
(iv)  $(D_6,\lambda _6,any,2)$
; $(D_6,\lambda _6,any,2)$
;
- 
(v)  $(E_7,\lambda _7,any,2)$
. $(E_7,\lambda _7,any,2)$
.
Remark 1. The only 
 $ts$
-small quadruples
$ts$
-small quadruples 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,k)$
 with a zero-weight space of dimension at least
$(G,\lambda ,p,k)$
 with a zero-weight space of dimension at least 
 $3$
 have
$3$
 have 
 $k=1$
, with either
$k=1$
, with either 
 $V_G(\lambda )$
 a composition factor of the adjoint module for G, or
$V_G(\lambda )$
 a composition factor of the adjoint module for G, or 
 $G=C_\ell $
 and
$G=C_\ell $
 and 
 $\lambda = \lambda _2$
.
$\lambda = \lambda _2$
.
 Denote by 
 $Cl(V)$
 a classical group with natural module V. Given that
$Cl(V)$
 a classical group with natural module V. Given that 
 $X=\mathcal {G}_k(V)$
 and
$X=\mathcal {G}_k(V)$
 and 
 $X=\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 are varieties of cosets of the form
$X=\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 are varieties of cosets of the form 
 $Cl(V)/P$
, where P is a parabolic subgroup of
$Cl(V)/P$
, where P is a parabolic subgroup of 
 $Cl(V)$
, the action of G on X has a dense orbit if and only if there is a dense
$Cl(V)$
, the action of G on X has a dense orbit if and only if there is a dense 
 $(G,P)$
-double coset in
$(G,P)$
-double coset in 
 $Cl(V)$
. We now seek to complete the answer to the question of existence of a dense double coset in the following sense. In Theorem 5, we classify pairs
$Cl(V)$
. We now seek to complete the answer to the question of existence of a dense double coset in the following sense. In Theorem 5, we classify pairs 
 $(G,H)$
 of closed maximal connected subgroups of
$(G,H)$
 of closed maximal connected subgroups of 
 $Cl(V)$
 such that there exists a dense
$Cl(V)$
 such that there exists a dense 
 $(G,H)$
-double coset in
$(G,H)$
-double coset in 
 $Cl(V)$
. In order to do this, we first need to determine which semisimple groups acting tensor-decomposably on an irreducible module V have a dense orbit on
$Cl(V)$
. In order to do this, we first need to determine which semisimple groups acting tensor-decomposably on an irreducible module V have a dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
. The possibilities for such subgroups are given by Proposition 2.2. They are
$\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
. The possibilities for such subgroups are given by Proposition 2.2. They are 
 $SO_n\otimes SO_m\leq SO_{mn}$
,
$SO_n\otimes SO_m\leq SO_{mn}$
, 
 $Sp_{2n}\otimes SO_m\leq Sp_{2mn}$
,
$Sp_{2n}\otimes SO_m\leq Sp_{2mn}$
, 
 $Sp_{2n}\otimes Sp_{2m}\leq SO_{4mn}$
, with
$Sp_{2n}\otimes Sp_{2m}\leq SO_{4mn}$
, with 
 $p\neq 2$
 if one of the factors is an orthogonal group acting on an odd-dimensional vector space. The strategy is similar to the one employed for the proof of Theorem 2, although we only care about the connected component of (semi-)generic stabilizers. This is achieved in the following theorem.
$p\neq 2$
 if one of the factors is an orthogonal group acting on an odd-dimensional vector space. The strategy is similar to the one employed for the proof of Theorem 2, although we only care about the connected component of (semi-)generic stabilizers. This is achieved in the following theorem.
Theorem 4. Let 
 $G=Cl(V_1)\otimes Cl(V_2)$
 be a maximal subgroup of either
$G=Cl(V_1)\otimes Cl(V_2)$
 be a maximal subgroup of either 
 $SO(V)$
 or
$SO(V)$
 or 
 $Sp(V)$
 with
$Sp(V)$
 with 
 $V=V_1\otimes V_2$
 and suppose
$V=V_1\otimes V_2$
 and suppose 
 $k\leq \frac {1}{2}\dim V_1\dim V_2$
. Then the action of G on
$k\leq \frac {1}{2}\dim V_1\dim V_2$
. Then the action of G on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 has a dense orbit if and only if
$\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 has a dense orbit if and only if 
 $(G,k)$
 is one of the following:
$(G,k)$
 is one of the following: 
- 
(i)  $(Sp(V_1)\otimes SO(V_2),1)$
 and $(Sp(V_1)\otimes SO(V_2),1)$
 and $(K^*G,V)$
 is a prehomogeneous vector space, as classified in [Reference Zhijie32][Reference Zhijie33]; $(K^*G,V)$
 is a prehomogeneous vector space, as classified in [Reference Zhijie32][Reference Zhijie33];
- 
(ii)  $(Sp_2\otimes Sp_{2n},1)$
 with $(Sp_2\otimes Sp_{2n},1)$
 with $n\geq 1$
; $n\geq 1$
;
- 
(iii)  $(Sp_2\otimes Sp_{2n},2)$
 with $(Sp_2\otimes Sp_{2n},2)$
 with $n\geq 2$
; $n\geq 2$
;
- 
(iv)  $(Sp_2\otimes Sp_{2n},3)$
 with $(Sp_2\otimes Sp_{2n},3)$
 with $n\geq 3$
; $n\geq 3$
;
- 
(v)  $(Sp_2\otimes Sp_{2n},k)$
 with $(Sp_2\otimes Sp_{2n},k)$
 with $k=(2n)'$
 or $k=(2n)'$
 or $k=(2n)"$
 and $k=(2n)"$
 and $1\leq n\leq 3$
; $1\leq n\leq 3$
;
- 
(vi)  $(Sp_2\otimes Sp_{2n},2n-1)$
 with $(Sp_2\otimes Sp_{2n},2n-1)$
 with $1\leq n\leq 3$
; $1\leq n\leq 3$
;
- 
(vii)  $(Sp_4\otimes Sp_{2n},1)$
 with $(Sp_4\otimes Sp_{2n},1)$
 with $n\geq 2$
. $n\geq 2$
.
 We are now ready to classify pairs 
 $(G,H)$
 of closed maximal connected subgroups of
$(G,H)$
 of closed maximal connected subgroups of 
 $Cl(V)$
 such that there exists a dense
$Cl(V)$
 such that there exists a dense 
 $(G,H)$
-double coset in
$(G,H)$
-double coset in 
 $Cl(V)$
. One particular class of such pairs (see case
$Cl(V)$
. One particular class of such pairs (see case 
 $(iii)(b)$
 in the following theorem) arises from spherical subgroups. These are reductive subgroups G such that there is a dense
$(iii)(b)$
 in the following theorem) arises from spherical subgroups. These are reductive subgroups G such that there is a dense 
 $(G,B)$
-double coset, where B is a Borel subgroup. Spherical subgroups have been classified by Krämer in characteristic
$(G,B)$
-double coset, where B is a Borel subgroup. Spherical subgroups have been classified by Krämer in characteristic 
 $0$
 and by Knop and Röhrle in [Reference Knop and Röhrle14] for arbitrary characteristic.
$0$
 and by Knop and Röhrle in [Reference Knop and Röhrle14] for arbitrary characteristic.
Theorem 5. Let 
 $\Gamma $
 be a classical group
$\Gamma $
 be a classical group 
 $Cl(V)$
. Let
$Cl(V)$
. Let 
 $G,H$
 be a pair of maximal connected subgroups of
$G,H$
 be a pair of maximal connected subgroups of 
 $\Gamma $
. Then there exists a dense
$\Gamma $
. Then there exists a dense 
 $(G,H)$
-double coset in
$(G,H)$
-double coset in 
 $\Gamma $
 if and only if one of the following holds:
$\Gamma $
 if and only if one of the following holds: 
- 
(i) G and H are both reductive and  $\Gamma = GH$
. Such factorizations were classified in [Reference Liebeck, Saxl and Seitz17]. $\Gamma = GH$
. Such factorizations were classified in [Reference Liebeck, Saxl and Seitz17].
- 
(ii) G and H are both parabolic subgroups. 
- 
(iii) After possibly interchanging G and H, we have that H is parabolic, G is reductive and one of the following holds: - 
(a)  $\Gamma =SL(V)$
, $\Gamma =SL(V)$
, $H=P_k$
 (or $H=P_k$
 (or $\Gamma =Sp(V)$
, $\Gamma =Sp(V)$
, $H=P_k$
 with $H=P_k$
 with $k=1$
) and $k=1$
) and $(GL_k\otimes G,K^k\otimes V)$
 is a prehomogeneous vector space, as classified in [Reference Sato and Kimura29][Reference Zhijie32][Reference Zhijie33]; $(GL_k\otimes G,K^k\otimes V)$
 is a prehomogeneous vector space, as classified in [Reference Sato and Kimura29][Reference Zhijie32][Reference Zhijie33];
- 
(b) G is the stabilizer of a subspace X of V and either X is nondegenerate or  $p=2$
 and X is nonsingular of dimension $p=2$
 and X is nonsingular of dimension $1$
 with V orthogonal. In this case G is spherical, so H is arbitrary. $1$
 with V orthogonal. In this case G is spherical, so H is arbitrary.
- 
(c)  $G=Cl(V_1)\otimes Cl(V_2)$
, $G=Cl(V_1)\otimes Cl(V_2)$
, $V = V_1\otimes V_2$
, and G has a dense orbit on the variety of totally singular subspaces corresponding to $V = V_1\otimes V_2$
, and G has a dense orbit on the variety of totally singular subspaces corresponding to $\Gamma /H$
, as detailed in Theorem 4. $\Gamma /H$
, as detailed in Theorem 4.
- 
(d) G is simple and irreducible on V and has a dense orbit on the variety of totally singular subspaces corresponding to  $\Gamma /H$
, as detailed in Theorem 3. $\Gamma /H$
, as detailed in Theorem 3.
 
- 
Remark 2. Dropping the maximality assumption presents considerable challenges. Even the case where both G and H are reductive does not have a general solution, as the results in [Reference Brundan6] require a technical condition on G and H.
Remark 3. The double coset density question remains open when 
 $\Gamma $
 is an exceptional group. In case
$\Gamma $
 is an exceptional group. In case 
 $(iii)$
 of Theorem 5, the only information available for
$(iii)$
 of Theorem 5, the only information available for 
 $\Gamma $
 exceptional is when G is of maximal rank (see [Reference Duckworth8]). The complete classification will be the subject of forthcoming work.
$\Gamma $
 exceptional is when G is of maximal rank (see [Reference Duckworth8]). The complete classification will be the subject of forthcoming work.
 Let us conclude with a related question. Given two maximal connected subgroups of 
 $Cl(V)$
, are there finitely many double cosets? Of course, the existence of finitely many double cosets implies the existence of a dense double coset, while the opposite need not be true. For example,
$Cl(V)$
, are there finitely many double cosets? Of course, the existence of finitely many double cosets implies the existence of a dense double coset, while the opposite need not be true. For example, 
 $G=A_{\ell }$
 for
$G=A_{\ell }$
 for 
 $\ell \geq 8$
 has a dense orbit on
$\ell \geq 8$
 has a dense orbit on 
 $X=\mathcal {G}_2(V)$
 where
$X=\mathcal {G}_2(V)$
 where 
 $V=V_{G}(\lambda _2)$
, but also has infinitely many orbits ([Reference Guralnick, Liebeck, Macpherson and Seitz11]). Therefore, there is a dense
$V=V_{G}(\lambda _2)$
, but also has infinitely many orbits ([Reference Guralnick, Liebeck, Macpherson and Seitz11]). Therefore, there is a dense 
 $(G,P_2)$
-double coset in
$(G,P_2)$
-double coset in 
 $SL(V)$
, as well as infinitely many double cosets.
$SL(V)$
, as well as infinitely many double cosets.
 However, it was shown in [Reference Guralnick, Liebeck, Macpherson and Seitz11] that a simple group G having finitely many orbits on 
 $X=\mathcal {G}_1(V)$
, where V is an irreducible G-module, is equivalent to G having a dense orbit on X. This result was replicated for self-dual modules when
$X=\mathcal {G}_1(V)$
, where V is an irreducible G-module, is equivalent to G having a dense orbit on X. This result was replicated for self-dual modules when 
 $X=\mathcal {S}_1(V)$
 and
$X=\mathcal {S}_1(V)$
 and 
 $X=\mathcal {S}_2(V)$
 in [Reference Rizzoli26][Reference Rizzoli27].
$X=\mathcal {S}_2(V)$
 in [Reference Rizzoli26][Reference Rizzoli27].
Strikingly, we shall conjecture that there is only one exception to this equivalence when X is an orthogonal or symplectic Grassmannian.
Conjecture 1. Let G be a simple connected irreducible subgroup of either 
 $SO(V)$
 or
$SO(V)$
 or 
 $Sp(V)$
. Then unless
$Sp(V)$
. Then unless 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,k) = (C_3,\lambda _2,p,7)$
 with
$(G,\lambda ,p,k) = (C_3,\lambda _2,p,7)$
 with 
 $p\neq 3$
, the action of G on
$p\neq 3$
, the action of G on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 has a dense orbit if and only if G acts on
$\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 has a dense orbit if and only if G acts on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 with finitely many orbits.
$\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 with finitely many orbits.
 The paper will be structured as follows. In Section 2, we shall consolidate the notation and background material, develop the tools for our analysis and determine the complete list of 
 $ts$
-small quadruples, which we divide into three tables (see Proposition 2.17). We will devote a section to each table.
$ts$
-small quadruples, which we divide into three tables (see Proposition 2.17). We will devote a section to each table.
 Given a 
 $ts$
-small quadruple, we then proceed to determine its (semi-)generic
$ts$
-small quadruple, we then proceed to determine its (semi-)generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizer. In Section 3, we handle the cases where we already had finitely many orbits on all k-spaces. In Section 4, we deal with the cases having a large zero-weight space, and in Section 5, we handle the remaining cases. This completes the proof of Theorem 1 and Theorem 2.
$ts$
-stabilizer. In Section 3, we handle the cases where we already had finitely many orbits on all k-spaces. In Section 4, we deal with the cases having a large zero-weight space, and in Section 5, we handle the remaining cases. This completes the proof of Theorem 1 and Theorem 2.
We then shift our attention to the double coset density question. In Section 6, we prove Theorem 4. Finally, in Section 7, we use all of the previous results to prove Theorem 5.
2 Preliminary results
 In this section, we gather some useful results, develop notation and conclude with a complete list of 
 $ts$
-small quadruples.
$ts$
-small quadruples.
2.1 Bilinear forms
 We start by fixing the notation for the action of an orthogonal group on its natural module 
 $V_{nat}$
. To do this, we use the standard notation for its root system: we take an orthonormal basis
$V_{nat}$
. To do this, we use the standard notation for its root system: we take an orthonormal basis 
 $\epsilon _1,\dots ,\epsilon _\ell $
 of the
$\epsilon _1,\dots ,\epsilon _\ell $
 of the 
 $\ell $
-dimensional Euclidean space and take simple roots
$\ell $
-dimensional Euclidean space and take simple roots 
 $\alpha _i = \epsilon _i-\epsilon _{i+1}$
 for
$\alpha _i = \epsilon _i-\epsilon _{i+1}$
 for 
 $i<\ell $
 and
$i<\ell $
 and 
 $\alpha _\ell = \epsilon _\ell $
 or
$\alpha _\ell = \epsilon _\ell $
 or 
 $\epsilon _{\ell -1}+\epsilon _\ell $
 according as
$\epsilon _{\ell -1}+\epsilon _\ell $
 according as 
 $G =B_\ell $
 or
$G =B_\ell $
 or 
 $D_\ell $
.
$D_\ell $
.
 If 
 $G=D_\ell $
, then
$G=D_\ell $
, then 
 $V_{nat}$
 has (hyperbolic) basis
$V_{nat}$
 has (hyperbolic) basis 
 $e_1,f_1,\dots ,e_\ell ,f_\ell $
 on which root elements act by
$e_1,f_1,\dots ,e_\ell ,f_\ell $
 on which root elements act by 
 $$ \begin{align*} x_{\epsilon_i-\epsilon_j}(t) &: e_j\mapsto e_j+te_i,\quad f_i\mapsto f_i-tf_j, \\ x_{-\epsilon_i+\epsilon_j}(t) &: e_i\mapsto e_i+te_j,\quad f_j\mapsto f_j-tf_i, \\ x_{\epsilon_i+\epsilon_j}(t) &: f_j\mapsto f_j+te_i,\quad f_i\mapsto f_i-te_j, \\ x_{-\epsilon_i-\epsilon_j}(t) &: e_j\mapsto e_j-tf_i,\quad e_i\mapsto e_i+tf_j, \end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} x_{\epsilon_i-\epsilon_j}(t) &: e_j\mapsto e_j+te_i,\quad f_i\mapsto f_i-tf_j, \\ x_{-\epsilon_i+\epsilon_j}(t) &: e_i\mapsto e_i+te_j,\quad f_j\mapsto f_j-tf_i, \\ x_{\epsilon_i+\epsilon_j}(t) &: f_j\mapsto f_j+te_i,\quad f_i\mapsto f_i-te_j, \\ x_{-\epsilon_i-\epsilon_j}(t) &: e_j\mapsto e_j-tf_i,\quad e_i\mapsto e_i+tf_j, \end{align*} $$
while fixing the basis vectors that are not listed.
 If 
 $G=B_\ell $
, then
$G=B_\ell $
, then 
 $V_{nat}$
 has (hyperbolic) basis
$V_{nat}$
 has (hyperbolic) basis 
 $v_0,e_1,f_1,\dots ,e_\ell ,f_\ell $
 on which root elements act by
$v_0,e_1,f_1,\dots ,e_\ell ,f_\ell $
 on which root elements act by 
 $$ \begin{align*} x_{\epsilon_i-\epsilon_j}(t) &: e_j\mapsto e_j+te_i,\quad f_i\mapsto f_i-tf_j, \\ x_{-\epsilon_i+\epsilon_j}(t) &: e_i\mapsto e_i+te_j,\quad f_j\mapsto f_j-tf_i, \\ x_{\epsilon_i+\epsilon_j}(t) &: f_j\mapsto f_j+te_i,\quad f_i\mapsto f_i-te_j, \\ x_{-\epsilon_i-\epsilon_j}(t) &: e_j\mapsto e_j-tf_i,\quad e_i\mapsto e_i+tf_j, \\ x_{\epsilon_i}(t) &: v_0\mapsto v_0+2te_i,\quad f_i\mapsto f_i-tv_0-t^2e_i, \\ x_{-\epsilon_i}(t) &: v_0\mapsto v_0-2tf_i,\quad e_i\mapsto e_i+tv_0-t^2f_i, \end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} x_{\epsilon_i-\epsilon_j}(t) &: e_j\mapsto e_j+te_i,\quad f_i\mapsto f_i-tf_j, \\ x_{-\epsilon_i+\epsilon_j}(t) &: e_i\mapsto e_i+te_j,\quad f_j\mapsto f_j-tf_i, \\ x_{\epsilon_i+\epsilon_j}(t) &: f_j\mapsto f_j+te_i,\quad f_i\mapsto f_i-te_j, \\ x_{-\epsilon_i-\epsilon_j}(t) &: e_j\mapsto e_j-tf_i,\quad e_i\mapsto e_i+tf_j, \\ x_{\epsilon_i}(t) &: v_0\mapsto v_0+2te_i,\quad f_i\mapsto f_i-tv_0-t^2e_i, \\ x_{-\epsilon_i}(t) &: v_0\mapsto v_0-2tf_i,\quad e_i\mapsto e_i+tv_0-t^2f_i, \end{align*} $$
while fixing the basis vectors that are not listed.
 The following two results describe the structure of maximal connected subgroups of classical groups. Recall that by 
 $Cl(V)$
, we denote a classical group with natural module V.
$Cl(V)$
, we denote a classical group with natural module V.
Theorem 2.1 [Reference Liebeck and Seitz18].
 Let H be a closed connected subgroup of 
 $G=Cl(V)$
. Then one of the following holds:
$G=Cl(V)$
. Then one of the following holds: 
- 
(i)  $H\leq Stab_G(X)$
 with $H\leq Stab_G(X)$
 with $X\leq V$
 a proper nonzero subspace which is either totally singular or nondegenerate, or $X\leq V$
 a proper nonzero subspace which is either totally singular or nondegenerate, or $p=2$
, $p=2$
, $G=SO(V)$
 and X is nonsingular of dimension $G=SO(V)$
 and X is nonsingular of dimension $1$
; $1$
;
- 
(ii)  $V=V_1\otimes V_2$
 and H lies in a subgroup of the form $V=V_1\otimes V_2$
 and H lies in a subgroup of the form $Cl(V_1)\otimes Cl(V_2)$
 acting naturally on $Cl(V_1)\otimes Cl(V_2)$
 acting naturally on $V_1\otimes V_2$
 with $V_1\otimes V_2$
 with $\dim V_i\geq 2$
 for $\dim V_i\geq 2$
 for $i=1,2$
; $i=1,2$
;
- 
(iii) H is a simple algebraic group acting irreducibly on V and  $V|_H$
 is tensor indecomposable. $V|_H$
 is tensor indecomposable.
The possibilities for the second case of Theorem 2.1 are given by the following proposition.
Proposition 2.2 [Reference Liebeck and Seitz18, Prop 2.2].
 Suppose 
 $V=V_1\otimes V_2$
 and
$V=V_1\otimes V_2$
 and 
 $f_i$
 is a nondegenerate bilinear form on
$f_i$
 is a nondegenerate bilinear form on 
 $V_i$
.
$V_i$
. 
- 
(i) There is a unique nondegenerate bilinear form  $f=f_1\otimes f_2$
 on V such that $f=f_1\otimes f_2$
 on V such that $f(u_1\otimes u_2,v_1\otimes v_2)=f_1(u_1,v_1)f_2(u_2,v_2)$
 for all $f(u_1\otimes u_2,v_1\otimes v_2)=f_1(u_1,v_1)f_2(u_2,v_2)$
 for all $u_i,v_i\in V_i$
. $u_i,v_i\in V_i$
.
- 
(ii) f is symmetric if  $f_1,f_2$
 are both alternating or both symmetric, and f is alternating otherwise. $f_1,f_2$
 are both alternating or both symmetric, and f is alternating otherwise.
- 
(iii) f is preserved by  $I(V_1)\circ I(V_2)$
 acting naturally on the tensor product, where $I(V_1)\circ I(V_2)$
 acting naturally on the tensor product, where $I(V_i)$
 is the stabilizer in $I(V_i)$
 is the stabilizer in $GL(V_i)$
 of $GL(V_i)$
 of $f_i$
. $f_i$
.
- 
(iv) If  $p=2$
, then there is a unique quadratic form Q on V, with associated bilinear form f, such that $p=2$
, then there is a unique quadratic form Q on V, with associated bilinear form f, such that $Q(v_1\otimes v_2)=0$
 for all $Q(v_1\otimes v_2)=0$
 for all $v_i\in V_i$
 and Q is preserved by $v_i\in V_i$
 and Q is preserved by $Sp(V_1)\otimes Sp(V_2)$
. $Sp(V_1)\otimes Sp(V_2)$
.
The following lemma gives the dimension of the symplectic and orthogonal Grassmannians we are acting on.
Lemma 2.3. Let V be either a symplectic or orthogonal geometry of dimension d over an algebraically closed field. Then
 $$\begin{align*}\dim \mathcal{S}_k(V)= kd-\frac{3k^2+\epsilon_V k }{2},\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\dim \mathcal{S}_k(V)= kd-\frac{3k^2+\epsilon_V k }{2},\end{align*}$$
where 
 $\epsilon _V$
 is
$\epsilon _V$
 is 
 $1$
 or
$1$
 or 
 $-1$
 according as V is orthogonal or symplectic.
$-1$
 according as V is orthogonal or symplectic.
Proof. If V is orthogonal with 
 $d=2\ell $
 and
$d=2\ell $
 and 
 $k=\ell -1$
, we have
$k=\ell -1$
, we have 
 $\dim \mathcal {S}_k(V)=\dim D_\ell -\dim P_{\ell -1,\ell }$
. In all other cases, the dimension is simply given by
$\dim \mathcal {S}_k(V)=\dim D_\ell -\dim P_{\ell -1,\ell }$
. In all other cases, the dimension is simply given by 
 $\dim Cl(V) / P_k=\dim Cl(V)-\dim P_k$
 for
$\dim Cl(V) / P_k=\dim Cl(V)-\dim P_k$
 for 
 $Cl(V)=B_{\frac {d-1}{2}},C_{\frac {d}{2}},$
 or
$Cl(V)=B_{\frac {d-1}{2}},C_{\frac {d}{2}},$
 or 
 $D_{\frac {d}{2}}$
 as appropriate.
$D_{\frac {d}{2}}$
 as appropriate.
 Recall that a 
 $ts$
-small quadruple is a
$ts$
-small quadruple is a 
 $4$
-tuple of the form
$4$
-tuple of the form 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,k)$
, with
$(G,\lambda ,p,k)$
, with 
 $V=V_G(\lambda )$
 a self-dual irreducible G-module, and
$V=V_G(\lambda )$
 a self-dual irreducible G-module, and 
 $\dim G\geq \dim \mathcal {S}_k(V)$
. Lemma 2.3 gives the following dimension bound.
$\dim G\geq \dim \mathcal {S}_k(V)$
. Lemma 2.3 gives the following dimension bound.
Lemma 2.4. Let 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,k)$
 be a
$(G,\lambda ,p,k)$
 be a 
 $ts$
-small quadruple. Suppose that
$ts$
-small quadruple. Suppose that 
 $V=V_G(\lambda )$
 has dimension d. Then
$V=V_G(\lambda )$
 has dimension d. Then 
 $$\begin{align*}\dim G\geq kd-\frac{3k^2+\epsilon_V k }{2},\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\dim G\geq kd-\frac{3k^2+\epsilon_V k }{2},\end{align*}$$
where 
 $\epsilon _V$
 is
$\epsilon _V$
 is 
 $1$
 or
$1$
 or 
 $-1$
 according as V is orthogonal or symplectic.
$-1$
 according as V is orthogonal or symplectic.
Proof. This follows directly from Lemma 2.3.
A self-dual module is either orthogonal or symplectic. The following lemma provides a useful criterion in odd characteristic.
Lemma 2.5 [Reference Steinberg30, Lemma 78-79].
 Let G be a simple simply connected algebraic group and 
 $V=V_G(\lambda )$
 a self-dual G-module in characteristic
$V=V_G(\lambda )$
 a self-dual G-module in characteristic 
 $p\neq 2$
. Then if
$p\neq 2$
. Then if 
 $Z(G)$
 has no element of order
$Z(G)$
 has no element of order 
 $2$
, the module V is orthogonal.
$2$
, the module V is orthogonal.
 Otherwise, let z be the only element of order 
 $2$
 in
$2$
 in 
 $Z(G)$
, except for the case
$Z(G)$
, except for the case 
 $G=D_\ell $
 with even
$G=D_\ell $
 with even 
 $\ell $
, where z is the element of
$\ell $
, where z is the element of 
 $Z(G)$
 such that
$Z(G)$
 such that 
 $G/\langle z \rangle \simeq SO_{2\ell }(k)$
. Then the module V is orthogonal if
$G/\langle z \rangle \simeq SO_{2\ell }(k)$
. Then the module V is orthogonal if 
 $\lambda (z) = 1$
, and symplectic otherwise.
$\lambda (z) = 1$
, and symplectic otherwise.
 Note that the value 
 $\lambda (z)$
 can be computed by [Reference Lübeck20, Appendix A.2]. If
$\lambda (z)$
 can be computed by [Reference Lübeck20, Appendix A.2]. If 
 $p=2$
, for certain modules, we can determine whether V is symplectic or orthogonal thanks to [Reference Korhonen15]. More explicit descriptions of some of these forms can be found in [Reference Garibaldi and Nakano9] and [Reference Babic and Chernousov3].
$p=2$
, for certain modules, we can determine whether V is symplectic or orthogonal thanks to [Reference Korhonen15]. More explicit descriptions of some of these forms can be found in [Reference Garibaldi and Nakano9] and [Reference Babic and Chernousov3].
 When dealing with maximal totally singular subspaces of an orthogonal module V of dimension 
 $2\ell $
, we need to be able to distinguish between the two
$2\ell $
, we need to be able to distinguish between the two 
 $D_\ell $
-orbits on
$D_\ell $
-orbits on 
 $\mathcal {S}_\ell (V)$
. The following lemma provides an easy way to do so.
$\mathcal {S}_\ell (V)$
. The following lemma provides an easy way to do so.
Lemma 2.6. Let V be an orthogonal module of even dimension and U, W two maximal totally singular subspaces of V. Then U and W are in the same 
 $SO(V)$
-orbit if and only if
$SO(V)$
-orbit if and only if 
 $\dim U - \dim U\cap W$
 is even.
$\dim U - \dim U\cap W$
 is even.
Proof. This follows quickly from [Reference Aschbacher2, 22.14(2)].
We conclude this section with a lemma concerning orthogonality of weight spaces in a self-dual irreducible module.
Lemma 2.7. Let 
 $V = V_G(\lambda )$
 be a self-dual irreducible
$V = V_G(\lambda )$
 be a self-dual irreducible 
 $KG$
-module. Let
$KG$
-module. Let 
 $(\cdot ,\cdot )$
 be an irreducible symmetric or alternating bilinear form on V preserved by G. Then the following hold:
$(\cdot ,\cdot )$
 be an irreducible symmetric or alternating bilinear form on V preserved by G. Then the following hold: 
- 
(a) For any two weights  $\mu ,\nu $
 such that $\mu ,\nu $
 such that $\mu \neq -\nu $
, the weight spaces $\mu \neq -\nu $
, the weight spaces $V_\mu $
 and $V_\mu $
 and $V_{\nu }$
 are orthogonal to each other; $V_{\nu }$
 are orthogonal to each other;
- 
(b)  $V_{\mu }$
 is totally singular for all nonzero weights $V_{\mu }$
 is totally singular for all nonzero weights $\mu $
; $\mu $
;
- 
(c)  $V_0$
 is nondegenerate. $V_0$
 is nondegenerate.
Proof. Let 
 $v,u$
 be two weight vectors in non-opposite weight spaces. Then there exists
$v,u$
 be two weight vectors in non-opposite weight spaces. Then there exists 
 $t\in T$
 such that
$t\in T$
 such that 
 $t.v = \kappa _1 v$
 and
$t.v = \kappa _1 v$
 and 
 $t.u = \kappa _2 u$
 with
$t.u = \kappa _2 u$
 with 
 $\kappa _1\neq \kappa _2^{-1}$
. Therefore,
$\kappa _1\neq \kappa _2^{-1}$
. Therefore, 
 $(u,v) = \kappa _1\kappa _2 (u,v)$
, which implies
$(u,v) = \kappa _1\kappa _2 (u,v)$
, which implies 
 $(u,v) = 0$
, proving
$(u,v) = 0$
, proving 
 $(a)$
.
$(a)$
.
 By part 
 $(a)$
 with
$(a)$
 with 
 $\mu = \nu $
, we have that
$\mu = \nu $
, we have that 
 $V_\mu $
 is totally-isotropic. Similarly to the previous paragraph, if V is an orthogonal module, there exists
$V_\mu $
 is totally-isotropic. Similarly to the previous paragraph, if V is an orthogonal module, there exists 
 $\kappa \neq \pm 1$
 such that
$\kappa \neq \pm 1$
 such that 
 $Q(v) = \kappa ^2 Q(v)$
, implying
$Q(v) = \kappa ^2 Q(v)$
, implying 
 $Q(v) = 0$
 for all
$Q(v) = 0$
 for all 
 $v\in V_{\mu }$
. This proves
$v\in V_{\mu }$
. This proves 
 $(b)$
.
$(b)$
.
 By 
 $(a)$
, the zero weight space
$(a)$
, the zero weight space 
 $V_0$
 is orthogonal to all nonzero weight spaces. Therefore, any singular vector v in the radical of
$V_0$
 is orthogonal to all nonzero weight spaces. Therefore, any singular vector v in the radical of 
 $V_0$
 is a singular vector in the radical of V, which implies
$V_0$
 is a singular vector in the radical of V, which implies 
 $v=0$
 since the form is nondegenerate. This proves that
$v=0$
 since the form is nondegenerate. This proves that 
 $V_0$
 is itself nondegenerate.
$V_0$
 is itself nondegenerate.
2.2 Clifford theory
 Let 
 $G\leq GL(V)$
 be a subgroup acting completely reducibly and homogeneously on V. The following lemma shows that G must preserve a tensor product structure on V.
$G\leq GL(V)$
 be a subgroup acting completely reducibly and homogeneously on V. The following lemma shows that G must preserve a tensor product structure on V.
Lemma 2.8 [Reference Kleidman and Liebeck13, Lemma 4.4.3].
 Let V be an irreducible 
 $KG$
-module and suppose that
$KG$
-module and suppose that 
 $S\leq G$
 acts completely reducibly and homogeneously on V, with
$S\leq G$
 acts completely reducibly and homogeneously on V, with 
 $s\geq 2$
 irreducible summands of dimension r. Then the following hold:
$s\geq 2$
 irreducible summands of dimension r. Then the following hold: 
- 
(i) there is a tensor decomposition  $V=V_1\otimes V_2$
 (where $V=V_1\otimes V_2$
 (where $\dim V_1 = r,\, \dim V_2 = s$
), such that $\dim V_1 = r,\, \dim V_2 = s$
), such that $S\leq GL(V_1)\otimes 1$
 and $S\leq GL(V_1)\otimes 1$
 and $C_{GL(V)}(S) = 1\otimes GL(V_2)$
; $C_{GL(V)}(S) = 1\otimes GL(V_2)$
;
- 
(ii)  $C_{GL(V)}(C_{GL(V)}(S))=GL(V_1)\otimes 1$
; $C_{GL(V)}(C_{GL(V)}(S))=GL(V_1)\otimes 1$
;
- 
(iii)  $N_{GL(V)}(S) = N_{GL(V_1)}(S)\otimes GL(V_2) $
; $N_{GL(V)}(S) = N_{GL(V_1)}(S)\otimes GL(V_2) $
;
- 
(iv) the irreducible  $KS$
-submodules of V are precisely the subspaces $KS$
-submodules of V are precisely the subspaces $V_1\otimes v$
, where $V_1\otimes v$
, where $0\neq v\in V_2$
. $0\neq v\in V_2$
.
The following lemma shows that no cyclic extension of G can act irreducibly on V.
Lemma 2.9. Let V be an irreducible 
 $KG$
-module and suppose that
$KG$
-module and suppose that 
 $S\leq G$
 acts completely reducibly and homogeneously on V, with
$S\leq G$
 acts completely reducibly and homogeneously on V, with 
 $s\geq 2$
 irreducible summands of dimension r. Let
$s\geq 2$
 irreducible summands of dimension r. Let 
 $S\langle \tau \rangle \leq G$
 be a cyclic extension of S. Then
$S\langle \tau \rangle \leq G$
 be a cyclic extension of S. Then 
 $S\langle \tau \rangle $
 does not act irreducibly on V.
$S\langle \tau \rangle $
 does not act irreducibly on V.
Proof. We apply Lemma 2.8 to get 
 $V=V_1\otimes V_2$
 with
$V=V_1\otimes V_2$
 with 
 $\dim V_1 = r$
,
$\dim V_1 = r$
, 
 $S\leq GL(V_1)\otimes 1$
 and
$S\leq GL(V_1)\otimes 1$
 and 
 $\tau =\tau _1\otimes \tau _2\in GL(V_1)\otimes GL(V_2)$
. Since
$\tau =\tau _1\otimes \tau _2\in GL(V_1)\otimes GL(V_2)$
. Since 
 $\tau _2$
 stabilises at least one
$\tau _2$
 stabilises at least one 
 $1$
-space of
$1$
-space of 
 $V_2$
, by part
$V_2$
, by part 
 $(iv)$
 of Lemma 2.8, the element
$(iv)$
 of Lemma 2.8, the element 
 $\tau $
 stabilises one irreducible
$\tau $
 stabilises one irreducible 
 $KS$
-submodule of V.
$KS$
-submodule of V.
Lemma 2.10. Let V be an irreducible 
 $KG$
-module and suppose that
$KG$
-module and suppose that 
 $S\leq G$
 acts homogeneously on V as the sum of
$S\leq G$
 acts homogeneously on V as the sum of 
 $2$
 irreducible summands. Let
$2$
 irreducible summands. Let 
 $S\langle \tau \rangle \leq G$
 be a cyclic extension of S. Then
$S\langle \tau \rangle \leq G$
 be a cyclic extension of S. Then 
 $S\langle \tau \rangle $
 fixes
$S\langle \tau \rangle $
 fixes 
 $1$
,
$1$
, 
 $2$
, or all
$2$
, or all 
 $KS$
-submodules of V.
$KS$
-submodules of V.
Proof. From the proof of Lemma 2.9, we have 
 $V=V_1\otimes V_2$
, with
$V=V_1\otimes V_2$
, with 
 $\dim V_2 =2$
,
$\dim V_2 =2$
, 
 $S\leq GL(V_1)\otimes 1$
 and
$S\leq GL(V_1)\otimes 1$
 and 
 $\tau =\tau _1\otimes \tau _2\in GL(V_1)\otimes GL(V_2)$
. Then
$\tau =\tau _1\otimes \tau _2\in GL(V_1)\otimes GL(V_2)$
. Then 
 $\tau _2$
 stabilises either
$\tau _2$
 stabilises either 
 $1$
,
$1$
, 
 $2$
 or all
$2$
 or all 
 $1$
-spaces of
$1$
-spaces of 
 $V_2$
, concluding.
$V_2$
, concluding.
2.3 Generic stabilizers
In this section, we gather some of the essential lemmas that will allow us to determine (semi-)generic stabilizers. As mentioned in the introduction, a (semi-)generic stabilizer realises the minimum dimension of any stabilizer. This follows from the next two results.
Lemma 2.11 [Reference Newstead22, Lemma 3.7].
 Let an algebraic group G act on a quasi-projective variety X. For any 
 $t\in \mathbb {N}\cup \{0\}$
, the set
$t\in \mathbb {N}\cup \{0\}$
, the set 
 $\{x\in X\lvert \dim G_x\geq t\}$
 is closed.
$\{x\in X\lvert \dim G_x\geq t\}$
 is closed.
Corollary 2.12. Let an algebraic group G act on an irreducible quasi-projective variety X with (semi-)generic stabilizer S. Then for all 
 $x\in X$
, we have
$x\in X$
, we have 
 $\dim G_x\geq \dim S$
.
$\dim G_x\geq \dim S$
.
Proof. By assumption, there exists an open set Y such that all elements of Y have stabilizer isomorphic to S. By Lemma 2.11, we then find that 
 $\dim G_x\geq \dim S$
 for all
$\dim G_x\geq \dim S$
 for all 
 $x\in X$
.
$x\in X$
.
 Let us consider some of the methods used in [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10]. In particular, we are interested in the localization to a subvariety approach [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, §4.1]. Let X be a variety on which a simple algebraic group G acts. Let Y be a subvariety of X and 
 $x\in X$
. The transporter in G of x into Y is
$x\in X$
. The transporter in G of x into Y is 
 $$\begin{align*}\mathrm{Tran}_G(x,Y)=\{g\in G:g.x\in Y\}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\mathrm{Tran}_G(x,Y)=\{g\in G:g.x\in Y\}.\end{align*}$$
Let 
 $\phi :G\times X\rightarrow X$
 be the orbit map.
$\phi :G\times X\rightarrow X$
 be the orbit map.
Lemma 2.13 [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Lemma 4.1].
 For 
 $y\in Y$
, the following hold:
$y\in Y$
, the following hold: 
- 
(i)  $\dim \mathrm {Tran_G}(y,Y) = \dim \phi ^{-1} (y)$
; $\dim \mathrm {Tran_G}(y,Y) = \dim \phi ^{-1} (y)$
;
- 
(ii)  $\operatorname {\mathrm {codim}} \mathrm {Tran_G}(y,Y)=\dim (\overline {G.y})-\dim (\overline {G.y\cap Y}).$ $\operatorname {\mathrm {codim}} \mathrm {Tran_G}(y,Y)=\dim (\overline {G.y})-\dim (\overline {G.y\cap Y}).$
 If Y is a subvariety of X, a point 
 $y\in Y$
 is called Y-exact if
$y\in Y$
 is called Y-exact if 
 $$\begin{align*}\operatorname{\mathrm{codim}} \mathrm{Tran_G}(y,Y)=\operatorname{\mathrm{codim}} Y.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\operatorname{\mathrm{codim}} \mathrm{Tran_G}(y,Y)=\operatorname{\mathrm{codim}} Y.\end{align*}$$
Lemma 2.14 [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Lemma 4.3].
 Let 
 $\hat {Y}$
 be a dense open subset of Y. Suppose that all points in
$\hat {Y}$
 be a dense open subset of Y. Suppose that all points in 
 $\hat {Y}$
 are Y-exact. Then
$\hat {Y}$
 are Y-exact. Then 
 $\phi (G\times \hat {Y})$
 contains a dense open subset of X.
$\phi (G\times \hat {Y})$
 contains a dense open subset of X.
 Such a set 
 $\hat {Y}$
 is sufficiently representative of the G-action on X, which leads to the following lemma.
$\hat {Y}$
 is sufficiently representative of the G-action on X, which leads to the following lemma.
Lemma 2.15 [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Lemma 4.4].
 Let 
 $\hat {Y}$
 be a dense open subset of Y. Let C be a subgroup of G containing
$\hat {Y}$
 be a dense open subset of Y. Let C be a subgroup of G containing 
 $G_X$
. Suppose that for each
$G_X$
. Suppose that for each 
 $y\in \hat {Y}$
, the following is true:
$y\in \hat {Y}$
, the following is true: 
- 
(i) y is Y-exact; 
- 
(ii)  $G_y$
 is conjugate to C. $G_y$
 is conjugate to C.
Then 
 $C/G_X$
 is the generic stabilizer in the action of G on X.
$C/G_X$
 is the generic stabilizer in the action of G on X.
We similarly derive a criterion for proving that there does not exist a generic stabilizer.
Lemma 2.16. Assume that Y is not finite, and let 
 $\hat {Y}$
 be a dense open subset of Y. Suppose that for each
$\hat {Y}$
 be a dense open subset of Y. Suppose that for each 
 $y\in \hat {Y}$
, the following is true:
$y\in \hat {Y}$
, the following is true: 
- 
(i) y is Y-exact; 
- 
(ii) for all  $y'\in \hat {Y}\setminus \{y\}$
, we have that $y'\in \hat {Y}\setminus \{y\}$
, we have that $G_y$
 is not conjugate to $G_y$
 is not conjugate to $G_{y'}$
. $G_{y'}$
.
Then there is no generic stabilizer in the action of G on X.
Proof. By Lemma 2.14, there is a dense open subset 
 $U_1$
 of X, contained in
$U_1$
 of X, contained in 
 $\phi (G\times \hat {Y})$
 which by assumption is the union of G-orbits with pairwise non-conjugate stabilizers. Given any such orbit
$\phi (G\times \hat {Y})$
 which by assumption is the union of G-orbits with pairwise non-conjugate stabilizers. Given any such orbit 
 $G.y$
 for some
$G.y$
 for some 
 $y\in \hat {Y}$
, we have
$y\in \hat {Y}$
, we have 
 $$\begin{align*}\dim(\overline{G.y}) =\dim(\overline{G.y})-\dim (\overline{G.y\cap Y}) = \operatorname{\mathrm{codim}} Y <\dim X, \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\dim(\overline{G.y}) =\dim(\overline{G.y})-\dim (\overline{G.y\cap Y}) = \operatorname{\mathrm{codim}} Y <\dim X, \end{align*}$$
since y is Y-exact combined with 
 $\dim Y\geq 1$
 and Lemma 2.13.
$\dim Y\geq 1$
 and Lemma 2.13.
 Assume that there is a generic stabilizer in the action of G on X. Then there is a dense open subset 
 $U_2$
 of X such that
$U_2$
 of X such that 
 $G_{x_1}$
 and
$G_{x_1}$
 and 
 $G_{x_2}$
 are conjugate for all
$G_{x_2}$
 are conjugate for all 
 $x_1,x_2\in U_2$
. Taking the intersection of
$x_1,x_2\in U_2$
. Taking the intersection of 
 $U_1$
 and
$U_1$
 and 
 $U_2$
, we get an open dense subset U of X with the same property. Therefore, given any two
$U_2$
, we get an open dense subset U of X with the same property. Therefore, given any two 
 $x_1,x_2\in U$
, we must have
$x_1,x_2\in U$
, we must have 
 $G.x_1 = G.x_2$
 (i.e., U consists of a single G-orbit). This implies that there is a dense orbit, contradicting
$G.x_1 = G.x_2$
 (i.e., U consists of a single G-orbit). This implies that there is a dense orbit, contradicting 
 $\dim (\overline {G.y}) < \dim X$
.
$\dim (\overline {G.y}) < \dim X$
.
2.4 Spin modules
 We set up spin modules following [Reference Popov23]. Let 
 $\{e_1,\dots ,e_n,e_{n+1},\dots , e_{2n}\}=\{e_1,\dots ,e_n,f_{1},\dots , f_{n}\}$
 be a standard basis for the
$\{e_1,\dots ,e_n,e_{n+1},\dots , e_{2n}\}=\{e_1,\dots ,e_n,f_{1},\dots , f_{n}\}$
 be a standard basis for the 
 $2n$
-dimensional K-vector space
$2n$
-dimensional K-vector space 
 $V=V_{2n}$
 with quadratic form Q and bilinear form
$V=V_{2n}$
 with quadratic form Q and bilinear form 
 $(\cdot ,\cdot )$
, such that
$(\cdot ,\cdot )$
, such that 
 $\{e_i,e_{n+i}\}=\{ e_i,f_i\}$
 are hyperbolic pairs for
$\{e_i,e_{n+i}\}=\{ e_i,f_i\}$
 are hyperbolic pairs for 
 $i\leq n$
. Let
$i\leq n$
. Let 
 $L,M$
 be the totally singular subspaces
$L,M$
 be the totally singular subspaces 
 $\langle e_1,\dots ,e_n\rangle $
 and
$\langle e_1,\dots ,e_n\rangle $
 and 
 $\langle f_1,\dots ,f_n\rangle $
, respectively.
$\langle f_1,\dots ,f_n\rangle $
, respectively.
 We denote by C the Clifford algebra of 
 $(V,Q)$
. This is an associative algebra over K generated by V, in which
$(V,Q)$
. This is an associative algebra over K generated by V, in which 
 $v^2=Q(v)$
 for every
$v^2=Q(v)$
 for every 
 $v\in V$
. It has the structure of a graded module over K. Let
$v\in V$
. It has the structure of a graded module over K. Let 
 $\phi ':C\rightarrow C $
, sending
$\phi ':C\rightarrow C $
, sending 
 $x\mapsto x'$
, be the involution of C fixing every element of V (i.e., the anti-automorphism sending a product
$x\mapsto x'$
, be the involution of C fixing every element of V (i.e., the anti-automorphism sending a product 
 $\prod _{i=1}^k v_i\in C$
 to
$\prod _{i=1}^k v_i\in C$
 to 
 $ \prod _{i=1}^k v_{n-i+1}$
). We denote by
$ \prod _{i=1}^k v_{n-i+1}$
). We denote by 
 $C^+$
 and
$C^+$
 and 
 $C^-$
 the sums of homogeneous submodules of C of even and odd degrees, respectively. Then
$C^-$
 the sums of homogeneous submodules of C of even and odd degrees, respectively. Then 
 $C=C^+\oplus C^-$
. In particular,
$C=C^+\oplus C^-$
. In particular, 
 $C^+$
 is a subalgebra of C invariant under
$C^+$
 is a subalgebra of C invariant under 
 $\phi '$
.
$\phi '$
.
 The Clifford group is 
 $G^*=\{s\in C|s$
 is invertible in C and
$G^*=\{s\in C|s$
 is invertible in C and 
 $sVs^{-1}=V\}$
. The even Clifford group is
$sVs^{-1}=V\}$
. The even Clifford group is 
 $(G^*)^+=G^*\cap C^+$
. The spin group
$(G^*)^+=G^*\cap C^+$
. The spin group 
 $Spin_{2n}$
 is
$Spin_{2n}$
 is 
 $\{s\in (G^*)^+|ss'=1\}$
.
$\{s\in (G^*)^+|ss'=1\}$
.
 The vector representation of the Clifford group 
 $G^*$
 is given by
$G^*$
 is given by 
 $\Theta : G^*\rightarrow Aut(V,Q)$
, such that
$\Theta : G^*\rightarrow Aut(V,Q)$
, such that 
 $\Theta (s)\cdot v=svs^{-1}$
. The restriction of
$\Theta (s)\cdot v=svs^{-1}$
. The restriction of 
 $\Theta $
 to
$\Theta $
 to 
 $Spin_{2n}$
 is the natural representation of
$Spin_{2n}$
 is the natural representation of 
 $Spin_{2n}$
. The root subgroups of
$Spin_{2n}$
. The root subgroups of 
 $Spin_{2n}$
 are parametrised by pairs
$Spin_{2n}$
 are parametrised by pairs 
 $(i,j)$
 with
$(i,j)$
 with 
 $i+j\neq 2n+1$
; the root subgroup parametrised by the pair
$i+j\neq 2n+1$
; the root subgroup parametrised by the pair 
 $(i,j)$
 consists of elements of the form
$(i,j)$
 consists of elements of the form 
 $1+\lambda e_ie_j$
, where
$1+\lambda e_ie_j$
, where 
 $1+\lambda e_ie_j$
 acts on a vector
$1+\lambda e_ie_j$
 acts on a vector 
 $v\in V$
 by
$v\in V$
 by 
 $v\mapsto v+\lambda (e_j,v)e_i-\lambda (e_i,v)e_j$
.
$v\mapsto v+\lambda (e_j,v)e_i-\lambda (e_i,v)e_j$
.
 Put 
 $e_L=e_1e_2\dots e_n$
 and
$e_L=e_1e_2\dots e_n$
 and 
 $e_M=e_{n+1}e_{n+2}\dots e_{2n}$
. We denote by
$e_M=e_{n+1}e_{n+2}\dots e_{2n}$
. We denote by 
 $C_W$
 the subalgebra of C generated by the elements of a subspace
$C_W$
 the subalgebra of C generated by the elements of a subspace 
 $W\subset V_{2n}$
. Then
$W\subset V_{2n}$
. Then 
 $ce:M$
 is a minimal left ideal in C, and the correspondence
$ce:M$
 is a minimal left ideal in C, and the correspondence 
 $x\mapsto xe_M$
 generates an isomorphism
$x\mapsto xe_M$
 generates an isomorphism 
 $C_L\rightarrow ce:M$
 of vector spaces. So for any
$C_L\rightarrow ce:M$
 of vector spaces. So for any 
 $s\in C,x\in C_L$
, there exists a unique element
$s\in C,x\in C_L$
, there exists a unique element 
 $y\in C_L$
 for which
$y\in C_L$
 for which 
 $sxe_M=ye_M$
. Setting
$sxe_M=ye_M$
. Setting 
 $\rho (s)\cdot x = s\cdot x=y$
 gives us the spinor representation
$\rho (s)\cdot x = s\cdot x=y$
 gives us the spinor representation 
 $\rho $
 of the algebra C in
$\rho $
 of the algebra C in 
 $C_L$
. Let
$C_L$
. Let 
 $X=C_L\cap C^+$
. Then restricting
$X=C_L\cap C^+$
. Then restricting 
 $\rho $
 to
$\rho $
 to 
 $Spin_{2n}$
, we get the half-spin representation of
$Spin_{2n}$
, we get the half-spin representation of 
 $Spin_{2n}$
 in X.
$Spin_{2n}$
 in X.
 An element of X is called a spinor. The restriction to 
 $B_{n-1}$
 is the spin representation for
$B_{n-1}$
 is the spin representation for 
 $B_{n-1}$
.
$B_{n-1}$
.
Table 2 
 $ts$
-small quadruples with finitely many orbits on
$ts$
-small quadruples with finitely many orbits on 
 $\boldsymbol{\mathcal {G}_k(V)}$
.
$\boldsymbol{\mathcal {G}_k(V)}$
.

2.5 List of ts-small quadruples
 The following result lists all 
 $ts$
-small quadruples. We will then be able to prove Theorem 1 and Theorem 2 by proceeding case-by-case.
$ts$
-small quadruples. We will then be able to prove Theorem 1 and Theorem 2 by proceeding case-by-case.
Proposition 2.17. Let 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,k)$
 be a
$(G,\lambda ,p,k)$
 be a 
 $ts$
-small quadruple and
$ts$
-small quadruple and 
 $V = V_G(\lambda )$
. Then, precisely one of the following is true:
$V = V_G(\lambda )$
. Then, precisely one of the following is true: 
- 
(i) G has finitely many orbits on  $\mathcal {G}_k(V)$
, and $\mathcal {G}_k(V)$
, and $(G,\lambda ,p,k)$
 is in Table 2; $(G,\lambda ,p,k)$
 is in Table 2;
- 
(ii)  $k=1$
, and either V is a composition factor of $k=1$
, and either V is a composition factor of $\mathrm {Lie}(G)$
 or $\mathrm {Lie}(G)$
 or $G=C_\ell $
 and $G=C_\ell $
 and $\lambda = \lambda _2$
, as in Table 3; $\lambda = \lambda _2$
, as in Table 3;
- 
(iii)  $(G,\lambda ,p,k)$
 is in Table 4. $(G,\lambda ,p,k)$
 is in Table 4.
Table 3 Infinite families of 
 $ts$
-small quadruples.
$ts$
-small quadruples.

Table 4 Remaining 
 $ts$
-small quadruples.
$ts$
-small quadruples.

Proof. In [Reference Guralnick, Liebeck, Macpherson and Seitz11], we find a complete list of modules with finitely many orbits on k-spaces, of which every self-dual one leads to a 
 $ts$
-small quadruple. Now assume that
$ts$
-small quadruple. Now assume that 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,k)$
 is a
$(G,\lambda ,p,k)$
 is a 
 $ts$
-small quadruple where G does not have finitely many orbits on
$ts$
-small quadruple where G does not have finitely many orbits on 
 $\mathcal {G}_k(V)$
. In [Reference Rizzoli26, Thm 3.1], we have a complete list of such quadruples with
$\mathcal {G}_k(V)$
. In [Reference Rizzoli26, Thm 3.1], we have a complete list of such quadruples with 
 $k=1$
 and V orthogonal, while in [Reference Rizzoli27, Prop. 4.1], we have a complete list of such quadruples for
$k=1$
 and V orthogonal, while in [Reference Rizzoli27, Prop. 4.1], we have a complete list of such quadruples for 
 $k\geq 2$
.
$k\geq 2$
.
 The proof follows from combining the three lists of 
 $ts$
-small quadruples, with the addition of the self-dual small quadruples where V is symplectic and
$ts$
-small quadruples, with the addition of the self-dual small quadruples where V is symplectic and 
 $k=1$
.
$k=1$
.
3 Quadruples with finitely many orbits on 
 $\mathcal {G}_k(V)$
$\mathcal {G}_k(V)$
 In this section, we handle the 
 $ts$
-small quadruples where we already have finitely many orbits on all k-spaces (i.e., the ones listed in Table 2). It follows directly that there is a dense orbit for the action on totally singular k-spaces, and producing the generic stabilizer reduces to finding a stabilizer of appropriate dimension.
$ts$
-small quadruples where we already have finitely many orbits on all k-spaces (i.e., the ones listed in Table 2). It follows directly that there is a dense orbit for the action on totally singular k-spaces, and producing the generic stabilizer reduces to finding a stabilizer of appropriate dimension.
Proposition 3.1. Let G be one of 
 $A_1$
,
$A_1$
, 
 $B_\ell $
 with
$B_\ell $
 with 
 $p\neq 2$
,
$p\neq 2$
, 
 $C_\ell $
 or
$C_\ell $
 or 
 $D_\ell $
. Let
$D_\ell $
. Let 
 $\lambda =\lambda _1$
. Then the
$\lambda =\lambda _1$
. Then the 
 $ts$
-small quadruple
$ts$
-small quadruple 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,k)$
 has generic
$(G,\lambda ,p,k)$
 has generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizer
$ts$
-stabilizer 
 $P_k$
, unless
$P_k$
, unless 
 $k=\ell -1$
 and
$k=\ell -1$
 and 
 $G=D_\ell $
, in which case it has generic
$G=D_\ell $
, in which case it has generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizer
$ts$
-stabilizer 
 $P_{\ell -1,\ell }$
.
$P_{\ell -1,\ell }$
.
Proof. Note that if 
 $G=D_\ell $
, by our convention, the values of k are
$G=D_\ell $
, by our convention, the values of k are 
 $1,\dots ,\ell -1,\ell ',\ell "$
. In all cases, in the statement of the proposition, the group G is transitive on
$1,\dots ,\ell -1,\ell ',\ell "$
. In all cases, in the statement of the proposition, the group G is transitive on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
. It is well known that the maximal parabolic subgroups of a classical group are stabilizers of totally singular subspaces; therefore, these must be the generic stabilizers. Unless we are in type D and
$\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
. It is well known that the maximal parabolic subgroups of a classical group are stabilizers of totally singular subspaces; therefore, these must be the generic stabilizers. Unless we are in type D and 
 $k=\ell -1$
, the stabilizer of
$k=\ell -1$
, the stabilizer of 
 $y\in \mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 is a conjugate of
$y\in \mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 is a conjugate of 
 $P_k$
. If
$P_k$
. If 
 $G=D_\ell $
 and
$G=D_\ell $
 and 
 $k=\ell -1$
, the stabilizer of
$k=\ell -1$
, the stabilizer of 
 $y\in \mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 is a conjugate of
$y\in \mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 is a conjugate of 
 $P_{\ell -1,\ell }$
.
$P_{\ell -1,\ell }$
.
Proposition 3.2. The generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizers for the
$ts$
-stabilizers for the 
 $ts$
-small quadruples in Table 5 are as given.
$ts$
-small quadruples in Table 5 are as given.
Table 5 
 $ts$
-small quadruples with
$ts$
-small quadruples with 
 $k=1$
 and V symplectic.
$k=1$
 and V symplectic.

Proof. In each of these cases, 
 $k=1$
 and the module V is symplectic. Therefore,
$k=1$
 and the module V is symplectic. Therefore, 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V)=\mathcal {G}_k(V)$
, and the result follows directly from [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10]. In the last column of Table 5, we give a reference for each individual case.
$\mathcal {S}_k(V)=\mathcal {G}_k(V)$
, and the result follows directly from [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10]. In the last column of Table 5, we give a reference for each individual case.
Proposition 3.3. Let 
 $G=A_1$
 and
$G=A_1$
 and 
 $\lambda = \lambda _1+p^i\lambda _1$
 with
$\lambda = \lambda _1+p^i\lambda _1$
 with 
 $p>0$
 and
$p>0$
 and 
 $i>0$
. Then the quadruple
$i>0$
. Then the quadruple 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,1)$
 has generic
$(G,\lambda ,p,1)$
 has generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizer
$ts$
-stabilizer 
 $T_1$
.
$T_1$
.
Proof. Let 
 $q=p^i$
 and let
$q=p^i$
 and let 
 $\sigma =\sigma _q$
 be the standard Frobenius morphism acting on K as
$\sigma =\sigma _q$
 be the standard Frobenius morphism acting on K as 
 $t\mapsto t^\sigma =t^q$
 and on G as
$t\mapsto t^\sigma =t^q$
 and on G as 
 $x_{\pm \alpha _1}(t)\mapsto x_{\pm \alpha _1}(t^q)$
. Let
$x_{\pm \alpha _1}(t)\mapsto x_{\pm \alpha _1}(t^q)$
. Let 
 $G=SL_2(K)$
. We can view V as the space
$G=SL_2(K)$
. We can view V as the space 
 $M_{2\times 2}(K)$
 of
$M_{2\times 2}(K)$
 of 
 $2\times 2$
 matrices on which G acts by
$2\times 2$
 matrices on which G acts by 
 $g.v=gv(g^\sigma )^T$
 for
$g.v=gv(g^\sigma )^T$
 for 
 $v\in M_{2\times 2}(K)$
 and
$v\in M_{2\times 2}(K)$
 and 
 $g\in G$
. Since G preserves the determinant of v for all
$g\in G$
. Since G preserves the determinant of v for all 
 $v\in M_{2\times 2}(K)$
, we can take the quadratic form
$v\in M_{2\times 2}(K)$
, we can take the quadratic form 
 $Q:V\rightarrow K$
 as
$Q:V\rightarrow K$
 as 
 $Q(v)=\det v$
. The singular
$Q(v)=\det v$
. The singular 
 $1$
-spaces of V are therefore the
$1$
-spaces of V are therefore the 
 $1$
-spaces spanned by matrices with determinant
$1$
-spaces spanned by matrices with determinant 
 $0$
. Let y be the singular
$0$
. Let y be the singular 
 $1$
-space spanned by
$1$
-space spanned by 
 $\left (\begin {matrix} 0 & 1\\ 0 & 0 \\ \end {matrix}\right )$
. Then
$\left (\begin {matrix} 0 & 1\\ 0 & 0 \\ \end {matrix}\right )$
. Then 
 $\left (\begin {matrix} a & b\\ c & d \\ \end {matrix}\right )\in G_y$
 if and only if
$\left (\begin {matrix} a & b\\ c & d \\ \end {matrix}\right )\in G_y$
 if and only if 
 $b=c=0$
 and
$b=c=0$
 and 
 $d=a^{-1}$
. Since
$d=a^{-1}$
. Since 
 $\dim G - \dim \mathcal {S}_1(V) = 1 =\dim G_y$
, the element y is in a dense orbit for the G-action on
$\dim G - \dim \mathcal {S}_1(V) = 1 =\dim G_y$
, the element y is in a dense orbit for the G-action on 
 $\mathcal {S}_1(V)$
. Therefore,
$\mathcal {S}_1(V)$
. Therefore, 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = T_1$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = T_1$
.
Proposition 3.4. Let 
 $G=A_2$
 and
$G=A_2$
 and 
 $\lambda = \lambda _1+\lambda _2$
 with
$\lambda = \lambda _1+\lambda _2$
 with 
 $p=3$
. Then the quadruple
$p=3$
. Then the quadruple 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,1)$
 has generic
$(G,\lambda ,p,1)$
 has generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizer
$ts$
-stabilizer 
 $U_2T_1$
.
$U_2T_1$
.
Proof. By [Reference Rizzoli27, Lemma 5.5], there is 
 $y\in \mathcal {S}_1(V)$
 with
$y\in \mathcal {S}_1(V)$
 with 
 $G_y=U_2T_1$
. Since
$G_y=U_2T_1$
. Since 
 $\dim G - \dim \mathcal {S}_1(V)=8-5 =\dim G_y$
, the element y is in a dense orbit for the G-action on
$\dim G - \dim \mathcal {S}_1(V)=8-5 =\dim G_y$
, the element y is in a dense orbit for the G-action on 
 $\mathcal {S}_1(V)$
. Therefore,
$\mathcal {S}_1(V)$
. Therefore, 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = U_2T_1$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = U_2T_1$
.
Proposition 3.5. Let 
 $G=A_5$
 and
$G=A_5$
 and 
 $\lambda = \lambda _3$
 with
$\lambda = \lambda _3$
 with 
 $p=2$
. Then the quadruple
$p=2$
. Then the quadruple 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,1)$
 has generic
$(G,\lambda ,p,1)$
 has generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizer
$ts$
-stabilizer 
 $U_8A_2T_1$
.
$U_8A_2T_1$
.
Proof. By [Reference Revoy24, 2.3.1(II)], there is 
 $y\in \mathcal {S}_1(V)$
 with
$y\in \mathcal {S}_1(V)$
 with 
 $G_y=U_8A_2T_1$
. Since
$G_y=U_8A_2T_1$
. Since 
 $\dim G - \dim \mathcal {S}_1(V)=35-18 =\dim G_y$
, the element y is in a dense orbit for the G-action on
$\dim G - \dim \mathcal {S}_1(V)=35-18 =\dim G_y$
, the element y is in a dense orbit for the G-action on 
 $\mathcal {S}_1(V)$
. Therefore,
$\mathcal {S}_1(V)$
. Therefore, 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = U_8A_2T_1$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = U_8A_2T_1$
.
Proposition 3.6. Let 
 $G=B_3$
,
$G=B_3$
, 
 $\lambda = \lambda _3$
. Then the quadruple
$\lambda = \lambda _3$
. Then the quadruple 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,1)$
 has generic
$(G,\lambda ,p,1)$
 has generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizer
$ts$
-stabilizer 
 $U_6A_2T_1$
.
$U_6A_2T_1$
.
Proof. By [Reference Liebeck, Saxl and Seitz17, Thm B], the group G is transitive on 
 $\mathcal {S}_1(V)$
. The generic stabilizer is the
$\mathcal {S}_1(V)$
. The generic stabilizer is the 
 $P_3$
-parabolic (i.e.
$P_3$
-parabolic (i.e. 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = U_6A_2T_1$
).
$C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = U_6A_2T_1$
).
Proposition 3.7. Let 
 $G=B_3$
,
$G=B_3$
, 
 $\lambda = \lambda _3$
 with
$\lambda = \lambda _3$
 with 
 $k=2$
 or
$k=2$
 or 
 $k=3$
. Then the quadruple
$k=3$
. Then the quadruple 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,k)$
 has generic
$(G,\lambda ,p,k)$
 has generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizer
$ts$
-stabilizer 
 $U_5A_1A_1T_1$
 if
$U_5A_1A_1T_1$
 if 
 $k=2$
 and
$k=2$
 and 
 $U_3A_2T_1$
 if
$U_3A_2T_1$
 if 
 $k=3$
.
$k=3$
.
Proof. By [Reference Liebeck, Saxl and Seitz17, Thm B], the group G is transitive on 
 $\mathcal {S}_4'(V)$
. Let
$\mathcal {S}_4'(V)$
. Let 
 $W\in \mathcal {S}_4'(V)$
. The group G is the group of fixed points of a triality automorphism of
$W\in \mathcal {S}_4'(V)$
. The group G is the group of fixed points of a triality automorphism of 
 $D_4 = Cl(V)$
. Therefore,
$D_4 = Cl(V)$
. Therefore, 
 $G_W$
 is isomorphic to the generic stabilizer for the action on
$G_W$
 is isomorphic to the generic stabilizer for the action on 
 $\mathcal {S}_1(V)$
, i.e.
$\mathcal {S}_1(V)$
, i.e. 
 $U_6A_2T_1$
. Then it is easy to see ([Reference Guralnick, Liebeck, Macpherson and Seitz11, Lemma 3.5]) that
$U_6A_2T_1$
. Then it is easy to see ([Reference Guralnick, Liebeck, Macpherson and Seitz11, Lemma 3.5]) that 
 $G_W$
 acts on
$G_W$
 acts on 
 $\mathcal {G}_2(W)$
 with two orbits, one with stabilizer
$\mathcal {G}_2(W)$
 with two orbits, one with stabilizer 
 $U_5A_1A_1T_1$
 and one with stabilizer
$U_5A_1A_1T_1$
 and one with stabilizer 
 $U_7A_1A_1T_1$
. Since every totally singular
$U_7A_1A_1T_1$
. Since every totally singular 
 $2$
-space is contained in an element of
$2$
-space is contained in an element of 
 $\mathcal {S}_4'(V)$
, we conclude that there are at most two G-orbits on
$\mathcal {S}_4'(V)$
, we conclude that there are at most two G-orbits on 
 $\mathcal {S}_2(V)$
. Since
$\mathcal {S}_2(V)$
. Since 
 $\dim G-\dim \mathcal {S}_2(V)=12$
, there must be a
$\dim G-\dim \mathcal {S}_2(V)=12$
, there must be a 
 $12$
-dimensional stabilizer for the G-action on
$12$
-dimensional stabilizer for the G-action on 
 $\mathcal {S}_2(V)$
. The only possibility is therefore
$\mathcal {S}_2(V)$
. The only possibility is therefore 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_2(V)} = U_5A_1A_1T_1$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_2(V)} = U_5A_1A_1T_1$
.
 Similarly, 
 $G_W$
 acts on
$G_W$
 acts on 
 $\mathcal {G}_3(W)$
 with two orbits, one with stabilizer
$\mathcal {G}_3(W)$
 with two orbits, one with stabilizer 
 $U_3A_2T_1$
 and one with stabilizer
$U_3A_2T_1$
 and one with stabilizer 
 $U_8A_1T_2$
. Since
$U_8A_1T_2$
. Since 
 $\dim G-\dim U_3A_2T_1 = \dim \mathcal {S}_3(V)$
, we conclude that
$\dim G-\dim U_3A_2T_1 = \dim \mathcal {S}_3(V)$
, we conclude that 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_3(V)} = U_3A_2T_1$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_3(V)} = U_3A_2T_1$
.
Proposition 3.8. Let 
 $G=B_\ell $
,
$G=B_\ell $
, 
 $\lambda = \lambda _\ell $
 with
$\lambda = \lambda _\ell $
 with 
 $\ell =4$
 or
$\ell =4$
 or 
 $\ell =5$
, with
$\ell =5$
, with 
 $p=2$
 if
$p=2$
 if 
 $\ell =5$
. Then the quadruple
$\ell =5$
. Then the quadruple 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,1)$
 has generic
$(G,\lambda ,p,1)$
 has generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizer
$ts$
-stabilizer 
 $U_7G_2T_1$
 if
$U_7G_2T_1$
 if 
 $\ell =4$
 and
$\ell =4$
 and 
 $U_{14}B_2T_1$
 if
$U_{14}B_2T_1$
 if 
 $\ell =5$
.
$\ell =5$
.
Proof. By [Reference Igusa12, Prop. 5, Prop. 6] (when 
 $p\neq 2$
) and [Reference Guralnick, Liebeck, Macpherson and Seitz11, Lemma 2.11] (when
$p\neq 2$
) and [Reference Guralnick, Liebeck, Macpherson and Seitz11, Lemma 2.11] (when 
 $p=2$
), there is only one orbit on
$p=2$
), there is only one orbit on 
 $\mathcal {G}_1(V)$
 with a
$\mathcal {G}_1(V)$
 with a 
 $22$
-dimensional stabilizer when
$22$
-dimensional stabilizer when 
 $\ell =4$
, with structure
$\ell =4$
, with structure 
 $U_7G_2T_1$
, and only one orbit on
$U_7G_2T_1$
, and only one orbit on 
 $\mathcal {G}_1(V)$
 with
$\mathcal {G}_1(V)$
 with 
 $25$
-dimensional stabilizer when
$25$
-dimensional stabilizer when 
 $\ell =5$
, with structure
$\ell =5$
, with structure 
 $U_{14}B_2T_1$
. Since
$U_{14}B_2T_1$
. Since 
 $\dim G-\dim \mathcal {S}_1(V) = 22$
 when
$\dim G-\dim \mathcal {S}_1(V) = 22$
 when 
 $\ell =4$
 and
$\ell =4$
 and 
 $25$
 when
$25$
 when 
 $\ell =4$
, we conclude that
$\ell =4$
, we conclude that 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = U_7G_2T_1$
 when
$C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = U_7G_2T_1$
 when 
 $\ell =4$
 and
$\ell =4$
 and 
 $U_{14}B_2T_1$
 when
$U_{14}B_2T_1$
 when 
 $\ell =5$
.
$\ell =5$
.
Proposition 3.9. Let 
 $G=C_3$
,
$G=C_3$
, 
 $\lambda = \lambda _2$
 with
$\lambda = \lambda _2$
 with 
 $p=3$
. Then the quadruple
$p=3$
. Then the quadruple 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,1)$
 has generic
$(G,\lambda ,p,1)$
 has generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizer
$ts$
-stabilizer 
 $U_6A_1T_1$
.
$U_6A_1T_1$
.
Proof. By [Reference Rizzoli27, Lemma 5.15], there is 
 $y\in \mathcal {S}_1(V)$
 with
$y\in \mathcal {S}_1(V)$
 with 
 $G_y=U_6A_1T_1$
. Since
$G_y=U_6A_1T_1$
. Since 
 $\dim G - \dim \mathcal {S}_1(V)=21-11 =\dim G_y$
, the element y is in a dense orbit for the G-action on
$\dim G - \dim \mathcal {S}_1(V)=21-11 =\dim G_y$
, the element y is in a dense orbit for the G-action on 
 $\mathcal {S}_1(V)$
. Therefore,
$\mathcal {S}_1(V)$
. Therefore, 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = U_6A_1T_1$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = U_6A_1T_1$
.
Proposition 3.10. Let 
 $G=D_6$
,
$G=D_6$
, 
 $\lambda = \lambda _6$
 with
$\lambda = \lambda _6$
 with 
 $p=2$
. Then the quadruple
$p=2$
. Then the quadruple 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,1)$
 has generic
$(G,\lambda ,p,1)$
 has generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizer
$ts$
-stabilizer 
 $U_{14}B_3T_1$
.
$U_{14}B_3T_1$
.
Proof. By the proof of [Reference Guralnick, Liebeck, Macpherson and Seitz11, Lemma 2.11], there is only one orbit on 
 $\mathcal {G}_1(V)$
 with a
$\mathcal {G}_1(V)$
 with a 
 $36$
-dimensional stabilizer, with structure
$36$
-dimensional stabilizer, with structure 
 $U_{14}B_3T_1$
. Since
$U_{14}B_3T_1$
. Since 
 $\dim G - \dim \mathcal {S}_1(V)=66-30 =\dim G_y$
, the element y is in a dense orbit for the G-action on
$\dim G - \dim \mathcal {S}_1(V)=66-30 =\dim G_y$
, the element y is in a dense orbit for the G-action on 
 $\mathcal {S}_1(V)$
. Therefore,
$\mathcal {S}_1(V)$
. Therefore, 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = U_{14}B_3T_1$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = U_{14}B_3T_1$
.
Proposition 3.11. Let 
 $G=G_2$
,
$G=G_2$
, 
 $\lambda = \lambda _1$
 with
$\lambda = \lambda _1$
 with 
 $p\neq 2$
. Then the quadruple
$p\neq 2$
. Then the quadruple 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,1)$
 has generic
$(G,\lambda ,p,1)$
 has generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizer
$ts$
-stabilizer 
 $U_{5}A_1T_1$
.
$U_{5}A_1T_1$
.
Proof. By [Reference Liebeck, Saxl and Seitz17, Thm. A], G is transitive on singular 
 $1$
-spaces of V. Therefore, a representative can be taken to be the
$1$
-spaces of V. Therefore, a representative can be taken to be the 
 $1$
-space spanned by the highest weight vector, with stabilizer
$1$
-space spanned by the highest weight vector, with stabilizer 
 $P_1=U_{5}A_1T_1$
.
$P_1=U_{5}A_1T_1$
.
Proposition 3.12. Let 
 $G=G_2$
,
$G=G_2$
, 
 $\lambda = \lambda _1$
. Then the quadruple
$\lambda = \lambda _1$
. Then the quadruple 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,2)$
 has generic
$(G,\lambda ,p,2)$
 has generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizer
$ts$
-stabilizer 
 $U_{3}A_1T_1$
.
$U_{3}A_1T_1$
.
Proof. Let 
 $\mu _1,\mu _2,\mu _3$
 be the positive weights
$\mu _1,\mu _2,\mu _3$
 be the positive weights 
 $2\alpha _1+\alpha _2,\alpha _1+\alpha _2,\alpha _1$
, respectively. Given weight vectors
$2\alpha _1+\alpha _2,\alpha _1+\alpha _2,\alpha _1$
, respectively. Given weight vectors 
 $v_{\mu _1},v_{-\mu _2} $
, let
$v_{\mu _1},v_{-\mu _2} $
, let 
 $y:=\langle v_{\mu _1},v_{-\mu _2}\rangle $
, an element of
$y:=\langle v_{\mu _1},v_{-\mu _2}\rangle $
, an element of 
 $\mathcal {S}_2(V)$
. Since
$\mathcal {S}_2(V)$
. Since 
 $n_2n_1n_2n_1n_2.\langle v_{\mu _1} \rangle = \langle v_{-\mu _2}\rangle $
, we can easily determine that
$n_2n_1n_2n_1n_2.\langle v_{\mu _1} \rangle = \langle v_{-\mu _2}\rangle $
, we can easily determine that 
 $G_{\langle v_{\mu _1}\rangle } \cap G_{\langle v_{-\mu _2}\rangle } = P_1\cap P_1^{n_2n_1n_2n_1n_2} = U_3T_2$
, by checking which root subgroups are in common between
$G_{\langle v_{\mu _1}\rangle } \cap G_{\langle v_{-\mu _2}\rangle } = P_1\cap P_1^{n_2n_1n_2n_1n_2} = U_3T_2$
, by checking which root subgroups are in common between 
 $P_1$
 and
$P_1$
 and 
 $P_1^{n_2n_1n_2n_1n_2}$
. Therefore,
$P_1^{n_2n_1n_2n_1n_2}$
. Therefore, 
 $G_y\leq U_3A_1T_1$
. Since
$G_y\leq U_3A_1T_1$
. Since 
 $\dim \mathcal {S}_2(V) = 7$
 (in both cases
$\dim \mathcal {S}_2(V) = 7$
 (in both cases 
 $p\neq 2$
 and
$p\neq 2$
 and 
 $p=2$
), the minimum dimension of the stabilizer of any totally singular
$p=2$
), the minimum dimension of the stabilizer of any totally singular 
 $2$
-space is
$2$
-space is 
 $7$
. Therefore,
$7$
. Therefore, 
 $G_y = U_3A_1T_1 = C_{\mathcal {S}_2(V)}$
.
$G_y = U_3A_1T_1 = C_{\mathcal {S}_2(V)}$
.
Proposition 3.13. Let 
 $G=G_2$
,
$G=G_2$
, 
 $\lambda = \lambda _1$
 with
$\lambda = \lambda _1$
 with 
 $p=2$
. Then the quadruple
$p=2$
. Then the quadruple 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,3)$
 has generic
$(G,\lambda ,p,3)$
 has generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizer
$ts$
-stabilizer 
 $A_2$
.
$A_2$
.
Proof. By the proof of [Reference Guralnick, Liebeck, Macpherson and Seitz11, Lemma 3.4], there is an 
 $A_2$
-subgroup which is the stabilizer of
$A_2$
-subgroup which is the stabilizer of 
 $y\in \mathcal {S}_3(V)$
. Since
$y\in \mathcal {S}_3(V)$
. Since 
 $\dim G - \dim \mathcal {S}_3(V)=14-6 =\dim G_y$
, the element y is in a dense orbit for the G-action on
$\dim G - \dim \mathcal {S}_3(V)=14-6 =\dim G_y$
, the element y is in a dense orbit for the G-action on 
 $\mathcal {S}_3(V)$
. Therefore,
$\mathcal {S}_3(V)$
. Therefore, 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_3(V)} = A_2$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_3(V)} = A_2$
.
Proposition 3.14. Let 
 $G=F_4$
,
$G=F_4$
, 
 $\lambda = \lambda _4$
 with
$\lambda = \lambda _4$
 with 
 $p=3$
. Then the quadruple
$p=3$
. Then the quadruple 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,1)$
 has generic
$(G,\lambda ,p,1)$
 has generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizer
$ts$
-stabilizer 
 $U_{14}G_2T_1$
.
$U_{14}G_2T_1$
.
Proof. By [Reference Brundan6, Lemma 4.13], there is 
 $y\in \mathcal {S}_1(V)$
 such that
$y\in \mathcal {S}_1(V)$
 such that 
 $G_y=U_{14}G_2T_1$
. Since
$G_y=U_{14}G_2T_1$
. Since 
 $\dim G - \dim \mathcal {S}_1(V)=29 =\dim G_y$
, the element y is in a dense orbit for the G-action on
$\dim G - \dim \mathcal {S}_1(V)=29 =\dim G_y$
, the element y is in a dense orbit for the G-action on 
 $\mathcal {S}_1(V)$
. Therefore,
$\mathcal {S}_1(V)$
. Therefore, 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = U_{14}G_2T_1$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = U_{14}G_2T_1$
.
Proposition 3.15. Let 
 $G=E_7$
,
$G=E_7$
, 
 $\lambda = \lambda _7$
 with
$\lambda = \lambda _7$
 with 
 $p=2$
. Then the quadruple
$p=2$
. Then the quadruple 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,1)$
 has generic
$(G,\lambda ,p,1)$
 has generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizer
$ts$
-stabilizer 
 $U_{26}F_4T_1$
.
$U_{26}F_4T_1$
.
Proof. By [Reference Liebeck and Saxl16, Lemma 4.3], there is only one orbit on 
 $\mathcal {G}_1(V)$
 with a
$\mathcal {G}_1(V)$
 with a 
 $79$
-dimensional stabilizer, with structure
$79$
-dimensional stabilizer, with structure 
 $U_{26}F_4T_1$
. Since
$U_{26}F_4T_1$
. Since 
 $\dim G - \dim \mathcal {S}_1(V)=133-54 =\dim U_{26}F_4T_1$
, we must have
$\dim G - \dim \mathcal {S}_1(V)=133-54 =\dim U_{26}F_4T_1$
, we must have 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = U_{26}F_4T_1$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = U_{26}F_4T_1$
.
4 Infinite families of quadruples
In this section, we handle the cases that appear in Table 3. The following two propositions provide a reduction to a finite list of cases.
Proposition 4.1. Let V be a composition factor of 
 $\mathrm {Lie}(G)$
, with
$\mathrm {Lie}(G)$
, with 
 $p\neq 2$
 if
$p\neq 2$
 if 
 $G=B_\ell $
 or
$G=B_\ell $
 or 
 $G=C_\ell $
, and assume that the
$G=C_\ell $
, and assume that the 
 $0$
-weight space
$0$
-weight space 
 $V_0$
 is at least
$V_0$
 is at least 
 $3$
-dimensional. Then
$3$
-dimensional. Then 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)}=C_{\mathcal {G}_1(V)}$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)}=C_{\mathcal {G}_1(V)}$
.
Proof. The composition factors of 
 $\mathrm {Lie}(G)$
 are listed in [Reference Liebeck and Seitz19, Prop. 1.10]. By assumption on V, we have
$\mathrm {Lie}(G)$
 are listed in [Reference Liebeck and Seitz19, Prop. 1.10]. By assumption on V, we have 
 $V=\mathrm {Lie}(G)/Z$
, where Z is the centre of
$V=\mathrm {Lie}(G)/Z$
, where Z is the centre of 
 $\mathrm {Lie}(G)$
. If
$\mathrm {Lie}(G)$
. If 
 $p=2$
, and
$p=2$
, and 
 $G=A_\ell $
 with
$G=A_\ell $
 with 
 $\ell \equiv 1\ \mod 4$
, or
$\ell \equiv 1\ \mod 4$
, or 
 $G=D_\ell $
 with
$G=D_\ell $
 with 
 $\ell \equiv 2\ \mod 4$
, or
$\ell \equiv 2\ \mod 4$
, or 
 $G=E_7$
, then the module V is symplectic and
$G=E_7$
, then the module V is symplectic and 
 $\mathcal {S}_1(V) = \mathcal {G}_1(V)$
. In all other cases, the module V is orthogonal. The proof closely mimics [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Lemma 4.5(ii)], but in the interest of clarity, it is fully reproduced with the appropriate changes. Note that our setup corresponds to the specific case
$\mathcal {S}_1(V) = \mathcal {G}_1(V)$
. In all other cases, the module V is orthogonal. The proof closely mimics [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Lemma 4.5(ii)], but in the interest of clarity, it is fully reproduced with the appropriate changes. Note that our setup corresponds to the specific case 
 $\theta = 1$
 in [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Lemma 4.5(ii)], which in particular means
$\theta = 1$
 in [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Lemma 4.5(ii)], which in particular means 
 $G=H$
 in the proof of [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Lemma 4.5(ii)]. Let
$G=H$
 in the proof of [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Lemma 4.5(ii)]. Let 
 $$\begin{align*}W^\ddagger = \{ w\in W:\exists \xi\in K^*,\forall v\in V_0, w.v=\xi v\},\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}W^\ddagger = \{ w\in W:\exists \xi\in K^*,\forall v\in V_0, w.v=\xi v\},\end{align*}$$
and let 
 $N^\ddagger $
 be the pre-image of
$N^\ddagger $
 be the pre-image of 
 $W^\ddagger $
 under the quotient map
$W^\ddagger $
 under the quotient map 
 $N\rightarrow W$
. Let Y be
$N\rightarrow W$
. Let Y be 
 $\mathcal {S}_1(V_0)$
 and let
$\mathcal {S}_1(V_0)$
 and let 
 $\hat {Y}_1$
 be the subset of Y consisting of
$\hat {Y}_1$
 be the subset of Y consisting of 
 $1$
-spaces of
$1$
-spaces of 
 $V_0$
 spanned by images of regular semisimple elements in
$V_0$
 spanned by images of regular semisimple elements in 
 $\mathrm {Lie}(T)$
. Since Z does not contain regular semisimple elements, the set
$\mathrm {Lie}(T)$
. Since Z does not contain regular semisimple elements, the set 
 $\hat {Y}_1$
 is nonempty, and thus dense in Y. Since
$\hat {Y}_1$
 is nonempty, and thus dense in Y. Since 
 $\dim V_0\geq 3$
, the span of Y is the full
$\dim V_0\geq 3$
, the span of Y is the full 
 $V_0$
. Therefore, any element in N which fixes all
$V_0$
. Therefore, any element in N which fixes all 
 $y\in Y$
 must be in
$y\in Y$
 must be in 
 $N^\ddagger $
. Thus, given
$N^\ddagger $
. Thus, given 
 $w\in W\setminus W^\ddagger $
, take
$w\in W\setminus W^\ddagger $
, take 
 $n\in N$
 with
$n\in N$
 with 
 $nT=w$
; the set of elements of Y fixed by n is a proper closed subvariety of Y. Let
$nT=w$
; the set of elements of Y fixed by n is a proper closed subvariety of Y. Let 
 $\hat {Y}_2$
 be the complement of the union of these subvarieties as w runs over
$\hat {Y}_2$
 be the complement of the union of these subvarieties as w runs over 
 $W\setminus W^\ddagger $
. Set
$W\setminus W^\ddagger $
. Set 
 $\hat {Y} = \hat {Y}_1\cap \hat {Y}_2$
, a dense open subset of Y.
$\hat {Y} = \hat {Y}_1\cap \hat {Y}_2$
, a dense open subset of Y.
 Let 
 $y\in \hat {Y}$
. By [Reference Guralnick, Liebeck, Macpherson and Seitz11, Lemma 2.1], two elements of
$y\in \hat {Y}$
. By [Reference Guralnick, Liebeck, Macpherson and Seitz11, Lemma 2.1], two elements of 
 $\mathcal {G}_1(V_0)$
 are in the same G-orbit if and only if they are in the same W-orbit. Therefore,
$\mathcal {G}_1(V_0)$
 are in the same G-orbit if and only if they are in the same W-orbit. Therefore, 
 $G.y\cap Y$
 is finite and
$G.y\cap Y$
 is finite and 
 $\dim (\overline {G.y\cap Y})=0$
. Also, since y is spanned by a regular semisimple element, we have
$\dim (\overline {G.y\cap Y})=0$
. Also, since y is spanned by a regular semisimple element, we have 
 $G_y^0 = T$
, and therefore,
$G_y^0 = T$
, and therefore, 
 $\dim (\overline {G.y})=\dim G - \dim T $
. Finally, note that since
$\dim (\overline {G.y})=\dim G - \dim T $
. Finally, note that since 
 $V = \mathrm {Lie(G)}/Z$
, we have
$V = \mathrm {Lie(G)}/Z$
, we have 
 $(C_G(V_0))^0 = T$
, and therefore,
$(C_G(V_0))^0 = T$
, and therefore, 
 $\dim V-\dim V_0=\dim G-\dim T$
 (see the proof of [Reference Guralnick, Liebeck, Macpherson and Seitz11, Lemma 2.4]). Thus,
$\dim V-\dim V_0=\dim G-\dim T$
 (see the proof of [Reference Guralnick, Liebeck, Macpherson and Seitz11, Lemma 2.4]). Thus, 
 $$ \begin{align*} \dim \mathcal{S}_1(V)-\dim (\overline{G.y}) &= \dim V- 2 -\dim (\overline{G.y}) =\\ &= \dim G-\dim T+\dim V_0 -2 -\dim (\overline{G.y}) =\\ &= \dim Y - \dim(\overline{G.y\cap Y}) = \dim Y + \operatorname{\mathrm{codim}} \mathrm{Tran}_G(y,Y)-\dim (\overline{G.y}),\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} \dim \mathcal{S}_1(V)-\dim (\overline{G.y}) &= \dim V- 2 -\dim (\overline{G.y}) =\\ &= \dim G-\dim T+\dim V_0 -2 -\dim (\overline{G.y}) =\\ &= \dim Y - \dim(\overline{G.y\cap Y}) = \dim Y + \operatorname{\mathrm{codim}} \mathrm{Tran}_G(y,Y)-\dim (\overline{G.y}),\end{align*} $$
where the last step uses Lemma 2.13. By definition, this proves that y is Y-exact. The conditions of Lemma 2.15 hold and 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = T.W^\ddagger = C_{\mathcal {G}_1(V)}$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = T.W^\ddagger = C_{\mathcal {G}_1(V)}$
.
Proposition 4.2. Let 
 $G=C_\ell $
,
$G=C_\ell $
, 
 $\lambda =\lambda _2$
. Furthermore, assume that the
$\lambda =\lambda _2$
. Furthermore, assume that the 
 $0$
-weight space
$0$
-weight space 
 $V_0$
 is at least
$V_0$
 is at least 
 $3$
-dimensional. Then
$3$
-dimensional. Then 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_1}(V)=C_{\mathcal {G}_1}(V) = A_1^\ell $
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_1}(V)=C_{\mathcal {G}_1}(V) = A_1^\ell $
.
Proof. If 
 $p=2$
 and
$p=2$
 and 
 $\ell \equiv 2\ \mod 4$
, then the module V is symplectic and
$\ell \equiv 2\ \mod 4$
, then the module V is symplectic and 
 $\mathcal {S}_1(V)=\mathcal {G}_1(V)$
. Therefore, assume that when
$\mathcal {S}_1(V)=\mathcal {G}_1(V)$
. Therefore, assume that when 
 $p=2$
, we have
$p=2$
, we have 
 $\ell \not \equiv 2\ \mod 4$
, which implies that the module V is orthogonal. We use the setup of [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Prop. 5.13] combined with the approach of [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Lemma 4.5(ii)], which we saw in action in Proposition 4.1. Inside
$\ell \not \equiv 2\ \mod 4$
, which implies that the module V is orthogonal. We use the setup of [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Prop. 5.13] combined with the approach of [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Lemma 4.5(ii)], which we saw in action in Proposition 4.1. Inside 
 $\bigwedge ^2 V_{nat}$
, we have submodules
$\bigwedge ^2 V_{nat}$
, we have submodules 
 $X_1 = \{ \sum _{i<j}\rho _{ij}e_i\wedge e_j+\sum _{i<j}\sigma _{ij}f_i\wedge f_j+\sum _{i,j}\tau _{ij}e_i\wedge f_j:\sum _i\tau _{ii}=0\}$
 and
$X_1 = \{ \sum _{i<j}\rho _{ij}e_i\wedge e_j+\sum _{i<j}\sigma _{ij}f_i\wedge f_j+\sum _{i,j}\tau _{ij}e_i\wedge f_j:\sum _i\tau _{ii}=0\}$
 and 
 $X_2=\langle \sum _i e_i\wedge f_i \rangle $
. If
$X_2=\langle \sum _i e_i\wedge f_i \rangle $
. If 
 $p\nmid \ell $
 then
$p\nmid \ell $
 then 
 $V=X_1$
, otherwise
$V=X_1$
, otherwise 
 $X_2<X_1$
 and
$X_2<X_1$
 and 
 $V=X_1/X_2$
. In all cases,
$V=X_1/X_2$
. In all cases, 
 $V=X_1/(X_1\cap X_2)$
. Let
$V=X_1/(X_1\cap X_2)$
. Let 
 $x_i = e_i\wedge f_i$
. The
$x_i = e_i\wedge f_i$
. The 
 $0$
-weight space is
$0$
-weight space is 
 $V_0 = \{ \sum a_ix_i+(X_1\cap X_2):\sum a_i = 0\}$
. Then G fixes a nondegenerate quadratic form on V such that
$V_0 = \{ \sum a_ix_i+(X_1\cap X_2):\sum a_i = 0\}$
. Then G fixes a nondegenerate quadratic form on V such that 
 $Q( a_ix_i+(X_1\cap X_2)) = \sum a_i^2 +\sum _{i<j}a_ia_j$
 (see [Reference Garibaldi and Nakano9, p. 8.1.2] when
$Q( a_ix_i+(X_1\cap X_2)) = \sum a_i^2 +\sum _{i<j}a_ia_j$
 (see [Reference Garibaldi and Nakano9, p. 8.1.2] when 
 $p=2$
). Let
$p=2$
). Let 
 $Y = \mathcal {S}_1(V_0)$
 and let
$Y = \mathcal {S}_1(V_0)$
 and let 
 $$\begin{align*}\hat{Y}_1 = \left\{ \langle v \rangle\in Y , v=\sum a_ix_i+(X_1\cap X_2): a_i\neq a_j\text{ if }i\neq j\right\},\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\hat{Y}_1 = \left\{ \langle v \rangle\in Y , v=\sum a_ix_i+(X_1\cap X_2): a_i\neq a_j\text{ if }i\neq j\right\},\end{align*}$$
a dense subset of Y. Then 
 $y\in \hat {Y}_1$
 is fixed by
$y\in \hat {Y}_1$
 is fixed by 
 $C=A_1^\ell = \bigcap _{i} G_{\langle e_i,f_i \rangle }$
. Any minimal connected overgroup of C in G is isomorphic to
$C=A_1^\ell = \bigcap _{i} G_{\langle e_i,f_i \rangle }$
. Any minimal connected overgroup of C in G is isomorphic to 
 $C_2 A_1^{\ell -2}$
, which does not fix
$C_2 A_1^{\ell -2}$
, which does not fix 
 $y\in \hat {Y}_1$
 because of the condition on the coefficients. Therefore, for any
$y\in \hat {Y}_1$
 because of the condition on the coefficients. Therefore, for any 
 $y\in \hat {Y}_1$
, we have
$y\in \hat {Y}_1$
, we have 
 $(G_y)^0 = C$
. Let
$(G_y)^0 = C$
. Let 
 $N = N_G(C)/C$
, a group isomorphic to
$N = N_G(C)/C$
, a group isomorphic to 
 $Sym(\ell )$
. Let
$Sym(\ell )$
. Let 
 $$\begin{align*}N^\ddagger = \{ n\in N:\exists \xi\in K^*,\forall v\in V_0, n.v=\xi v\}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}N^\ddagger = \{ n\in N:\exists \xi\in K^*,\forall v\in V_0, n.v=\xi v\}.\end{align*}$$
Now assume that 
 $n\in N$
 fixes all
$n\in N$
 fixes all 
 $y\in Y$
. Since
$y\in Y$
. Since 
 $\dim V_0\geq 3$
, the span of Y is the full
$\dim V_0\geq 3$
, the span of Y is the full 
 $V_0$
. Therefore, any element in N which fixes all
$V_0$
. Therefore, any element in N which fixes all 
 $y\in Y$
 must be in
$y\in Y$
 must be in 
 $N^\ddagger $
. Thus, the set of elements fixed by
$N^\ddagger $
. Thus, the set of elements fixed by 
 $n\in N\setminus N^\ddagger $
 is a proper closed subvariety of Y. Let
$n\in N\setminus N^\ddagger $
 is a proper closed subvariety of Y. Let 
 $\hat {Y}_2$
 be the complement of the union of these subvarieties as n runs over
$\hat {Y}_2$
 be the complement of the union of these subvarieties as n runs over 
 $N\setminus N^\ddagger $
. Set
$N\setminus N^\ddagger $
. Set 
 $\hat {Y} = \hat {Y}_1\cap \hat {Y}_2$
, a dense open subset of Y. Finally, note that the proof of [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Prop. 5.13] shows that
$\hat {Y} = \hat {Y}_1\cap \hat {Y}_2$
, a dense open subset of Y. Finally, note that the proof of [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Prop. 5.13] shows that 
 $N^\ddagger = 1$
. Let
$N^\ddagger = 1$
. Let 
 $y\in \hat {Y}$
. Two elements of
$y\in \hat {Y}$
. Two elements of 
 $\mathcal {G}_1(V_0)$
 are in the same G-orbit if and only if they are in the same N-orbit, and therefore,
$\mathcal {G}_1(V_0)$
 are in the same G-orbit if and only if they are in the same N-orbit, and therefore, 
 $\dim (\overline {G.y\cap Y})=0$
. Also,
$\dim (\overline {G.y\cap Y})=0$
. Also, 
 $\dim V-\dim V_0=\dim G-\dim C$
, by the proof of [Reference Guralnick, Liebeck, Macpherson and Seitz11, Lemma 2.4]. Therefore, as in Proposition 4.1, we get
$\dim V-\dim V_0=\dim G-\dim C$
, by the proof of [Reference Guralnick, Liebeck, Macpherson and Seitz11, Lemma 2.4]. Therefore, as in Proposition 4.1, we get 
 $$ \begin{align*} \dim \mathcal{S}_1(V)-\dim (\overline{G.y})&= \dim V- 2 -\dim (\overline{G.y}) =\\ &= \dim G-\dim C+\dim V_0 -2 -\dim (\overline{G.y}) = \\ &=\dim Y - \dim(\overline{G.y\cap Y}),\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} \dim \mathcal{S}_1(V)-\dim (\overline{G.y})&= \dim V- 2 -\dim (\overline{G.y}) =\\ &= \dim G-\dim C+\dim V_0 -2 -\dim (\overline{G.y}) = \\ &=\dim Y - \dim(\overline{G.y\cap Y}),\end{align*} $$
proving that y is Y-exact. The conditions of Lemma 2.15 hold and 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = C.N^\ddagger = C = A_1^\ell $
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = C.N^\ddagger = C = A_1^\ell $
.
Proposition 4.3. Let 
 $G=B_2$
 and
$G=B_2$
 and 
 $\lambda = 2\lambda _2$
 with
$\lambda = 2\lambda _2$
 with 
 $p\neq 2$
, or
$p\neq 2$
, or 
 $G=A_2$
 and
$G=A_2$
 and 
 $\lambda = \lambda _1+\lambda _2$
 with
$\lambda = \lambda _1+\lambda _2$
 with 
 $p\neq 3$
, or
$p\neq 3$
, or 
 $G=A_3$
 and
$G=A_3$
 and 
 $\lambda _1+\lambda _3$
 with
$\lambda _1+\lambda _3$
 with 
 $p=2$
, or
$p=2$
, or 
 $G=G_2$
 and
$G=G_2$
 and 
 $\lambda = \lambda _2$
 with
$\lambda = \lambda _2$
 with 
 $p\neq 3$
. Then
$p\neq 3$
. Then 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)}$
 is respectively
$C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)}$
 is respectively 
 $T_2.\mathbb {Z}_4$
,
$T_2.\mathbb {Z}_4$
, 
 $T_2.\mathbb {Z}_3$
,
$T_2.\mathbb {Z}_3$
, 
 $T_3.Alt(4)$
,
$T_3.Alt(4)$
, 
 $T_2.\mathbb {Z}_6$
.
$T_2.\mathbb {Z}_6$
.
Proof. In all of these cases, the module V is a composition factor of 
 $\mathrm {Lie}(G)$
 and the
$\mathrm {Lie}(G)$
 and the 
 $0$
-weight space is
$0$
-weight space is 
 $2$
-dimensional, and we will show that the generic stabilizer is the stabilizer of one of the two singular
$2$
-dimensional, and we will show that the generic stabilizer is the stabilizer of one of the two singular 
 $1$
-spaces of
$1$
-spaces of 
 $V_0$
.
$V_0$
.
 Let 
 $G=B_2$
 and
$G=B_2$
 and 
 $\lambda = 2\lambda _2$
 with
$\lambda = 2\lambda _2$
 with 
 $p\neq 2$
. Then
$p\neq 2$
. Then 
 $V=\mathrm {Lie}(G)$
, and we can take
$V=\mathrm {Lie}(G)$
, and we can take 
 $V_0 = \{\mathrm {diag}(a,b,0,-b,-a) :a,b\in K\}$
. Since
$V_0 = \{\mathrm {diag}(a,b,0,-b,-a) :a,b\in K\}$
. Since 
 $p\neq 2$
, the group G fixes the nondegenerate quadratic form Q induced by the Killing form. Let
$p\neq 2$
, the group G fixes the nondegenerate quadratic form Q induced by the Killing form. Let 
 $v=\mathrm {diag}(a,b,0,-b,-a)$
 be a singular element of
$v=\mathrm {diag}(a,b,0,-b,-a)$
 be a singular element of 
 $V_0$
. Then since
$V_0$
. Then since 
 $Q(v)=0$
, we know that
$Q(v)=0$
, we know that 
 $a^2+b^2=0$
. Since v is regular semisimple, we must have
$a^2+b^2=0$
. Since v is regular semisimple, we must have 
 $(G_{\langle v\rangle })^0 = T_2$
. We then find that
$(G_{\langle v\rangle })^0 = T_2$
. We then find that 
 $W_{\langle v\rangle }=\langle w\rangle $
, where w is an element of order
$W_{\langle v\rangle }=\langle w\rangle $
, where w is an element of order 
 $4$
 sending
$4$
 sending 
 $\mathrm {diag}(a,b,0,-b,-a)\mapsto \mathrm {diag}(b,-a,0,a,-b) $
. Since
$\mathrm {diag}(a,b,0,-b,-a)\mapsto \mathrm {diag}(b,-a,0,a,-b) $
. Since 
 $\dim G-\dim \mathcal {S}_1(V) = 2 =\dim G_{\langle v\rangle }$
, we conclude that
$\dim G-\dim \mathcal {S}_1(V) = 2 =\dim G_{\langle v\rangle }$
, we conclude that 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = T_2.\mathbb {Z}_4$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = T_2.\mathbb {Z}_4$
.
 Let 
 $G=A_2$
 and
$G=A_2$
 and 
 $\lambda =\lambda _1+\lambda _2$
 with
$\lambda =\lambda _1+\lambda _2$
 with 
 $p\neq 3$
. Then
$p\neq 3$
. Then 
 $V=\mathrm {Lie}(G)$
, and we can take
$V=\mathrm {Lie}(G)$
, and we can take 
 $V_0 = \{\mathrm {diag}(a,b,-a-b):a,b\in K\}$
. If
$V_0 = \{\mathrm {diag}(a,b,-a-b):a,b\in K\}$
. If 
 $p\neq 2$
, a nondegenerate symmetric bilinear form preserved by G is given by the Killing form. If
$p\neq 2$
, a nondegenerate symmetric bilinear form preserved by G is given by the Killing form. If 
 $p=2$
, we find an explicit description of a nondegenerate quadratic form preserved by G in [Reference Babic and Chernousov3, §5.1]. Let
$p=2$
, we find an explicit description of a nondegenerate quadratic form preserved by G in [Reference Babic and Chernousov3, §5.1]. Let 
 $v=\mathrm {diag}(a,b,-a-b)$
 be a singular element of
$v=\mathrm {diag}(a,b,-a-b)$
 be a singular element of 
 $V_0$
, which implies that
$V_0$
, which implies that 
 $a^2+b^2+ab = 0$
. Since v is regular semisimple, we must have
$a^2+b^2+ab = 0$
. Since v is regular semisimple, we must have 
 $(G_{\langle v\rangle })^0 = T_2$
. As
$(G_{\langle v\rangle })^0 = T_2$
. As 
 $a^2+b^2+ab = 0$
, we then find that
$a^2+b^2+ab = 0$
, we then find that 
 $W_{\langle v\rangle }=\langle w\rangle $
, where w is a
$W_{\langle v\rangle }=\langle w\rangle $
, where w is a 
 $3$
-cycle in W. Since
$3$
-cycle in W. Since 
 $\dim G-\dim \mathcal {S}_1(V) = 2 =\dim G_{\langle v\rangle }$
, we conclude that
$\dim G-\dim \mathcal {S}_1(V) = 2 =\dim G_{\langle v\rangle }$
, we conclude that 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = T_2.\mathbb {Z}_3$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = T_2.\mathbb {Z}_3$
.
 Let 
 $G=A_3$
 and
$G=A_3$
 and 
 $\lambda =\lambda _1+\lambda _3$
 with
$\lambda =\lambda _1+\lambda _3$
 with 
 $p=2$
. Then
$p=2$
. Then 
 $V=\mathfrak {sl}_4/\langle I\rangle $
, where I is the identity
$V=\mathfrak {sl}_4/\langle I\rangle $
, where I is the identity 
 $4\times 4$
 matrix, and we can take
$4\times 4$
 matrix, and we can take 
 $V_0 = \{\mathrm {diag}(a,b,a+b,0)+\langle I\rangle :a,b\in K\}$
. Let
$V_0 = \{\mathrm {diag}(a,b,a+b,0)+\langle I\rangle :a,b\in K\}$
. Let 
 $v=\mathrm {diag}(a,b,a+b,0)+\langle I \rangle $
 be a singular element of
$v=\mathrm {diag}(a,b,a+b,0)+\langle I \rangle $
 be a singular element of 
 $V_0$
, which implies that
$V_0$
, which implies that 
 $a^2+b^2+ab = 0$
 (again see [Reference Babic and Chernousov3, §5.1]). Since
$a^2+b^2+ab = 0$
 (again see [Reference Babic and Chernousov3, §5.1]). Since 
 $\mathrm {diag}(a,b,a+b,0)$
 is regular semisimple, we must have
$\mathrm {diag}(a,b,a+b,0)$
 is regular semisimple, we must have 
 $(G_{\langle v\rangle })^0 = T_3$
. As
$(G_{\langle v\rangle })^0 = T_3$
. As 
 $a^2+b^2+ab = 0$
, we then find that
$a^2+b^2+ab = 0$
, we then find that 
 $W_{\langle v\rangle }=\langle \tau _1,\tau _2,w\rangle $
, where w is a
$W_{\langle v\rangle }=\langle \tau _1,\tau _2,w\rangle $
, where w is a 
 $3$
-cycle in W sending
$3$
-cycle in W sending 
 $\mathrm {diag}(a,b,a+b,0)\mapsto \mathrm {diag}(a+b,a,b,0)$
,
$\mathrm {diag}(a,b,a+b,0)\mapsto \mathrm {diag}(a+b,a,b,0)$
, 
 $\tau _1$
 is an element of order
$\tau _1$
 is an element of order 
 $2$
 sending
$2$
 sending 
 $\mathrm {diag}(a,b,a+b,0)\mapsto \mathrm {diag}(0,a+b,b,a)$
 and
$\mathrm {diag}(a,b,a+b,0)\mapsto \mathrm {diag}(0,a+b,b,a)$
 and 
 $\tau _2$
 is an element of order
$\tau _2$
 is an element of order 
 $2$
 sending
$2$
 sending 
 $\mathrm {diag}(a,b,a+b,0)\mapsto \mathrm {diag}(a+b,0,a,b)$
. Since
$\mathrm {diag}(a,b,a+b,0)\mapsto \mathrm {diag}(a+b,0,a,b)$
. Since 
 $\dim G-\dim \mathcal {S}_1(V) = 3 =\dim G_{\langle v\rangle }$
, we conclude that
$\dim G-\dim \mathcal {S}_1(V) = 3 =\dim G_{\langle v\rangle }$
, we conclude that 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = T_3.Alt(4)$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = T_3.Alt(4)$
.
 Let 
 $G=G_2$
 and
$G=G_2$
 and 
 $\lambda = \lambda _2$
 with
$\lambda = \lambda _2$
 with 
 $p\neq 3$
. Then
$p\neq 3$
. Then 
 $V=\mathrm {Lie}(G)$
. We view G as a subgroup of
$V=\mathrm {Lie}(G)$
. We view G as a subgroup of 
 $B_3$
, so that we can take
$B_3$
, so that we can take 
 $V_0 =\{ \mathrm {diag}(a,b,-a-b,0,-a,-b,a+b):a,b\in K\}$
. Let
$V_0 =\{ \mathrm {diag}(a,b,-a-b,0,-a,-b,a+b):a,b\in K\}$
. Let 
 $v=\mathrm {diag}(a,b,-a-b,0,-a,-b,a+b)$
 be a singular element of
$v=\mathrm {diag}(a,b,-a-b,0,-a,-b,a+b)$
 be a singular element of 
 $V_0$
, which implies that
$V_0$
, which implies that 
 $a^2+b^2+ab = 0$
 (see [Reference Babic and Chernousov3, §5.1]). Since v is regular semisimple, we must have
$a^2+b^2+ab = 0$
 (see [Reference Babic and Chernousov3, §5.1]). Since v is regular semisimple, we must have 
 $(G_{\langle v\rangle })^0 = T_2$
. As
$(G_{\langle v\rangle })^0 = T_2$
. As 
 $a^2+b^2+ab = 0$
, we then find that
$a^2+b^2+ab = 0$
, we then find that 
 $W_{\langle v\rangle }=\langle \tau , w\rangle $
, where
$W_{\langle v\rangle }=\langle \tau , w\rangle $
, where 
 $\tau $
 is an element of order
$\tau $
 is an element of order 
 $2$
 sending
$2$
 sending 
 $v\mapsto -v$
 and w is an element of order
$v\mapsto -v$
 and w is an element of order 
 $3$
 sending
$3$
 sending 
 $\mathrm {diag}(a,b,-a-b,0,a+b,-b,-a)\mapsto \mathrm {diag}(-a-b,a,b,0,-b,-a,a+b)$
. Since
$\mathrm {diag}(a,b,-a-b,0,a+b,-b,-a)\mapsto \mathrm {diag}(-a-b,a,b,0,-b,-a,a+b)$
. Since 
 $\dim G-\dim \mathcal {S}_1(V) = 2 =\dim G_{\langle v\rangle }$
, we conclude that
$\dim G-\dim \mathcal {S}_1(V) = 2 =\dim G_{\langle v\rangle }$
, we conclude that 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = T_2.\mathbb {Z}_6$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = T_2.\mathbb {Z}_6$
.
Proposition 4.4. Let 
 $G=C_3$
 and
$G=C_3$
 and 
 $\lambda = \lambda _2$
 with
$\lambda = \lambda _2$
 with 
 $p\neq 3$
, or
$p\neq 3$
, or 
 $G=C_4$
 and
$G=C_4$
 and 
 $\lambda = \lambda _2$
 with
$\lambda = \lambda _2$
 with 
 $p=2$
, or
$p=2$
, or 
 $G=D_4$
 and
$G=D_4$
 and 
 $\lambda =\lambda _2$
 with
$\lambda =\lambda _2$
 with 
 $p=2$
. Then
$p=2$
. Then 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)}$
 is respectively
$C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)}$
 is respectively 
 $A_1^3.\mathbb {Z}_3$
,
$A_1^3.\mathbb {Z}_3$
, 
 $A_1^4.Alt(4)$
,
$A_1^4.Alt(4)$
, 
 $T_4.(2^3.Alt(4))$
.
$T_4.(2^3.Alt(4))$
.
Proof. In all of these cases, the module V is a composition factor of 
 $\bigwedge ^2 V_{nat}$
, the
$\bigwedge ^2 V_{nat}$
, the 
 $0$
-weight space is
$0$
-weight space is 
 $2$
-dimensional, and the generic stabilizer is the stabilizer of one of the two singular
$2$
-dimensional, and the generic stabilizer is the stabilizer of one of the two singular 
 $1$
-spaces of
$1$
-spaces of 
 $V_0$
. Let
$V_0$
. Let 
 $X_1,X_2$
 be as in the proof of Proposition 4.2, so that
$X_1,X_2$
 be as in the proof of Proposition 4.2, so that 
 $V = X_1/X_2$
.
$V = X_1/X_2$
.
 Let 
 $G=C_3$
 and
$G=C_3$
 and 
 $\lambda = \lambda _2$
 with
$\lambda = \lambda _2$
 with 
 $p\neq 3$
. Then
$p\neq 3$
. Then 
 $X_2 =0$
, and we can take
$X_2 =0$
, and we can take 
 $$\begin{align*}V_0 = \{a e_1\wedge f_1+b e_2\wedge f_2 -(a+b)e_3\wedge f_3 :a,b,\in K\}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}V_0 = \{a e_1\wedge f_1+b e_2\wedge f_2 -(a+b)e_3\wedge f_3 :a,b,\in K\}.\end{align*}$$
Let 
 $v=a e_1\wedge f_1+b e_2\wedge f_2 -(a+b)e_3\wedge f_3$
 be a singular element of
$v=a e_1\wedge f_1+b e_2\wedge f_2 -(a+b)e_3\wedge f_3$
 be a singular element of 
 $V_0$
. Then since
$V_0$
. Then since 
 $Q(v)=0$
, we know that
$Q(v)=0$
, we know that 
 $a^2+b^2+ab=0$
. Since
$a^2+b^2+ab=0$
. Since 
 $a\neq b$
, we must have
$a\neq b$
, we must have 
 $(G_{\langle v\rangle })^0 = A_1^3$
 as in the proof of Proposition 4.2. We then find that
$(G_{\langle v\rangle })^0 = A_1^3$
 as in the proof of Proposition 4.2. We then find that 
 $W_{\langle v\rangle }=\langle w\rangle $
, where w is a
$W_{\langle v\rangle }=\langle w\rangle $
, where w is a 
 $3$
-cycle in W. Since
$3$
-cycle in W. Since 
 $\dim G-\dim \mathcal {S}_1(V) = 9 =\dim G_{\langle v\rangle }$
, we conclude that
$\dim G-\dim \mathcal {S}_1(V) = 9 =\dim G_{\langle v\rangle }$
, we conclude that 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = A_1^3.\mathbb {Z}_3$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)} = A_1^3.\mathbb {Z}_3$
.
 The remaining two cases are entirely similar, with the result for 
 $D_4$
 being derived from
$D_4$
 being derived from 
 $C_4$
, since
$C_4$
, since 
 $V_{D_4}(\lambda _2) = V_{C_4}(\lambda _2)\downarrow D_4$
 when
$V_{D_4}(\lambda _2) = V_{C_4}(\lambda _2)\downarrow D_4$
 when 
 $p=2$
.
$p=2$
.
5 Remaining quadruples
This section is where we deal with the remaining cases (i.e., all the possibilities listed in Table 4).
Proposition 5.1. The generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizers for the
$ts$
-stabilizers for the 
 $ts$
-small quadruples in Table 6 are as given.
$ts$
-small quadruples in Table 6 are as given.
Table 6 Remaining 
 $ts$
-small quadruples with known generic
$ts$
-small quadruples with known generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizer.
$ts$
-stabilizer.

Proof. In each of these cases, except for 
 $(B_6,\lambda _6,p ,1)$
 with
$(B_6,\lambda _6,p ,1)$
 with 
 $p\neq 2$
, it was proven in [Reference Rizzoli26] or [Reference Rizzoli27] that G has a dense orbit on
$p\neq 2$
, it was proven in [Reference Rizzoli26] or [Reference Rizzoli27] that G has a dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
. The structure of the generic stabilizer is as given in [Reference Rizzoli26][Reference Rizzoli27], with the appropriate reference listed in Table 6. Note that for the case
$\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
. The structure of the generic stabilizer is as given in [Reference Rizzoli26][Reference Rizzoli27], with the appropriate reference listed in Table 6. Note that for the case 
 $(B_6,\lambda _6,2,1)$
, Proposition 5.2 clarifies the lackluster explanation found in [Reference Rizzoli26].
$(B_6,\lambda _6,2,1)$
, Proposition 5.2 clarifies the lackluster explanation found in [Reference Rizzoli26].
 Finally, in the case 
 $(B_6,\lambda _6,p,1)$
 with
$(B_6,\lambda _6,p,1)$
 with 
 $p\neq 2$
, the module V is symplectic, and we have
$p\neq 2$
, the module V is symplectic, and we have 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V) = \mathcal {G}_k(V)$
, with the result following from [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10].
$\mathcal {S}_k(V) = \mathcal {G}_k(V)$
, with the result following from [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10].
Proposition 5.2. Let 
 $G= B_6$
,
$G= B_6$
, 
 $\lambda = \lambda _6$
 with
$\lambda = \lambda _6$
 with 
 $p= 2$
. Then the quadruple
$p= 2$
. Then the quadruple 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,1)$
 has generic
$(G,\lambda ,p,1)$
 has generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizer
$ts$
-stabilizer 
 $(U_5A_1)^2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
.
$(U_5A_1)^2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
.
Proof. This result is already listed in [Reference Rizzoli26, Thm. 1], albeit without a full explanation. The quadruple 
 $(D_5,\lambda _5,2,1)$
 has generic stabilizer
$(D_5,\lambda _5,2,1)$
 has generic stabilizer 
 $(G_2G_2).\mathbb {Z}_2$
 by [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10]. By [Reference Rizzoli26, Lemma 5.17], we deduce that
$(G_2G_2).\mathbb {Z}_2$
 by [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10]. By [Reference Rizzoli26, Lemma 5.17], we deduce that 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)}$
 is isomorphic to the generic stabilizer of the action of
$C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)}$
 is isomorphic to the generic stabilizer of the action of 
 $(G_2G_2).\mathbb {Z}_2$
 on
$(G_2G_2).\mathbb {Z}_2$
 on 
 $V_{G_2}(\lambda _1)\oplus V_{G_2}(\lambda _1)$
. Since
$V_{G_2}(\lambda _1)\oplus V_{G_2}(\lambda _1)$
. Since 
 $G_2$
 is transitive on nonzero vectors of
$G_2$
 is transitive on nonzero vectors of 
 $V_{G_2}(\lambda _1)$
, the generic stabilizer for this action is easily seen to be
$V_{G_2}(\lambda _1)$
, the generic stabilizer for this action is easily seen to be 
 $(U_5A_1)^2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
.
$(U_5A_1)^2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
.
Proposition 5.3. Let 
 $G= G_2$
,
$G= G_2$
, 
 $\lambda = \lambda _1$
 with
$\lambda = \lambda _1$
 with 
 $p\neq 2$
. Then the quadruple
$p\neq 2$
. Then the quadruple 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,3)$
 has generic
$(G,\lambda ,p,3)$
 has generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizer
$ts$
-stabilizer 
 $A_2$
.
$A_2$
.
Proof. As in Proposition 3.13, we know that there is 
 $y\in \mathcal {S}_3(V)$
 with
$y\in \mathcal {S}_3(V)$
 with 
 $G_y = A_2$
. Since
$G_y = A_2$
. Since 
 $\dim G - \dim A_2 = 6 = \dim \mathcal {S}_3(V)$
, we conclude that
$\dim G - \dim A_2 = 6 = \dim \mathcal {S}_3(V)$
, we conclude that 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_3(V)} = A_2$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_3(V)} = A_2$
.
 We now relax slightly the condition that the group acting should be simple: we allow a product of isomorphic simple groups, possibly extended by a graph automorphism. If the connected group is of the form 
 $G_1G_2G_3$
, we write
$G_1G_2G_3$
, we write 
 $\lambda = \mu _1\otimes \mu _2\otimes \mu _3$
 to mean
$\lambda = \mu _1\otimes \mu _2\otimes \mu _3$
 to mean 
 $V_G(\lambda ) = V_{G_1}(\mu _1)\otimes V_{G_2}(\mu _2)\otimes V_{G_3}(\mu _3)$
, where each
$V_G(\lambda ) = V_{G_1}(\mu _1)\otimes V_{G_2}(\mu _2)\otimes V_{G_3}(\mu _3)$
, where each 
 $\mu _i$
 is a dominant weight for
$\mu _i$
 is a dominant weight for 
 $G_i$
.
$G_i$
.
Lemma 5.4. Let 
 $G=A_1^3$
,
$G=A_1^3$
, 
 $\lambda =\lambda _1\otimes \lambda _1\otimes \lambda _1$
 with
$\lambda =\lambda _1\otimes \lambda _1\otimes \lambda _1$
 with 
 $p=2$
. Then there is an open dense subset
$p=2$
. Then there is an open dense subset 
 $\hat {Y}$
 of
$\hat {Y}$
 of 
 $\mathcal {S}_2(V)$
 such that for all
$\mathcal {S}_2(V)$
 such that for all 
 $y_1\neq y_2\in \hat {Y}$
, we have
$y_1\neq y_2\in \hat {Y}$
, we have 
 $G_{y_1}\simeq G_{y_2} = U_1.\mathbb {Z}_2$
, and
$G_{y_1}\simeq G_{y_2} = U_1.\mathbb {Z}_2$
, and 
 $G_{y_1}$
 is not conjugate to
$G_{y_1}$
 is not conjugate to 
 $G_{y_2}$
.
$G_{y_2}$
.
Proof. This is proved in [Reference Rizzoli27, Lemma 5.69].
Lemma 5.5. Let 
 $G=A_1^3$
,
$G=A_1^3$
, 
 $\lambda =\lambda _1\otimes \lambda _1\otimes \lambda _1$
 with
$\lambda =\lambda _1\otimes \lambda _1\otimes \lambda _1$
 with 
 $p\neq 2$
. The quadruple
$p\neq 2$
. The quadruple 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,2)$
 has generic
$(G,\lambda ,p,2)$
 has generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizer
$ts$
-stabilizer 
 $\mathbb {Z}_2\times \mathbb {Z}_2$
.
$\mathbb {Z}_2\times \mathbb {Z}_2$
.
Proof. We can recover this result by a slight change of the proof of [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Prop. 6.7]. Let 
 $G=SL_2(K)^3$
 with basis
$G=SL_2(K)^3$
 with basis 
 $e,f$
 for
$e,f$
 for 
 $V_{nat}$
, so that
$V_{nat}$
, so that 
 $V=V_{nat}\otimes V_{nat}\otimes V_{nat}$
. Then, like in the proof of [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Prop. 6.7], given
$V=V_{nat}\otimes V_{nat}\otimes V_{nat}$
. Then, like in the proof of [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Prop. 6.7], given 
 $\mathbf {a}=(a_1,a_2,a_3,a_4)$
, let
$\mathbf {a}=(a_1,a_2,a_3,a_4)$
, let 
 $$\begin{align*}v^{(1)}&=a_1e\otimes e\otimes e+ a_2e\otimes f\otimes f+a_3f\otimes e\otimes f+a_4f\otimes f\otimes e,\\v^{(2)}&=a_1f\otimes f\otimes f+ a_2f\otimes e\otimes e+a_3e\otimes f\otimes e+a_4e\otimes e\otimes f. \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}v^{(1)}&=a_1e\otimes e\otimes e+ a_2e\otimes f\otimes f+a_3f\otimes e\otimes f+a_4f\otimes f\otimes e,\\v^{(2)}&=a_1f\otimes f\otimes f+ a_2f\otimes e\otimes e+a_3e\otimes f\otimes e+a_4e\otimes e\otimes f. \end{align*}$$
Then 
 $y_{\mathbf {a}}:=\langle v^{(1)},v^{(2)} \rangle $
 is totally singular if and only if
$y_{\mathbf {a}}:=\langle v^{(1)},v^{(2)} \rangle $
 is totally singular if and only if 
 $a_1^2+a_2^2+a_3^2+a_4^2 = 0$
. In the proof of [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Prop. 6.7], they then proceed to define
$a_1^2+a_2^2+a_3^2+a_4^2 = 0$
. In the proof of [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Prop. 6.7], they then proceed to define 
 $\hat {Y}$
 as a dense subset of
$\hat {Y}$
 as a dense subset of 
 $Y:=\{ y_{\mathbf {a}}:\mathbf {a}\neq (0,0,0,0)\}$
 by requiring certain polynomials on the coefficients to be nonzero. One of these conditions is that
$Y:=\{ y_{\mathbf {a}}:\mathbf {a}\neq (0,0,0,0)\}$
 by requiring certain polynomials on the coefficients to be nonzero. One of these conditions is that 
 $a_1^2+a_2^2+a_3^2+a_4^2 \neq 0$
. However, this is later only used for the case
$a_1^2+a_2^2+a_3^2+a_4^2 \neq 0$
. However, this is later only used for the case 
 $p=2$
. Therefore, we can modify the definition of
$p=2$
. Therefore, we can modify the definition of 
 $\hat {Y}$
 in the proof of [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Prop. 6.7] and still end up with an open dense subset of
$\hat {Y}$
 in the proof of [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Prop. 6.7] and still end up with an open dense subset of 
 $\mathcal {G}_2(V)$
 where all stabilizers are conjugate to
$\mathcal {G}_2(V)$
 where all stabilizers are conjugate to 
 $\mathbb {Z}_2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
. The difference is that now this set will also contain totally singular
$\mathbb {Z}_2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
. The difference is that now this set will also contain totally singular 
 $2$
-spaces, and therefore,
$2$
-spaces, and therefore, 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_2(V)}=C_{\mathcal {G}_2(V)}=\mathbb {Z}_2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_2(V)}=C_{\mathcal {G}_2(V)}=\mathbb {Z}_2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
.
Proposition 5.6. Let 
 $G=E_7$
 and
$G=E_7$
 and 
 $\lambda =\lambda _7$
, or
$\lambda =\lambda _7$
, or 
 $G=D_6$
 and
$G=D_6$
 and 
 $\lambda =\lambda _6$
, or
$\lambda =\lambda _6$
, or 
 $G=A_5$
 and
$G=A_5$
 and 
 $\lambda =\lambda _3$
. Then the quadruple
$\lambda =\lambda _3$
. Then the quadruple 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,2)$
 has no generic
$(G,\lambda ,p,2)$
 has no generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizer if
$ts$
-stabilizer if 
 $p=2$
 but has a semi-generic
$p=2$
 but has a semi-generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizer. If
$ts$
-stabilizer. If 
 $p\neq 2$
, we have
$p\neq 2$
, we have 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_2(V)}=C_{\mathcal {G}_2(V)}$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_2(V)}=C_{\mathcal {G}_2(V)}$
.
Proof. We shall describe how to use the proof of [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Proposition 6.28] to reach the conclusion. In [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Proposition 6.28], the authors determine the generic stabilizer for the G-action on all 
 $2$
-spaces. They do so in the following manner. They define a certain
$2$
-spaces. They do so in the following manner. They define a certain 
 $8$
-space
$8$
-space 
 $V_{[0]}$
 spanned by pairs of opposite weight vectors. This
$V_{[0]}$
 spanned by pairs of opposite weight vectors. This 
 $8$
-space is the fixed point space of a subgroup A of G, where
$8$
-space is the fixed point space of a subgroup A of G, where 
 $A=D_4,A_1^3,T_2$
 according to whether
$A=D_4,A_1^3,T_2$
 according to whether 
 $G=E_7,D_6,A_5$
, respectively. They define a dense subset
$G=E_7,D_6,A_5$
, respectively. They define a dense subset 
 $\hat {Y}_1$
 of
$\hat {Y}_1$
 of 
 $Y:=\mathcal {G}_2(V_{[0]})$
 with the property that for any
$Y:=\mathcal {G}_2(V_{[0]})$
 with the property that for any 
 $y\in Y$
, we have
$y\in Y$
, we have 
 $\mathrm {Tran}_G(y,Y) = A A_1^3.Sym(3)$
, where
$\mathrm {Tran}_G(y,Y) = A A_1^3.Sym(3)$
, where 
 $A_1^3$
 acts on
$A_1^3$
 acts on 
 $V_{[0]}$
 as
$V_{[0]}$
 as 
 $\lambda _1\otimes \lambda _1\otimes \lambda _1$
. The set
$\lambda _1\otimes \lambda _1\otimes \lambda _1$
. The set 
 $\hat {Y}_1$
 is defined by requiring certain expressions in terms of the coefficients of the given
$\hat {Y}_1$
 is defined by requiring certain expressions in terms of the coefficients of the given 
 $V_{[0]}$
 basis to be nonzero. Here, the key observation is that these conditions do not exclude all totally singular
$V_{[0]}$
 basis to be nonzero. Here, the key observation is that these conditions do not exclude all totally singular 
 $2$
-spaces of
$2$
-spaces of 
 $V_{[0]}$
, and therefore,
$V_{[0]}$
, and therefore, 
 $\hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}_1:=\hat {Y}_1\cap \mathcal {S}_2(V_{[0]})$
 is a dense subset of
$\hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}_1:=\hat {Y}_1\cap \mathcal {S}_2(V_{[0]})$
 is a dense subset of 
 $Y^{\mathcal {S}}:=\mathcal {S}_2(V_{[0]})$
. Given
$Y^{\mathcal {S}}:=\mathcal {S}_2(V_{[0]})$
. Given 
 $y\in \hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}_1 $
, since
$y\in \hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}_1 $
, since 
 $\mathrm {Tran}_G(y,Y) = A A_1^3.Sym(3)$
, we also have
$\mathrm {Tran}_G(y,Y) = A A_1^3.Sym(3)$
, we also have 
 $\mathrm {Tran}_G(y,Y^{\mathcal {S}}) = A A_1^3.Sym(3)$
. Furthermore, they show that
$\mathrm {Tran}_G(y,Y^{\mathcal {S}}) = A A_1^3.Sym(3)$
. Furthermore, they show that 
 $G_y = A(A_1^3)_y$
 for all
$G_y = A(A_1^3)_y$
 for all 
 $y\in \hat {Y}_1$
.
$y\in \hat {Y}_1$
.
 Assume 
 $p\neq 2$
. Then by Lemma 5.5, there exists a dense open subset
$p\neq 2$
. Then by Lemma 5.5, there exists a dense open subset 
 $\hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}_2$
 of
$\hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}_2$
 of 
 $Y^{\mathcal {S}}$
 such that every stabilizer is
$Y^{\mathcal {S}}$
 such that every stabilizer is 
 $A_1^3$
-conjugate to
$A_1^3$
-conjugate to 
 $\mathbb {Z}_2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
. Taking the intersection with
$\mathbb {Z}_2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
. Taking the intersection with 
 $\hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}_1$
, we get an open dense subset
$\hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}_1$
, we get an open dense subset 
 $\hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}$
 of
$\hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}$
 of 
 $Y^{\mathcal {S}}$
. For all
$Y^{\mathcal {S}}$
. For all 
 $y\in \hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}$
, we know that
$y\in \hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}$
, we know that 
 $G_y$
 is conjugate to
$G_y$
 is conjugate to 
 $A.\mathbb {Z}_2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
. In each case, the codimension of the transporter of
$A.\mathbb {Z}_2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
. In each case, the codimension of the transporter of 
 $y\in \hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}$
 into
$y\in \hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}$
 into 
 $Y^{\mathcal {S}}$
 is equal to the codimension of
$Y^{\mathcal {S}}$
 is equal to the codimension of 
 $Y^{\mathcal {S}}$
 in
$Y^{\mathcal {S}}$
 in 
 $\mathcal {S}_2(V)$
. Therefore, every
$\mathcal {S}_2(V)$
. Therefore, every 
 $y\in \hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}$
 is
$y\in \hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}$
 is 
 $Y^{\mathcal {S}}$
-exact. By Lemma 2.15, we conclude that
$Y^{\mathcal {S}}$
-exact. By Lemma 2.15, we conclude that 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_2(V)} $
 is
$C_{\mathcal {S}_2(V)} $
 is 
 $D_4.\mathbb {Z}_2.\mathbb {Z}_2,A_1^3.\mathbb {Z}_2.\mathbb {Z}_2,T_2.\mathbb {Z}_2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
 according to whether
$D_4.\mathbb {Z}_2.\mathbb {Z}_2,A_1^3.\mathbb {Z}_2.\mathbb {Z}_2,T_2.\mathbb {Z}_2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
 according to whether 
 $G=E_7,D_6,A_5$
, respectively. These generic stabilizers are the same as for the action on all
$G=E_7,D_6,A_5$
, respectively. These generic stabilizers are the same as for the action on all 
 $2$
-spaces.
$2$
-spaces.
 Now assume that 
 $p=2$
. By Lemma 5.4, there exists a dense open subset
$p=2$
. By Lemma 5.4, there exists a dense open subset 
 $\hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}_2$
 of
$\hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}_2$
 of 
 $Y^{\mathcal {S}}$
 such that every stabilizer has a
$Y^{\mathcal {S}}$
 such that every stabilizer has a 
 $1$
-dimensional connected component and stabilizers are pairwise non-conjugate. Taking the intersection with
$1$
-dimensional connected component and stabilizers are pairwise non-conjugate. Taking the intersection with 
 $\hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}_1$
, we get a dense open subset
$\hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}_1$
, we get a dense open subset 
 $\hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}_3$
 of
$\hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}_3$
 of 
 $Y^{\mathcal {S}}$
. Let
$Y^{\mathcal {S}}$
. Let 
 $y_1,y_2\in \hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}_3$
 and assume that
$y_1,y_2\in \hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}_3$
 and assume that 
 $x.y_1 = y_2$
. Then
$x.y_1 = y_2$
. Then 
 $x\in N_G(A)$
, and since
$x\in N_G(A)$
, and since 
 $V_{{0}}$
 is the fixed space of A, we must have
$V_{{0}}$
 is the fixed space of A, we must have 
 $x\in \mathrm {Tran}_G(y_1,Y^{\mathcal {S}}) = A A_1^3.Sym(3)$
. Therefore,
$x\in \mathrm {Tran}_G(y_1,Y^{\mathcal {S}}) = A A_1^3.Sym(3)$
. Therefore, 
 $y_1$
 and
$y_1$
 and 
 $y_2$
 must be in the same
$y_2$
 must be in the same 
 $A_1^3.Sym(3)$
-orbit. However by construction,
$A_1^3.Sym(3)$
-orbit. However by construction, 
 $y_1$
 and
$y_1$
 and 
 $y_2$
 are not in the same
$y_2$
 are not in the same 
 $A_1^3$
-orbit, and therefore, there exists a dense open subset
$A_1^3$
-orbit, and therefore, there exists a dense open subset 
 $\hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}$
 of
$\hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}$
 of 
 $Y^{\mathcal {S}}$
, contained in
$Y^{\mathcal {S}}$
, contained in 
 $\hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}_3$
, such that any two distinct elements have non-conjugate stabilizers. In each case, the codimension of the transporter of
$\hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}_3$
, such that any two distinct elements have non-conjugate stabilizers. In each case, the codimension of the transporter of 
 $y\in \hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}$
 into
$y\in \hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}$
 into 
 $Y^{\mathcal {S}}$
 is equal to the codimension of
$Y^{\mathcal {S}}$
 is equal to the codimension of 
 $Y^{\mathcal {S}}$
 in
$Y^{\mathcal {S}}$
 in 
 $\mathcal {S}_2(V)$
. Therefore, every
$\mathcal {S}_2(V)$
. Therefore, every 
 $y\in \hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}$
 is
$y\in \hat {Y}^{\mathcal {S}}$
 is 
 $Y^{\mathcal {S}}$
-exact. By Lemma 2.16, there is no generic stabilizer in the action of G on
$Y^{\mathcal {S}}$
-exact. By Lemma 2.16, there is no generic stabilizer in the action of G on 
 $\mathcal {S}_2(V)$
. In fact, Lemma 2.14 shows that we have semi-generic stabilizers
$\mathcal {S}_2(V)$
. In fact, Lemma 2.14 shows that we have semi-generic stabilizers 
 $D_4.U_1.\mathbb {Z}_2,A_1^3.U_1.\mathbb {Z}_2,T_2.U_1.\mathbb {Z}_2$
 according to whether
$D_4.U_1.\mathbb {Z}_2,A_1^3.U_1.\mathbb {Z}_2,T_2.U_1.\mathbb {Z}_2$
 according to whether 
 $G=E_7,D_6,A_5$
, respectively.
$G=E_7,D_6,A_5$
, respectively.
Lemma 5.7. Let 
 $G=A_2$
,
$G=A_2$
, 
 $\lambda =\lambda _1+\lambda _2$
 with
$\lambda =\lambda _1+\lambda _2$
 with 
 $p\neq 3$
. Let
$p\neq 3$
. Let 
 $\tau $
 be a graph automorphism of G. Then the quadruple
$\tau $
 be a graph automorphism of G. Then the quadruple 
 $(G\langle \tau \rangle , \lambda ,p,2)$
 has generic
$(G\langle \tau \rangle , \lambda ,p,2)$
 has generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizer
$ts$
-stabilizer 
 $Sym(3)$
.
$Sym(3)$
.
Proof. Take 
 $G = SL_3(K)$
 acting on
$G = SL_3(K)$
 acting on 
 $V = \mathfrak {sl}_3(K)$
 by conjugation. Here,
$V = \mathfrak {sl}_3(K)$
 by conjugation. Here, 
 $Z(G) = \langle \mathrm {diag} (\omega ,\omega ,\omega ) \rangle $
, where
$Z(G) = \langle \mathrm {diag} (\omega ,\omega ,\omega ) \rangle $
, where 
 $\omega $
 is a nontrivial third-root of unity. Note that
$\omega $
 is a nontrivial third-root of unity. Note that 
 $Z(G)$
 acts trivially on V. Let
$Z(G)$
 acts trivially on V. Let 
 $\tau $
 be the graph automorphism acting on G as
$\tau $
 be the graph automorphism acting on G as 
 $g\mapsto g^{-T}$
 and on V as
$g\mapsto g^{-T}$
 and on V as 
 $v\mapsto -v^T$
. We have that G fixes a nondegenerate quadratic form on V given by
$v\mapsto -v^T$
. We have that G fixes a nondegenerate quadratic form on V given by 
 $$\begin{align*}Q\left( (m_{ij})_{ij} \right) = m_{11}^2+m_{22}^2+m_{11}m_{22}+\sum_{i<j}m_{ij}m_{ji}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}Q\left( (m_{ij})_{ij} \right) = m_{11}^2+m_{22}^2+m_{11}m_{22}+\sum_{i<j}m_{ij}m_{ji}.\end{align*}$$
For 
 $1\leq i,j\leq 3$
, let
$1\leq i,j\leq 3$
, let 
 $e_{ij}$
 denote a
$e_{ij}$
 denote a 
 $3\times 3$
 matrix with a
$3\times 3$
 matrix with a 
 $1$
 in position
$1$
 in position 
 $(i,j)$
 and zeroes everywhere else. There are three G-orbits on
$(i,j)$
 and zeroes everywhere else. There are three G-orbits on 
 $\mathcal {S}_1(V)$
, which we label as
$\mathcal {S}_1(V)$
, which we label as 
 $\Delta _1$
,
$\Delta _1$
, 
 $\Delta _2$
 and
$\Delta _2$
 and 
 $\Delta _3$
, respectively with representatives
$\Delta _3$
, respectively with representatives 
 $\langle e_{13}\rangle $
,
$\langle e_{13}\rangle $
, 
 $\langle e_{12}+e_{23}\rangle $
,
$\langle e_{12}+e_{23}\rangle $
, 
 $\langle e_{11}+\omega e_{22}+\omega ^2 e_{33}\rangle $
. This follows directly from considering the Jordan Canonical Form of elements in V. The stabilizers are respectively
$\langle e_{11}+\omega e_{22}+\omega ^2 e_{33}\rangle $
. This follows directly from considering the Jordan Canonical Form of elements in V. The stabilizers are respectively 
 $B = U_3T_2$
,
$B = U_3T_2$
, 
 $Z(G).U_2T_1$
 and
$Z(G).U_2T_1$
 and 
 $T_2.\mathbb {Z}_3$
.
$T_2.\mathbb {Z}_3$
.
Let
 $$\begin{align*}u_{bc} = \left(\begin{matrix} & 1 \\ & & b \\c & \\ \end{matrix}\right),\quad v_{ad} = \left(\begin{matrix} & & 1 \\ a & \\ & d \\ \end{matrix}\right); \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}u_{bc} = \left(\begin{matrix} & 1 \\ & & b \\c & \\ \end{matrix}\right),\quad v_{ad} = \left(\begin{matrix} & & 1 \\ a & \\ & d \\ \end{matrix}\right); \end{align*}$$
 $$\begin{align*}Y = \left\lbrace \langle u_{bc}, v_{ad}\rangle : a+c+bd = 0 \right\rbrace.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}Y = \left\lbrace \langle u_{bc}, v_{ad}\rangle : a+c+bd = 0 \right\rbrace.\end{align*}$$
The set Y is a 
 $3$
-dimensional subvariety of
$3$
-dimensional subvariety of 
 $\mathcal {S}_2(V)$
. Let
$\mathcal {S}_2(V)$
. Let 
 $$\begin{align*}\hat{Y} = \left\lbrace \langle u_{bc}, v_{ad}\rangle\in Y : abcd \neq 0,\, \frac{(bd-c)^2}{bcd}\neq 0,-\frac{3}{2},-3 \right\rbrace, \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\hat{Y} = \left\lbrace \langle u_{bc}, v_{ad}\rangle\in Y : abcd \neq 0,\, \frac{(bd-c)^2}{bcd}\neq 0,-\frac{3}{2},-3 \right\rbrace, \end{align*}$$
where we disregard the expression 
 $\frac {(bd-c)^2}{bcd}\neq -\frac {3}{2}$
 if
$\frac {(bd-c)^2}{bcd}\neq -\frac {3}{2}$
 if 
 $p = 2$
. Then
$p = 2$
. Then 
 $\hat {Y}$
 is a dense subset of Y. Let
$\hat {Y}$
 is a dense subset of Y. Let 
 $y = \langle u_{bc}, v_{ad}\rangle \in \hat {Y}$
. Then
$y = \langle u_{bc}, v_{ad}\rangle \in \hat {Y}$
. Then 
 $\langle u_{bc} \rangle $
 and
$\langle u_{bc} \rangle $
 and 
 $\langle v_{ad}\rangle $
 are in
$\langle v_{ad}\rangle $
 are in 
 $\Delta _3$
 since they are spanned by rank-
$\Delta _3$
 since they are spanned by rank-
 $3$
 matrices. Now consider
$3$
 matrices. Now consider 
 $v = u_{bc}+\lambda v_{ad}$
. We have
$v = u_{bc}+\lambda v_{ad}$
. We have 
 $\det v = bc+ad \lambda ^3$
, which implies that there are precisely three
$\det v = bc+ad \lambda ^3$
, which implies that there are precisely three 
 $1$
-spaces of y not belonging to
$1$
-spaces of y not belonging to 
 $\Delta _3$
. It is clear that none of these have rank
$\Delta _3$
. It is clear that none of these have rank 
 $1$
, and therefore, all three of these
$1$
, and therefore, all three of these 
 $1$
-spaces belong to
$1$
-spaces belong to 
 $\Delta _2$
. Let
$\Delta _2$
. Let 
 $\lambda _1,\lambda _2,\lambda _3$
 be the three distinct roots of
$\lambda _1,\lambda _2,\lambda _3$
 be the three distinct roots of 
 $q(x) = bc+ad x^ 3 $
, so that
$q(x) = bc+ad x^ 3 $
, so that 
 $\langle u_{bc}+\lambda _i v_{ad}\rangle \in \Delta _2$
. Then
$\langle u_{bc}+\lambda _i v_{ad}\rangle \in \Delta _2$
. Then 
 $$\begin{align*}G_y\leq (G_{\langle u_{bc}+\lambda_1 v_{ad}\rangle }\cap G_{\langle u_{bc}+\lambda_2 v_{ad}\rangle }).Sym(3). \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}G_y\leq (G_{\langle u_{bc}+\lambda_1 v_{ad}\rangle }\cap G_{\langle u_{bc}+\lambda_2 v_{ad}\rangle }).Sym(3). \end{align*}$$
Let 
 $g^* = \operatorname {\mathrm {diag}}(1,\omega ,\omega ^2)\in G$
. Then
$g^* = \operatorname {\mathrm {diag}}(1,\omega ,\omega ^2)\in G$
. Then 
 $g^*. u_{bc} = \omega ^2 u_{bc}$
 and
$g^*. u_{bc} = \omega ^2 u_{bc}$
 and 
 $g^*. v_{ad} = \omega v_{ad}$
, implying
$g^*. v_{ad} = \omega v_{ad}$
, implying 
 $g^*\in G_y$
 and
$g^*\in G_y$
 and 
 $Z(G)\langle g^* \rangle \simeq Z(G).\mathbb {Z}_3\leq G_y$
. Take
$Z(G)\langle g^* \rangle \simeq Z(G).\mathbb {Z}_3\leq G_y$
. Take 
 $\mu ,\,\nu \in K$
 with
$\mu ,\,\nu \in K$
 with 
 $\mu ^3 = \frac {1}{ac}$
 and
$\mu ^3 = \frac {1}{ac}$
 and 
 $\nu ^3 = \frac {ab}{d}$
, and let
$\nu ^3 = \frac {ab}{d}$
, and let 
 $$\begin{align*}g^\ddagger =\operatorname{\mathrm{diag}} (\mu,\nu,{(\mu\nu)^{-1}})\tau ,\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}g^\ddagger =\operatorname{\mathrm{diag}} (\mu,\nu,{(\mu\nu)^{-1}})\tau ,\end{align*}$$
an element of 
 $N_{G\langle \tau \rangle }(\langle g^* \rangle )$
 fixing y. All elements of the form
$N_{G\langle \tau \rangle }(\langle g^* \rangle )$
 fixing y. All elements of the form 
 $h\tau $
 with
$h\tau $
 with 
 $h\in T$
 are conjugate under T. Therefore, for any
$h\in T$
 are conjugate under T. Therefore, for any 
 $y_1,y_2\in \hat {Y}$
, we know that
$y_1,y_2\in \hat {Y}$
, we know that 
 $(G\langle \tau \rangle )_{y_1}$
 and
$(G\langle \tau \rangle )_{y_1}$
 and 
 $(G\langle \tau \rangle )_{y_2}$
 contain a subgroup conjugate to
$(G\langle \tau \rangle )_{y_2}$
 contain a subgroup conjugate to 
 $Z(G).\langle g^*\rangle \langle g^\ddagger \rangle \simeq Z(G).Sym(3)$
.
$Z(G).\langle g^*\rangle \langle g^\ddagger \rangle \simeq Z(G).Sym(3)$
.
 We now proceed in the following way. We show that the stabilizer in 
 $G_{\langle u_{bc}+\lambda _1 v_{ad}\rangle }$
 of y is
$G_{\langle u_{bc}+\lambda _1 v_{ad}\rangle }$
 of y is 
 $Z(G)$
. This in turn implies that
$Z(G)$
. This in turn implies that 
 $G_y = Z(G).\mathbb {Z}_3$
. Since
$G_y = Z(G).\mathbb {Z}_3$
. Since 
 $\langle u_{bc}+\lambda _1 v_{ad} \rangle \in \Delta _2$
, we are able to find an element of G sending
$\langle u_{bc}+\lambda _1 v_{ad} \rangle \in \Delta _2$
, we are able to find an element of G sending 
 $u_{bc}+\lambda _1 v_{ad} \mapsto e_{12}+e_{23}$
. This is achieved by a scalar multiple of
$u_{bc}+\lambda _1 v_{ad} \mapsto e_{12}+e_{23}$
. This is achieved by a scalar multiple of 
 $$\begin{align*}R = \left(\begin{matrix} 0 & 0 & 1 \\ c &\lambda_1 d & 0 \\ -\frac{bc}{\lambda_1} & c & -\lambda_1 a\\ \end{matrix}\right).\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}R = \left(\begin{matrix} 0 & 0 & 1 \\ c &\lambda_1 d & 0 \\ -\frac{bc}{\lambda_1} & c & -\lambda_1 a\\ \end{matrix}\right).\end{align*}$$
We now have
 $$\begin{align*}R.y = \left\langle \left(\begin{matrix} a_1 & 0 & 1 \\ a_2 & a_1 & 0 \\ a_3 & -a_2 & -2 a_1\\ \end{matrix}\right) , e_{12}+e_{23}\right\rangle,\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}R.y = \left\langle \left(\begin{matrix} a_1 & 0 & 1 \\ a_2 & a_1 & 0 \\ a_3 & -a_2 & -2 a_1\\ \end{matrix}\right) , e_{12}+e_{23}\right\rangle,\end{align*}$$
where 
 $a_1=\lambda _1a,\,a_2 = \frac {a}{d}(bd-c) = \frac {c^2}{d}-b^2d$
, and
$a_1=\lambda _1a,\,a_2 = \frac {a}{d}(bd-c) = \frac {c^2}{d}-b^2d$
, and 
 $a_3 = \frac {3abc}{\lambda _1 d} = -3a_1^2$
. By assumption,
$a_3 = \frac {3abc}{\lambda _1 d} = -3a_1^2$
. By assumption, 
 $a_1a_2a_3\neq 0$
. Now let
$a_1a_2a_3\neq 0$
. Now let 
 $g\in G_{\langle e_{12}+e_{23} \rangle }$
. Multiplying by an element of
$g\in G_{\langle e_{12}+e_{23} \rangle }$
. Multiplying by an element of 
 $Z(G)$
, we can assume that
$Z(G)$
, we can assume that 
 $g=ns$
, where
$g=ns$
, where 
 $s = \mathrm {diag}(\frac {1}{t},1,t)$
 and
$s = \mathrm {diag}(\frac {1}{t},1,t)$
 and 
 $n = \left (\begin {matrix} 1 & n_1 & n_2 \\ 0 & 1 & n_1 \\0 & 0 & 1\\ \end {matrix}\right ).$
 Then
$n = \left (\begin {matrix} 1 & n_1 & n_2 \\ 0 & 1 & n_1 \\0 & 0 & 1\\ \end {matrix}\right ).$
 Then 
 $$ \begin{align*} (m_{ij})_{ij}&:=g. \left(\begin{matrix} a_1 & 0 & 1 \\ a_2 & a_1 & 0 \\-3a_1^2 & -a_2 & -2 a_1\\ \end{matrix}\right) =\\ &= \left(\begin{matrix} a_1 + a_2 t n_1 - 3 a_1^2 t^2n_2 & m_{12} & m_{13} \\ t (a_2 - 3 a_1^2 t n_1) & a_1 - 2 a_2 t n_1 + 3 a_1^2 t^2 n_1^2 & m_{23} \\ -3 a_1^2 t^2 & -t (a_2 - 3 a_1^2 t n_1) & -2 a_1 + a_2 t n_1 - 3 a_1^2t^2 (n_1^2- n_2)\\ \end{matrix}\right),\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} (m_{ij})_{ij}&:=g. \left(\begin{matrix} a_1 & 0 & 1 \\ a_2 & a_1 & 0 \\-3a_1^2 & -a_2 & -2 a_1\\ \end{matrix}\right) =\\ &= \left(\begin{matrix} a_1 + a_2 t n_1 - 3 a_1^2 t^2n_2 & m_{12} & m_{13} \\ t (a_2 - 3 a_1^2 t n_1) & a_1 - 2 a_2 t n_1 + 3 a_1^2 t^2 n_1^2 & m_{23} \\ -3 a_1^2 t^2 & -t (a_2 - 3 a_1^2 t n_1) & -2 a_1 + a_2 t n_1 - 3 a_1^2t^2 (n_1^2- n_2)\\ \end{matrix}\right),\end{align*} $$
where
 $$ \begin{align*} m_{12}&=t (a_2 (-n_1^2 - n_2) + 3 a_1^2 t n_1 n_2),\\ m_{13}&= \frac{1}{t^2} + a_2 t n_1^3 - 3 a_1n_2 - 3 a_1^2 t^2 n_2 (n_1^2 - n_2),\\ m_{23}&= -3 a_1 n_1 - 3 a_1^2 t^2 (n_1^2-n_2) + a_2 t (n_1^2 - n_2).\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} m_{12}&=t (a_2 (-n_1^2 - n_2) + 3 a_1^2 t n_1 n_2),\\ m_{13}&= \frac{1}{t^2} + a_2 t n_1^3 - 3 a_1n_2 - 3 a_1^2 t^2 n_2 (n_1^2 - n_2),\\ m_{23}&= -3 a_1 n_1 - 3 a_1^2 t^2 (n_1^2-n_2) + a_2 t (n_1^2 - n_2).\end{align*} $$
Assume that g fixes 
 $R.y$
. Since
$R.y$
. Since 
 $m_{31}=-3a_1^2t^2$
, we must have
$m_{31}=-3a_1^2t^2$
, we must have 
 $(m_{ij})_{ij} = t^2 R.y + \alpha (e_{12}+e_{23})$
 for some
$(m_{ij})_{ij} = t^2 R.y + \alpha (e_{12}+e_{23})$
 for some 
 $\alpha \in K$
. Therefore,
$\alpha \in K$
. Therefore, 
 $m_{21} = t^2 a_2$
 which implies
$m_{21} = t^2 a_2$
 which implies 
 $n_1 = \frac {a_2(1-t)}{3 a_1^2 t}.$
 Similarly, we must have
$n_1 = \frac {a_2(1-t)}{3 a_1^2 t}.$
 Similarly, we must have 
 $m_{11}=m_{22}$
 which implies
$m_{11}=m_{22}$
 which implies 
 $n_2 = \frac {a_2 n_1}{a_1^2 t }-n_1^2$
. Then
$n_2 = \frac {a_2 n_1}{a_1^2 t }-n_1^2$
. Then 
 $m_{11} = t^2 a_1$
 implies that either
$m_{11} = t^2 a_1$
 implies that either 
 $t=\pm 1$
 or
$t=\pm 1$
 or 
 $a_2^2= 3a_1^3$
. Assume that
$a_2^2= 3a_1^3$
. Assume that 
 $a_2^2= 3a_1^3$
. Since
$a_2^2= 3a_1^3$
. Since 
 $a_2=\frac {a}{d}(bd-c)$
 and
$a_2=\frac {a}{d}(bd-c)$
 and 
 $a_1=\lambda _1 a$
, the equation
$a_1=\lambda _1 a$
, the equation 
 $a_2^2= 3a_1^3$
 implies
$a_2^2= 3a_1^3$
 implies 
 $(bd-c)^2 = -3bcd$
, contrary to the definition of
$(bd-c)^2 = -3bcd$
, contrary to the definition of 
 $\hat {Y}$
. Therefore,
$\hat {Y}$
. Therefore, 
 $t=\pm 1$
. If
$t=\pm 1$
. If 
 $t=1$
, we immediately get
$t=1$
, we immediately get 
 $n_1=n_2=0$
, concluding. Assume therefore that
$n_1=n_2=0$
, concluding. Assume therefore that 
 $t=-1$
 and
$t=-1$
 and 
 $p\neq 2$
. Then
$p\neq 2$
. Then 
 $m_{12}=m_{23}$
 forces
$m_{12}=m_{23}$
 forces 
 $2a_2^2 = 3 a_1^3$
, which implies
$2a_2^2 = 3 a_1^3$
, which implies 
 $ 2(bd-c)^2 = -3bcd$
, which is impossible by assumption on
$ 2(bd-c)^2 = -3bcd$
, which is impossible by assumption on 
 $\hat {Y}$
.
$\hat {Y}$
.
 This concludes the proof that 
 $G\langle \tau \rangle _y = Z(G)\langle g^*\rangle \langle g^\ddagger \rangle $
. Now for any
$G\langle \tau \rangle _y = Z(G)\langle g^*\rangle \langle g^\ddagger \rangle $
. Now for any 
 $y\in \hat {Y}$
, since
$y\in \hat {Y}$
, since 
 $G_y= Z(G)\langle g^*\rangle $
, any element in
$G_y= Z(G)\langle g^*\rangle $
, any element in 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Tran}} _G(y,Y)$
 must be in
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Tran}} _G(y,Y)$
 must be in 
 $N( \langle g^*\rangle )$
. We know that
$N( \langle g^*\rangle )$
. We know that 
 $N( \langle g^*\rangle ) = T_2.\mathbb {Z}_3$
, and it is easy to check that
$N( \langle g^*\rangle ) = T_2.\mathbb {Z}_3$
, and it is easy to check that 
 $T_2\in \operatorname {\mathrm {Tran}}_G(y,Y)$
. Therefore,
$T_2\in \operatorname {\mathrm {Tran}}_G(y,Y)$
. Therefore, 
 $\dim \operatorname {\mathrm {Tran}}_G(y,Y) =2 $
, and then since
$\dim \operatorname {\mathrm {Tran}}_G(y,Y) =2 $
, and then since 
 $\dim \mathcal {S}_2(V)-\dim G = 1$
, the set
$\dim \mathcal {S}_2(V)-\dim G = 1$
, the set 
 $\hat {Y}$
 is Y-exact. By Lemma 2.15, we conclude that the quadruple
$\hat {Y}$
 is Y-exact. By Lemma 2.15, we conclude that the quadruple 
 $(G\langle \tau \rangle , \lambda ,p,2)$
 has generic
$(G\langle \tau \rangle , \lambda ,p,2)$
 has generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizer
$ts$
-stabilizer 
 $Sym(3)$
.
$Sym(3)$
.
Proposition 5.8. Let 
 $G=F_4$
 and
$G=F_4$
 and 
 $\lambda =\lambda _4$
, or
$\lambda =\lambda _4$
, or 
 $G=C_3$
 and
$G=C_3$
 and 
 $\lambda =\lambda _2$
, with
$\lambda =\lambda _2$
, with 
 $p\neq 3$
. Then the quadruple
$p\neq 3$
. Then the quadruple 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,2)$
 has generic
$(G,\lambda ,p,2)$
 has generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizer
$ts$
-stabilizer 
 $A_2.Sym(3)$
 or
$A_2.Sym(3)$
 or 
 $T_1.Sym(3)$
, respectively.
$T_1.Sym(3)$
, respectively.
Proof. This is entirely similar to the proof of Proposition 5.6 and relies on the construction used in [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Prop. 6.26]. All we have to observe is that the set 
 $\hat {Y}_1$
 defined in the proof of [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Prop. 6.26] does indeed contain totally singular
$\hat {Y}_1$
 defined in the proof of [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Prop. 6.26] does indeed contain totally singular 
 $2$
-spaces. This follows from the observation in the proof of [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Prop. 6.25], where the authors need to show that the set
$2$
-spaces. This follows from the observation in the proof of [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Prop. 6.25], where the authors need to show that the set 
 $\hat {Y}_1$
 is nonempty. They do so by saying that
$\hat {Y}_1$
 is nonempty. They do so by saying that 
 $v^{(1)}=a_{33}e_{\gamma _{33}}+a_{12}e_{\gamma _{12}}+a_{21}e_{\gamma _{21}}$
,
$v^{(1)}=a_{33}e_{\gamma _{33}}+a_{12}e_{\gamma _{12}}+a_{21}e_{\gamma _{21}}$
, 
 $v^{(2)}=b_{11}e_{\gamma _{11}}+b_{23}e_{\gamma _{23}}+b_{32}e_{\gamma _{32}}$
, and
$v^{(2)}=b_{11}e_{\gamma _{11}}+b_{23}e_{\gamma _{23}}+b_{32}e_{\gamma _{32}}$
, and 
 $v^{(3)}=e_{\gamma _{22}}+e_{\gamma _{31}}+e_{\gamma _{13}}$
 span a
$v^{(3)}=e_{\gamma _{22}}+e_{\gamma _{31}}+e_{\gamma _{13}}$
 span a 
 $3$
-space in
$3$
-space in 
 $\hat {Y}_1$
 if
$\hat {Y}_1$
 if 
 $(a_{12}b_{23}-a_{33}b_{11})(a_{21}b_{32}-a_{12}b_{23})(a_{33}b_{11}-a_{21}b_{32})\neq 0$
. Clearly, there are totally singular
$(a_{12}b_{23}-a_{33}b_{11})(a_{21}b_{32}-a_{12}b_{23})(a_{33}b_{11}-a_{21}b_{32})\neq 0$
. Clearly, there are totally singular 
 $2$
-spaces
$2$
-spaces 
 $\langle v^{(1)},v^{(2)}\rangle $
 with coefficients satisfying this condition, and therefore, the set
$\langle v^{(1)},v^{(2)}\rangle $
 with coefficients satisfying this condition, and therefore, the set 
 $\hat {Y}_1$
 defined in the proof of [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Prop. 6.26] does contain totally singular
$\hat {Y}_1$
 defined in the proof of [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Prop. 6.26] does contain totally singular 
 $2$
-spaces.
$2$
-spaces.
 Once we understand this, the generic stabilizer is, respectively, 
 $A_2.X$
,
$A_2.X$
, 
 $T_1.X$
, where X is the generic stabilizer for the action of
$T_1.X$
, where X is the generic stabilizer for the action of 
 $A_2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
 on
$A_2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
 on 
 $\mathcal {S}_2(\lambda _1+\lambda _2)$
. By Lemma 5.7, we conclude.
$\mathcal {S}_2(\lambda _1+\lambda _2)$
. By Lemma 5.7, we conclude.
Proposition 5.9. Let 
 $G=A_2$
 and
$G=A_2$
 and 
 $\lambda =\lambda _1+\lambda _2$
 with
$\lambda =\lambda _1+\lambda _2$
 with 
 $p=3$
. Then
$p=3$
. Then 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_3}(V) = T_2.\mathbb {Z}_3$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_3}(V) = T_2.\mathbb {Z}_3$
.
Proof. Let 
 $\alpha _1,\alpha _2$
 be the fundamental roots for
$\alpha _1,\alpha _2$
 be the fundamental roots for 
 $A_2$
 and let
$A_2$
 and let 
 $\alpha _3=\alpha _1+\alpha _2$
. The adjoint module
$\alpha _3=\alpha _1+\alpha _2$
. The adjoint module 
 $\mathrm {Lie}(G)$
 has the Chevalley basis
$\mathrm {Lie}(G)$
 has the Chevalley basis 
 $e_{\alpha _3},e_{\alpha _2},e_{\alpha _1},h_{\alpha _1},h_{\alpha _2},e_{-\alpha _1},e_{-\alpha _2},e_{-\alpha _3}$
. We write
$e_{\alpha _3},e_{\alpha _2},e_{\alpha _1},h_{\alpha _1},h_{\alpha _2},e_{-\alpha _1},e_{-\alpha _2},e_{-\alpha _3}$
. We write 
 $v_1v_2$
 for the Lie product of vectors
$v_1v_2$
 for the Lie product of vectors 
 $v_1,v_2\in \mathrm {Lie}(G)$
. We assume that the structure constants are as described by the matrix
$v_1,v_2\in \mathrm {Lie}(G)$
. We assume that the structure constants are as described by the matrix 
 $$\begin{align*}\left(\begin{matrix} 0 & 0 & 0 &-1 & 1 & 0 \\ 0 & 0 & -1 &0 & 0 & 1 \\0 & 1 & 0 &0 & 0 & -1\\ 1 & 0 & 0 &0 & -1 & 0 \\ -1 & 0 & 0 &1 & 0 & 0\\ 0 & -1 & 1 &0 & 0 & 0\\ \end{matrix}\right),\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\left(\begin{matrix} 0 & 0 & 0 &-1 & 1 & 0 \\ 0 & 0 & -1 &0 & 0 & 1 \\0 & 1 & 0 &0 & 0 & -1\\ 1 & 0 & 0 &0 & -1 & 0 \\ -1 & 0 & 0 &1 & 0 & 0\\ 0 & -1 & 1 &0 & 0 & 0\\ \end{matrix}\right),\end{align*}$$
 where the rows and columns are in the order 
 $\alpha _3,\alpha _2,\alpha _1,-\alpha _1-\alpha _2,-\alpha _3$
. By [Reference Rizzoli27, Lemma 5.4], we can explicitly construct our highest weight irreducible module as
$\alpha _3,\alpha _2,\alpha _1,-\alpha _1-\alpha _2,-\alpha _3$
. By [Reference Rizzoli27, Lemma 5.4], we can explicitly construct our highest weight irreducible module as 
 $$ \begin{align*}V_{G}(\lambda_1+\lambda_2)= \mathrm{Lie}(G)/\langle h_{\alpha_1}-h_{\alpha_2} \rangle.\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}V_{G}(\lambda_1+\lambda_2)= \mathrm{Lie}(G)/\langle h_{\alpha_1}-h_{\alpha_2} \rangle.\end{align*} $$
 In a slight abuse of notation, we omit writing the quotient, so that v actually stands for 
 $v+\langle h_{\alpha _1}-h_{\alpha _2} \rangle $
. We order the basis for
$v+\langle h_{\alpha _1}-h_{\alpha _2} \rangle $
. We order the basis for 
 $V_{G}(\lambda _1+\lambda _2 )$
 as
$V_{G}(\lambda _1+\lambda _2 )$
 as 
 $e_{\alpha _3},e_{\alpha _2},e_{\alpha _1},h_{\alpha _1},e_{-\alpha _1},e_{-\alpha _2},e_{-\alpha _3}$
. With respect to this ordering, using standard formulas found in [Reference Carter7, §4.4], we find the matrices denoting the transformations
$e_{\alpha _3},e_{\alpha _2},e_{\alpha _1},h_{\alpha _1},e_{-\alpha _1},e_{-\alpha _2},e_{-\alpha _3}$
. With respect to this ordering, using standard formulas found in [Reference Carter7, §4.4], we find the matrices denoting the transformations 
 $x_{\pm \alpha _1}(t),x_{\pm \alpha _2}(t),x_{\pm \alpha _3}(t)$
, as well as
$x_{\pm \alpha _1}(t),x_{\pm \alpha _2}(t),x_{\pm \alpha _3}(t)$
, as well as 
 $h_{\alpha _1}(\kappa )$
 and
$h_{\alpha _1}(\kappa )$
 and 
 $h_{\alpha _2}(\kappa )$
. These are straightforward calculations, and we therefore only state the results.
$h_{\alpha _2}(\kappa )$
. These are straightforward calculations, and we therefore only state the results. 

 
 $h_{\alpha _1}(\kappa )= \mathrm {diag}(\kappa ,\kappa ^{-1},\kappa ^2,1,\kappa ^{-2},\kappa ,\kappa ^{-1})$
 and
$h_{\alpha _1}(\kappa )= \mathrm {diag}(\kappa ,\kappa ^{-1},\kappa ^2,1,\kappa ^{-2},\kappa ,\kappa ^{-1})$
 and 
 $h_{\alpha _2}(\kappa )= \mathrm {diag}(\kappa ,\kappa ^2,\kappa ^{-1},1,\kappa ,\kappa ^{-2},\kappa ^{-1})$
.
$h_{\alpha _2}(\kappa )= \mathrm {diag}(\kappa ,\kappa ^2,\kappa ^{-1},1,\kappa ,\kappa ^{-2},\kappa ^{-1})$
.
 Let 
 $(\cdot ,\cdot ):V\times V \rightarrow K$
 be the nondegenerate symmetric bilinear form given by
$(\cdot ,\cdot ):V\times V \rightarrow K$
 be the nondegenerate symmetric bilinear form given by 
 $(e_{\alpha _i},e_{-\alpha _j})=\delta _{ij}$
,
$(e_{\alpha _i},e_{-\alpha _j})=\delta _{ij}$
, 
 $(e_{\alpha _i},e_{\alpha _j})=(e_{-\alpha _i},e_{-\alpha _j})=0$
,
$(e_{\alpha _i},e_{\alpha _j})=(e_{-\alpha _i},e_{-\alpha _j})=0$
, 
 $(h_{\alpha _1},e_{\pm \alpha _i})=0$
 and
$(h_{\alpha _1},e_{\pm \alpha _i})=0$
 and 
 $(h_{\alpha _1},h_{\alpha _1})=-1$
, where
$(h_{\alpha _1},h_{\alpha _1})=-1$
, where 
 $1\leq i,j\leq 3$
. Then G fixes this form, as can be seen by just checking the action of the generators.
$1\leq i,j\leq 3$
. Then G fixes this form, as can be seen by just checking the action of the generators.
 We need some information about the action of G on singular 
 $1$
-spaces. Let
$1$
-spaces. Let 
 $T=\langle h_{\alpha _1}(\kappa ),h_{\alpha _2}(\kappa ):\kappa \in K^*\rangle $
 be the standard maximal torus and
$T=\langle h_{\alpha _1}(\kappa ),h_{\alpha _2}(\kappa ):\kappa \in K^*\rangle $
 be the standard maximal torus and 
 $B=\langle T,x_{\alpha _1}(t),x_{\alpha _2}(t):t\in K\rangle $
 a Borel subgroup. Then by [Reference Rizzoli27, Lemma 5.5], the group G has
$B=\langle T,x_{\alpha _1}(t),x_{\alpha _2}(t):t\in K\rangle $
 a Borel subgroup. Then by [Reference Rizzoli27, Lemma 5.5], the group G has 
 $2$
 orbits on singular vectors in V, with representatives
$2$
 orbits on singular vectors in V, with representatives 
 $x=e_{\alpha _3}$
 and
$x=e_{\alpha _3}$
 and 
 $y=e_{\alpha _1}+e_{\alpha _2}$
. Furthermore,
$y=e_{\alpha _1}+e_{\alpha _2}$
. Furthermore, 
 $G_x=U_3T_1$
,
$G_x=U_3T_1$
, 
 $G_y=U_2$
,
$G_y=U_2$
, 
 $G_{\langle x \rangle }=U_3T_2=B$
 and
$G_{\langle x \rangle }=U_3T_2=B$
 and 
 $G_{\langle y \rangle }=U_2T_1\leq B$
.
$G_{\langle y \rangle }=U_2T_1\leq B$
.
 We now define a totally singular 
 $3$
-space that we will show has a
$3$
-space that we will show has a 
 $2$
-dimensional stabilizer, therefore belonging to a dense orbit. Let
$2$
-dimensional stabilizer, therefore belonging to a dense orbit. Let 
 $$\begin{align*}W_3 = \langle e_{\alpha_1}, e_{\alpha_2},e_{-\alpha_3}\rangle.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}W_3 = \langle e_{\alpha_1}, e_{\alpha_2},e_{-\alpha_3}\rangle.\end{align*}$$
Let 
 $\Delta $
 be the G-orbit with representative
$\Delta $
 be the G-orbit with representative 
 $\langle x\rangle $
, where
$\langle x\rangle $
, where 
 $x = e_{\alpha _3}$
. We start by observing that
$x = e_{\alpha _3}$
. We start by observing that 
 $$\begin{align*}\mathcal{G}_1(W_3)\cap \Delta = \{\langle e_{\alpha_1} \rangle, \langle e_{\alpha_2} \rangle,\langle e_{-\alpha_3}\rangle\}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\mathcal{G}_1(W_3)\cap \Delta = \{\langle e_{\alpha_1} \rangle, \langle e_{\alpha_2} \rangle,\langle e_{-\alpha_3}\rangle\}.\end{align*}$$
It suffices to show that every other 
 $1$
-space of
$1$
-space of 
 $W_3$
 is in the same orbit as
$W_3$
 is in the same orbit as 
 $\langle y\rangle $
, where
$\langle y\rangle $
, where 
 $y = e_{\alpha _1}+ e_{\alpha _2}$
. This is clear for
$y = e_{\alpha _1}+ e_{\alpha _2}$
. This is clear for 
 $\langle e_{\alpha _1}+ \lambda e_{\alpha _2}\rangle $
 when
$\langle e_{\alpha _1}+ \lambda e_{\alpha _2}\rangle $
 when 
 ${\lambda \neq 0} $
. The element
${\lambda \neq 0} $
. The element 
 $x_{-\alpha _1}(t)x_{-\alpha _2}(-t)x_{-\alpha _3}(t^2)$
 sends
$x_{-\alpha _1}(t)x_{-\alpha _2}(-t)x_{-\alpha _3}(t^2)$
 sends 
 $y\mapsto y+t^3e_{-\alpha _3}$
; therefore,
$y\mapsto y+t^3e_{-\alpha _3}$
; therefore, 
 $\langle e_{\alpha _1}+\lambda e_{\alpha _2}+\gamma e_{-\alpha _3}\rangle $
 is in the orbit of
$\langle e_{\alpha _1}+\lambda e_{\alpha _2}+\gamma e_{-\alpha _3}\rangle $
 is in the orbit of 
 $\langle y \rangle $
 for
$\langle y \rangle $
 for 
 $\lambda ,\gamma \neq 0$
. Finally,
$\lambda ,\gamma \neq 0$
. Finally, 
 $n_{\alpha _2}(1)n_{\alpha _1}(1). \langle y\rangle =\langle e_{\alpha _1}+e_{-\alpha _3} \rangle $
 and
$n_{\alpha _2}(1)n_{\alpha _1}(1). \langle y\rangle =\langle e_{\alpha _1}+e_{-\alpha _3} \rangle $
 and 
 $n_{\alpha _1}(-1)n_{\alpha _2}(-1). \langle y\rangle =\langle e_{\alpha _2}+e_{-\alpha _3} \rangle $
, concluding.
$n_{\alpha _1}(-1)n_{\alpha _2}(-1). \langle y\rangle =\langle e_{\alpha _2}+e_{-\alpha _3} \rangle $
, concluding.
 Since 
 $\dim \mathcal {S}_3(V) = 6$
, it suffices to prove that
$\dim \mathcal {S}_3(V) = 6$
, it suffices to prove that 
 $G_{W_3} = T.\mathbb {Z}_3$
. Since y only contains three
$G_{W_3} = T.\mathbb {Z}_3$
. Since y only contains three 
 $1$
-spaces that are in the orbit
$1$
-spaces that are in the orbit 
 $\Delta $
, the connected component of
$\Delta $
, the connected component of 
 $G_{W_3}$
 is simply
$G_{W_3}$
 is simply 
 $$\begin{align*}G_{\langle e_{\alpha_1}\rangle}\cap G_{\langle e_{\alpha_2}\rangle}\cap G_{\langle e_{-\alpha_3}\rangle}, \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}G_{\langle e_{\alpha_1}\rangle}\cap G_{\langle e_{\alpha_2}\rangle}\cap G_{\langle e_{-\alpha_3}\rangle}, \end{align*}$$
which is easily seen to be the maximal torus T. Finally, one checks that the elements of order 
 $2$
 of
$2$
 of 
 $W=N_G(T)/T$
 do not fix
$W=N_G(T)/T$
 do not fix 
 $W_3$
, while the elements of order
$W_3$
, while the elements of order 
 $3$
 do. Therefore,
$3$
 do. Therefore, 
 $G_{W_3} \simeq T_2.\mathbb {Z}_3$
, and indeed,
$G_{W_3} \simeq T_2.\mathbb {Z}_3$
, and indeed, 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_3}(V) = T_2.\mathbb {Z}_3$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_3}(V) = T_2.\mathbb {Z}_3$
.
Proposition 5.10. Let 
 $G=A_2$
 and
$G=A_2$
 and 
 $\lambda = \lambda _1+\lambda _2$
 with
$\lambda = \lambda _1+\lambda _2$
 with 
 $p\neq 3$
. Then
$p\neq 3$
. Then 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}^{\prime }_4(V)}=C_{\mathcal {S}^{\prime \prime }_4(V)}=T_2.\mathbb {Z}_3$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}^{\prime }_4(V)}=C_{\mathcal {S}^{\prime \prime }_4(V)}=T_2.\mathbb {Z}_3$
.
Proof. The group G is stable under a triality automorphism of 
 $D_4$
; therefore, the
$D_4$
; therefore, the 
 $(G,P_3)$
-double cosets in
$(G,P_3)$
-double cosets in 
 $D_4$
 are in bijection with the
$D_4$
 are in bijection with the 
 $(G,P_1)$
-double cosets in
$(G,P_1)$
-double cosets in 
 $D_4$
, as are the
$D_4$
, as are the 
 $(G,P_4)$
-double cosets. By Proposition 4.3, the group G acts on
$(G,P_4)$
-double cosets. By Proposition 4.3, the group G acts on 
 $\mathcal {S}_1(V)$
 with generic stabilizer
$\mathcal {S}_1(V)$
 with generic stabilizer 
 $T_2.\mathbb {Z}_3$
, concluding.
$T_2.\mathbb {Z}_3$
, concluding.
Proposition 5.11. Let 
 $G=B_3$
 and
$G=B_3$
 and 
 $\lambda = \lambda _3$
. Then
$\lambda = \lambda _3$
. Then 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}^{\prime }_4(V)}=C_{\mathcal {S}^{\prime \prime }_4(V)}=C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)}=U_6A_2T_1$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}^{\prime }_4(V)}=C_{\mathcal {S}^{\prime \prime }_4(V)}=C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)}=U_6A_2T_1$
.
Proof. Similarly to Proposition 5.10, the 
 $(G,P_3)$
-double cosets in
$(G,P_3)$
-double cosets in 
 $D_4$
 are in bijection with the
$D_4$
 are in bijection with the 
 $(G,P_1)$
-double cosets in
$(G,P_1)$
-double cosets in 
 $D_4$
, as are the
$D_4$
, as are the 
 $(G,P_4)$
-double cosets. Therefore,
$(G,P_4)$
-double cosets. Therefore, 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}^{\prime }_4(V)}=C_{\mathcal {S}^{\prime \prime }_4(V)}=C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)}=P_3(G)$
, as claimed.
$C_{\mathcal {S}^{\prime }_4(V)}=C_{\mathcal {S}^{\prime \prime }_4(V)}=C_{\mathcal {S}_1(V)}=P_3(G)$
, as claimed.
Proposition 5.12. Let 
 $G=B_4$
 and
$G=B_4$
 and 
 $\lambda =\lambda _4$
. Then
$\lambda =\lambda _4$
. Then 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_3(V)} = A_1$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_3(V)} = A_1$
.
Proof. By [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Prop. 6.21], we already know that 
 $D_5$
 has a dense orbit on all
$D_5$
 has a dense orbit on all 
 $3$
-spaces of
$3$
-spaces of 
 $V_{D_5}(\lambda _5)$
. We construct the module
$V_{D_5}(\lambda _5)$
. We construct the module 
 $V_{D_5}(\lambda _5)$
 in the same way as in [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Prop. 6.21] and then consider the restriction to G. Let
$V_{D_5}(\lambda _5)$
 in the same way as in [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Prop. 6.21] and then consider the restriction to G. Let 
 $\beta _1,\dots ,\beta _6$
 be the simple roots of a group of type
$\beta _1,\dots ,\beta _6$
 be the simple roots of a group of type 
 $E_6$
 and let
$E_6$
 and let 
 $D_5<E_6$
 have simple roots
$D_5<E_6$
 have simple roots 
 $\alpha _1=\beta _1, \alpha _2=\beta _3, \alpha _3=\beta _4, \alpha _4=\beta _5, \alpha _5=\beta _2$
. Then we may take
$\alpha _1=\beta _1, \alpha _2=\beta _3, \alpha _3=\beta _4, \alpha _4=\beta _5, \alpha _5=\beta _2$
. Then we may take 
 $$\begin{align*}V_{D_5}(\lambda_5) = \left\langle e_{\alpha}:\alpha = \sum m_i\beta_i, m_6 = 1\right\rangle < \mathrm{Lie}(E_6).\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}V_{D_5}(\lambda_5) = \left\langle e_{\alpha}:\alpha = \sum m_i\beta_i, m_6 = 1\right\rangle < \mathrm{Lie}(E_6).\end{align*}$$
With this notation, [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Prop. 6.21] shows that if we write
 $$\begin{align*}\gamma_2 = 101111,\, \gamma_3 = 011111,\,\gamma_4 = 111111,\,\gamma_5=011211,\,\gamma_6= 111211,\,\gamma_7 =011221 ,\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\gamma_2 = 101111,\, \gamma_3 = 011111,\,\gamma_4 = 111111,\,\gamma_5=011211,\,\gamma_6= 111211,\,\gamma_7 =011221 ,\end{align*}$$
then
 $$\begin{align*}W_3:= \langle e_{\gamma_2}+e_{\gamma_3}, e_{\gamma_4}+e_{\gamma_5}, e_{\gamma_6}+e_{\gamma_7}\rangle \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}W_3:= \langle e_{\gamma_2}+e_{\gamma_3}, e_{\gamma_4}+e_{\gamma_5}, e_{\gamma_6}+e_{\gamma_7}\rangle \end{align*}$$
has stabilizer 
 $A_1A_1$
 in
$A_1A_1$
 in 
 $D_5/Z(D_5)$
. The generators for the first
$D_5/Z(D_5)$
. The generators for the first 
 $A_1$
 are simply
$A_1$
 are simply 
 $X_{\pm \rho }$
, where
$X_{\pm \rho }$
, where 
 $\rho $
 is the longest root of
$\rho $
 is the longest root of 
 $D_5$
, while the second
$D_5$
, while the second 
 $A_1$
 is generated by
$A_1$
 is generated by 
 $$ \begin{align*} x(t) & = x_{\beta_1}(-t)x_{\beta_4}(2t)x_{\beta_5}(t)x_{\beta_2}(3t)x_{\beta_4+\beta_5}(-t^2)x_{\beta_2+\beta_4}(3t^2)x_{\beta_2+\beta_4+\beta_5}(4t^3) \text{ for } t\in K; \\ T_1& =\{h_{\beta_1}(\kappa)h_{\beta_2}(\kappa^3)h_{\beta_4}(\kappa^4)h_{\beta_5}(\kappa^3):\kappa\in K^*\};\\ n & = n_{\beta_1}n_{\beta_4}n_{\beta_2\beta_4\beta_5}^{-1}. \end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} x(t) & = x_{\beta_1}(-t)x_{\beta_4}(2t)x_{\beta_5}(t)x_{\beta_2}(3t)x_{\beta_4+\beta_5}(-t^2)x_{\beta_2+\beta_4}(3t^2)x_{\beta_2+\beta_4+\beta_5}(4t^3) \text{ for } t\in K; \\ T_1& =\{h_{\beta_1}(\kappa)h_{\beta_2}(\kappa^3)h_{\beta_4}(\kappa^4)h_{\beta_5}(\kappa^3):\kappa\in K^*\};\\ n & = n_{\beta_1}n_{\beta_4}n_{\beta_2\beta_4\beta_5}^{-1}. \end{align*} $$
Let 
 $\{e_1,\dots ,e_5,f_5,\dots , f_1\}$
 be the standard basis for the natural
$\{e_1,\dots ,e_5,f_5,\dots , f_1\}$
 be the standard basis for the natural 
 $D_5$
-module, and let
$D_5$
-module, and let 
 $G=(D_5)_{\langle e_2+f_2 \rangle }$
. We will show that
$G=(D_5)_{\langle e_2+f_2 \rangle }$
. We will show that 
 $W_3$
 is totally singular and has stabilizer
$W_3$
 is totally singular and has stabilizer 
 $A_1$
 in
$A_1$
 in 
 $G/Z(G)$
. Let
$G/Z(G)$
. Let 
 $T=\langle h_{\beta _i}(\kappa _i): 1\leq i\leq 5, \kappa _i\in K^* \rangle $
 be the standard maximal torus of
$T=\langle h_{\beta _i}(\kappa _i): 1\leq i\leq 5, \kappa _i\in K^* \rangle $
 be the standard maximal torus of 
 $D_5$
. Then
$D_5$
. Then 
 $T_G:=T\cap G= \langle h_{\beta _i}(\kappa _i): 1\leq i\leq 5, \kappa _i\in K^* , \kappa _1=\kappa _3 \rangle $
, since
$T_G:=T\cap G= \langle h_{\beta _i}(\kappa _i): 1\leq i\leq 5, \kappa _i\in K^* , \kappa _1=\kappa _3 \rangle $
, since 
 $\alpha _1=\beta _1$
 and
$\alpha _1=\beta _1$
 and 
 $\alpha _2=\beta _3$
. Then the
$\alpha _2=\beta _3$
. Then the 
 $T_G$
-weights on
$T_G$
-weights on 
 $\langle e_{\gamma _i}\rangle _{2\leq i\leq 7}$
 are respectively given by
$\langle e_{\gamma _i}\rangle _{2\leq i\leq 7}$
 are respectively given by 
 $\frac {\kappa _1}{\kappa _2},\frac {\kappa _2}{\kappa _4},\frac {\kappa _1\kappa _2}{\kappa _4},\frac {\kappa _4}{\kappa _1\kappa _5},\frac {\kappa _4}{\kappa _5},\frac {\kappa _5}{\kappa _1}$
. No two such weights form a pair of opposite weights, and therefore by Lemma 2.7, the subspace
$\frac {\kappa _1}{\kappa _2},\frac {\kappa _2}{\kappa _4},\frac {\kappa _1\kappa _2}{\kappa _4},\frac {\kappa _4}{\kappa _1\kappa _5},\frac {\kappa _4}{\kappa _5},\frac {\kappa _5}{\kappa _1}$
. No two such weights form a pair of opposite weights, and therefore by Lemma 2.7, the subspace 
 $W_3$
 is totally singular.
$W_3$
 is totally singular.
 Finally, we find that the diagonal subgroup of 
 $A_1A_1$
 with positive root subgroup
$A_1A_1$
 with positive root subgroup 
 $x(t)x_{\rho }(t)$
 fixes
$x(t)x_{\rho }(t)$
 fixes 
 $\langle e_2+f_2\rangle $
. By maximality of this diagonal
$\langle e_2+f_2\rangle $
. By maximality of this diagonal 
 $A_1$
 in
$A_1$
 in 
 $A_1A_1$
, this means that
$A_1A_1$
, this means that 
 $(A_1A_1)\cap G =A_1$
. Therefore,
$(A_1A_1)\cap G =A_1$
. Therefore, 
 $\dim G - \dim \mathcal {S}_3(V) = 3 = \dim G_{W_3}$
, which implies that
$\dim G - \dim \mathcal {S}_3(V) = 3 = \dim G_{W_3}$
, which implies that 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_3(V)} = A_1$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_3(V)} = A_1$
.
 In what follows, we refer the reader back to Section 2.4 for the relevant notation on spin modules. For the following propositions, let 
 $G=B_4 = (D_5)_{e_5-f_5}$
,
$G=B_4 = (D_5)_{e_5-f_5}$
, 
 $\lambda =\lambda _4$
 and order the basis of V as
$\lambda =\lambda _4$
 and order the basis of V as 
 $$ \begin{align*} v_1&= 1, & v_5&=e_1e_5, & v_9&=e_1e_2e_3e_5, & v_{13}&=e_1e_4,\\ v_2&=e_1e_2, & v_6&=e_2 e_5, &v_{10}&=e_1e_2e_4e_5, & v_{14}&=e_2e_4,\\ v_3&=e_1e_3, &v_7&=e_3e_5, & v_{11}&=e_1e_3e_4e_5,& v_{15}&=e_3e_4,\\ v_4&=e_2e_3, & v_8&=e_4e_5, & v_{12}&=e_2e_3e_4e_5,& v_{16}&=e_1e_2e_3e_4.\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} v_1&= 1, & v_5&=e_1e_5, & v_9&=e_1e_2e_3e_5, & v_{13}&=e_1e_4,\\ v_2&=e_1e_2, & v_6&=e_2 e_5, &v_{10}&=e_1e_2e_4e_5, & v_{14}&=e_2e_4,\\ v_3&=e_1e_3, &v_7&=e_3e_5, & v_{11}&=e_1e_3e_4e_5,& v_{15}&=e_3e_4,\\ v_4&=e_2e_3, & v_8&=e_4e_5, & v_{12}&=e_2e_3e_4e_5,& v_{16}&=e_1e_2e_3e_4.\end{align*} $$
Lemma 5.13. The quadratic form given by the matrix 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {antidiag}} (1,-1,1,-1,1,-1,1,-1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0)$
 defines a nondegenerate quadratic form on
$\operatorname {\mathrm {antidiag}} (1,-1,1,-1,1,-1,1,-1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0)$
 defines a nondegenerate quadratic form on 
 $V_{B_4}(\lambda _4)$
 fixed by the
$V_{B_4}(\lambda _4)$
 fixed by the 
 $B_4$
-action.
$B_4$
-action.
Proof. The pairs 
 $v_i,v_{17-i}$
 are pairs of opposite weight vectors. We can assume that
$v_i,v_{17-i}$
 are pairs of opposite weight vectors. We can assume that 
 $Q(v_1+v_{16})=1$
 and use the
$Q(v_1+v_{16})=1$
 and use the 
 $B_4$
-action to determine whether
$B_4$
-action to determine whether 
 $Q(v_i+v_{17-i})$
 is
$Q(v_i+v_{17-i})$
 is 
 $1$
 or
$1$
 or 
 $-1$
. Let
$-1$
. Let 
 $g=1+e_1e_2\in B_4$
. Then
$g=1+e_1e_2\in B_4$
. Then 
 $g.v_1 = 1+e_1e_2 = v_1+v_2$
 and
$g.v_1 = 1+e_1e_2 = v_1+v_2$
 and 
 $g.v_{15}=e_3e_4+e_1e_2e_3e_4=v_{15}+v_{16}$
. Therefore,
$g.v_{15}=e_3e_4+e_1e_2e_3e_4=v_{15}+v_{16}$
. Therefore, 
 $0=Q(v_1+v_{15}) = Q(v_1+v_2+v_{15}+v_{16})=1+Q(v_2+v_{15})$
, as claimed. The same approach shows that
$0=Q(v_1+v_{15}) = Q(v_1+v_2+v_{15}+v_{16})=1+Q(v_2+v_{15})$
, as claimed. The same approach shows that 
 $Q(v_3+v_{14})=1$
 and
$Q(v_3+v_{14})=1$
 and 
 $Q(v_4+v_{13})=-1$
. To conclude, let
$Q(v_4+v_{13})=-1$
. To conclude, let 
 $g= (1+e_1f_5)(1+e_1e_5)$
 which is an element of
$g= (1+e_1f_5)(1+e_1e_5)$
 which is an element of 
 $B_4$
 since it fixes
$B_4$
 since it fixes 
 $e_5-f_5$
. Then
$e_5-f_5$
. Then 
 $0=Q(v_1+v_{12}) = Q(v_1+v_5+v_{12}-v_{16})=-1+Q(v_5+v_{12})$
. The remaining cases follow similarly.
$0=Q(v_1+v_{12}) = Q(v_1+v_5+v_{12}-v_{16})=-1+Q(v_5+v_{12})$
. The remaining cases follow similarly.
Lemma 5.14. For 
 $\alpha \in \Phi (B_4)$
, the root elements
$\alpha \in \Phi (B_4)$
, the root elements 
 $x_{\alpha }(t)$
 are written in terms of spinors as follows:
$x_{\alpha }(t)$
 are written in terms of spinors as follows: 
 $$ \begin{align*} x_{\epsilon_i-\epsilon_j}(t) &= 1+t e_i f_j, \\ x_{-\epsilon_i+\epsilon_j}(t) &= 1+t e_j f_i, \\ x_{\epsilon_i+\epsilon_j}(t) &= 1+t e_i e_j, \\ x_{-\epsilon_i-\epsilon_j}(t) &= 1-t f_i f_j, \\ x_{\epsilon_i}(t) &= (1+t e_i e_5)(1+t e_i f_5), \\ x_{-\epsilon_i}(t) &= (1-t f_i e_5)(1-t f_i f_5). \end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} x_{\epsilon_i-\epsilon_j}(t) &= 1+t e_i f_j, \\ x_{-\epsilon_i+\epsilon_j}(t) &= 1+t e_j f_i, \\ x_{\epsilon_i+\epsilon_j}(t) &= 1+t e_i e_j, \\ x_{-\epsilon_i-\epsilon_j}(t) &= 1-t f_i f_j, \\ x_{\epsilon_i}(t) &= (1+t e_i e_5)(1+t e_i f_5), \\ x_{-\epsilon_i}(t) &= (1-t f_i e_5)(1-t f_i f_5). \end{align*} $$
Proof. The action on 
 $V_{nat}$
 of the elements on the left-hand sides of each equation is as described at the beginning of Section 2.1. The action on
$V_{nat}$
 of the elements on the left-hand sides of each equation is as described at the beginning of Section 2.1. The action on 
 $V_{nat}$
 of the elements on the right-hand sides of each equation is described in Section 2.4. The result follows by comparing the two actions.
$V_{nat}$
 of the elements on the right-hand sides of each equation is described in Section 2.4. The result follows by comparing the two actions.
Proposition 5.15. Let 
 $G=B_4$
,
$G=B_4$
, 
 $\lambda =\lambda _4$
. Then
$\lambda =\lambda _4$
. Then 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}^{\prime }_8(V)}=A_2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}^{\prime }_8(V)}=A_2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
.
Proof. Suppose that 
 $p\neq 3$
. Let
$p\neq 3$
. Let 
 $\beta _1 = \alpha _1$
,
$\beta _1 = \alpha _1$
, 
 $\beta _2 = \alpha _2$
,
$\beta _2 = \alpha _2$
, 
 $\beta _3 = \alpha _3$
,
$\beta _3 = \alpha _3$
, 
 $\beta _4 = -\alpha _0$
, where
$\beta _4 = -\alpha _0$
, where 
 $\alpha _0$
 is the longest root in
$\alpha _0$
 is the longest root in 
 $\Phi ^+(B_4)$
. Then
$\Phi ^+(B_4)$
. Then 
 $\{\beta _i\}_i$
 is the base of a root system of type
$\{\beta _i\}_i$
 is the base of a root system of type 
 $D_4$
. Let D be the corresponding
$D_4$
. Let D be the corresponding 
 $D_4$
-subgroup of
$D_4$
-subgroup of 
 $B_4$
. Then
$B_4$
. Then 
 $V\downarrow D = \lambda _3+\lambda _4=V_8+V_8'$
. Let
$V\downarrow D = \lambda _3+\lambda _4=V_8+V_8'$
. Let 
 $\omega $
 be a nontrivial third-root of unity. Let
$\omega $
 be a nontrivial third-root of unity. Let 
 $\tau $
 be the composition of
$\tau $
 be the composition of 
 $h_{\beta _2}(\omega )$
 with the triality automorphism of D sending
$h_{\beta _2}(\omega )$
 with the triality automorphism of D sending 
 $x_{\beta _i}(t)\mapsto x_{\beta _{\sigma .i}}(t)$
 for
$x_{\beta _i}(t)\mapsto x_{\beta _{\sigma .i}}(t)$
 for 
 $i=1,3,4$
 and
$i=1,3,4$
 and 
 $\sigma = (134)$
. Then the fixed points in D under the triality automorphism
$\sigma = (134)$
. Then the fixed points in D under the triality automorphism 
 $\tau $
 form an irreducible
$\tau $
 form an irreducible 
 $A_2$
-subgroup of D. Using the structure constants inherited from
$A_2$
-subgroup of D. Using the structure constants inherited from 
 $B_4$
, let A be the irreducible
$B_4$
, let A be the irreducible 
 $A_2$
-subgroup of D given by
$A_2$
-subgroup of D given by 
 $$ \begin{align*} A =\langle &x_{\beta_1}(t)x_{\beta_3}(\omega^2 t)x_{\beta_4}(\omega t), \\ &x_{-\beta_1}(t)x_{-\beta_3}(\omega t)x_{-\beta_4}(\omega^2 t),\\ &x_{\beta_1+\beta_2}(t)x_{\beta_2+\beta_3}(-\omega t)x_{\beta_2+\beta_4}(\omega^2 t),\\ &x_{-\beta_1-\beta_2}(t)x_{-\beta_2-\beta_3}(-\omega^2 t)x_{-\beta_2-\beta_4}(\omega t) : t \in K\rangle.\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} A =\langle &x_{\beta_1}(t)x_{\beta_3}(\omega^2 t)x_{\beta_4}(\omega t), \\ &x_{-\beta_1}(t)x_{-\beta_3}(\omega t)x_{-\beta_4}(\omega^2 t),\\ &x_{\beta_1+\beta_2}(t)x_{\beta_2+\beta_3}(-\omega t)x_{\beta_2+\beta_4}(\omega^2 t),\\ &x_{-\beta_1-\beta_2}(t)x_{-\beta_2-\beta_3}(-\omega^2 t)x_{-\beta_2-\beta_4}(\omega t) : t \in K\rangle.\end{align*} $$
By Lemma 5.14, this is the same as
 $$ \begin{align*} A =\langle &(1+te_1f_2)(1+\omega^2 t e_3f_4)(1-\omega t f_1f_2), \\ &(1+te_2f_1)(1+\omega t e_4f_3)(1+\omega^2 t e_1e_2),\\ &(1+te_1f_3)(1-\omega t e_2f_4)(1-\omega^2 t f_1f_3),\\ &(1+te_3f_1)(1-\omega^2 t e_4f_2)(1+\omega t e_1e_3) : t \in K\rangle.\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} A =\langle &(1+te_1f_2)(1+\omega^2 t e_3f_4)(1-\omega t f_1f_2), \\ &(1+te_2f_1)(1+\omega t e_4f_3)(1+\omega^2 t e_1e_2),\\ &(1+te_1f_3)(1-\omega t e_2f_4)(1-\omega^2 t f_1f_3),\\ &(1+te_3f_1)(1-\omega^2 t e_4f_2)(1+\omega t e_1e_3) : t \in K\rangle.\end{align*} $$
With this setup, we have 
 $V_8\downarrow A \simeq V_8'\downarrow A\simeq V_{A_2}(\lambda _1+\lambda _2)$
. Then A fixes all
$V_8\downarrow A \simeq V_8'\downarrow A\simeq V_{A_2}(\lambda _1+\lambda _2)$
. Then A fixes all 
 $8$
-spaces of the form
$8$
-spaces of the form 
 $\{v+\lambda \phi (v):v\in V_8\}$
 where
$\{v+\lambda \phi (v):v\in V_8\}$
 where 
 $\phi $
 is an A-module isomorphism between
$\phi $
 is an A-module isomorphism between 
 $V_8$
 and
$V_8$
 and 
 $V_8'$
. Given our explicit generators for A, it is easy to verify that we can take
$V_8'$
. Given our explicit generators for A, it is easy to verify that we can take 
 $\phi $
 acting as
$\phi $
 acting as 
 $$ \begin{align*} e_1e_2e_3e_4 &\mapsto e_2e_3e_4e_5, & e_2e_3 &\mapsto e_4e_5, & e_3e_4 &\mapsto \omega^2 e_1e_3e_4e_5,\\ e_1e_2 &\mapsto \omega e_2e_5, & e_1e_4 &\mapsto e_1e_2e_3e_5, & 1 &\mapsto e_1e_5,\\ e_1e_3 &\mapsto \omega^2 e_3e_5, & e_2e_4 &\mapsto \omega e_1e_2e_4e_5. & \end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} e_1e_2e_3e_4 &\mapsto e_2e_3e_4e_5, & e_2e_3 &\mapsto e_4e_5, & e_3e_4 &\mapsto \omega^2 e_1e_3e_4e_5,\\ e_1e_2 &\mapsto \omega e_2e_5, & e_1e_4 &\mapsto e_1e_2e_3e_5, & 1 &\mapsto e_1e_5,\\ e_1e_3 &\mapsto \omega^2 e_3e_5, & e_2e_4 &\mapsto \omega e_1e_2e_4e_5. & \end{align*} $$
When 
 $\lambda \neq 0$
, the group A must be the connected component of the stabilizer of
$\lambda \neq 0$
, the group A must be the connected component of the stabilizer of 
 $\{v+\lambda \phi (v):v\in V_8\}$
, since the only minimal connected overgroup of A in G is D, which only fixes the
$\{v+\lambda \phi (v):v\in V_8\}$
, since the only minimal connected overgroup of A in G is D, which only fixes the 
 $8$
-spaces
$8$
-spaces 
 $V_8$
 and
$V_8$
 and 
 $V_8'$
. Also,
$V_8'$
. Also, 
 $N_G(A)=N_{D.\mathbb {Z}_2}(A) = Z(G).A.\mathbb {Z}_2 = Z(G).A\langle \tau _2\rangle $
, where
$N_G(A)=N_{D.\mathbb {Z}_2}(A) = Z(G).A.\mathbb {Z}_2 = Z(G).A\langle \tau _2\rangle $
, where 
 $\tau _2$
 acts as a graph automorphism on
$\tau _2$
 acts as a graph automorphism on 
 $D_4$
 and
$D_4$
 and 
 $A_2$
, swapping
$A_2$
, swapping 
 $V_8$
 and
$V_8$
 and 
 $V_8 '$
. Explicit calculations show that we can take
$V_8 '$
. Explicit calculations show that we can take 
 $\tau _2 = h_{\alpha _1}(-1) n $
, where
$\tau _2 = h_{\alpha _1}(-1) n $
, where 
 $n=n_1n_2n_1n_3n_4n_3n_2n_1$
, for
$n=n_1n_2n_1n_3n_4n_3n_2n_1$
, for 
 $n_i = n_{\alpha _i}$
. One then checks that
$n_i = n_{\alpha _i}$
. One then checks that 
 $\tau _2$
 fixes
$\tau _2$
 fixes 
 $\{v+\lambda \phi (v):v\in V_8\}$
 when
$\{v+\lambda \phi (v):v\in V_8\}$
 when 
 $\lambda ^2 = -1$
 (i.e., when
$\lambda ^2 = -1$
 (i.e., when 
 $\{v+\lambda \phi (v):v\in V_8\}$
 is totally singular). Since
$\{v+\lambda \phi (v):v\in V_8\}$
 is totally singular). Since 
 $ \dim G -\dim \mathcal {S}_8'(V) = 8 = \dim A$
, we conclude that
$ \dim G -\dim \mathcal {S}_8'(V) = 8 = \dim A$
, we conclude that 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_8'(V)} = A_2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_8'(V)} = A_2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
.
 Now assume that 
 $p=3$
. This time let A be the
$p=3$
. This time let A be the 
 $A_2$
-subgroup of G obtained via
$A_2$
-subgroup of G obtained via 
 $V_{A_2}(\lambda _1)\otimes V_{A_2}(\lambda _2)$
. The subgroup A acts indecomposably on the natural module for G, as
$V_{A_2}(\lambda _1)\otimes V_{A_2}(\lambda _2)$
. The subgroup A acts indecomposably on the natural module for G, as 
 $1/7/1$
. More concretely, we can realise A as the subgroup generated by
$1/7/1$
. More concretely, we can realise A as the subgroup generated by 
 $$ \begin{align*} x_{\gamma_1}(t)&:=x_{\alpha_2}(t)x_{\alpha_4}(-t)= (1+t e_2f_3) (1-t e_4e_5)(1-t e_4f_5),\\ x_{-\gamma_1}(t)&:=x_{-\alpha_2}(t)x_{-\alpha_4}(-t)= (1+t e_3f_2) (1+t f_4e_5)(1+t f_4f_5),\\ x_{\gamma_2}(t)&:=x_{\alpha_2+\alpha_3}(t)x_{\alpha_3+\alpha_4}(t)x_{\alpha_0-\alpha_2}(t)= (1+t e_2f_4) (1+t e_3e_5)(1+t e_3f_5)(1+t e_1e_3),\\ x_{-\gamma_2}(t)&:=x_{-\alpha_2-\alpha_3}(t)x_{-\alpha_3-\alpha_4}(t)x_{\alpha_1+\alpha_2}(-t)= (1+t e_4f_2) (1-t f_3e_5)(1-t f_3f_5)(1-t e_1f_3),\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} x_{\gamma_1}(t)&:=x_{\alpha_2}(t)x_{\alpha_4}(-t)= (1+t e_2f_3) (1-t e_4e_5)(1-t e_4f_5),\\ x_{-\gamma_1}(t)&:=x_{-\alpha_2}(t)x_{-\alpha_4}(-t)= (1+t e_3f_2) (1+t f_4e_5)(1+t f_4f_5),\\ x_{\gamma_2}(t)&:=x_{\alpha_2+\alpha_3}(t)x_{\alpha_3+\alpha_4}(t)x_{\alpha_0-\alpha_2}(t)= (1+t e_2f_4) (1+t e_3e_5)(1+t e_3f_5)(1+t e_1e_3),\\ x_{-\gamma_2}(t)&:=x_{-\alpha_2-\alpha_3}(t)x_{-\alpha_3-\alpha_4}(t)x_{\alpha_1+\alpha_2}(-t)= (1+t e_4f_2) (1-t f_3e_5)(1-t f_3f_5)(1-t e_1f_3),\end{align*} $$
as t varies over K. Now let W be the 
 $8$
-space spanned by vectors
$8$
-space spanned by vectors 
 $$\begin{align*}\begin{array}{lll} e_3e_5, & e_2e_5-e_3e_4, & e_2e_4,\\ 1-e_1e_5, & e_1e_2e_3e_4+e_2e_3e_4e_5, & e_2e_3+e_1e_2e_3e_5,\\ e_1e_2+e_1e_3e_4e_5, & e_1e_4-e_4e_5. & \end{array}\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\begin{array}{lll} e_3e_5, & e_2e_5-e_3e_4, & e_2e_4,\\ 1-e_1e_5, & e_1e_2e_3e_4+e_2e_3e_4e_5, & e_2e_3+e_1e_2e_3e_5,\\ e_1e_2+e_1e_3e_4e_5, & e_1e_4-e_4e_5. & \end{array}\end{align*}$$
 By Lemma 5.13, the subspace W is totally singular. Simple calculations show that 
 $A\leq G_{W}$
. Furthermore, let i be a square root of
$A\leq G_{W}$
. Furthermore, let i be a square root of 
 $-1$
 and
$-1$
 and 
 $$\begin{align*}\tau = h_{\alpha_1}(-1)h_{\alpha_2}(-1)h_{\alpha_3}(-1)h_{\alpha_4}(i)n_{0122}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\tau = h_{\alpha_1}(-1)h_{\alpha_2}(-1)h_{\alpha_3}(-1)h_{\alpha_4}(i)n_{0122}.\end{align*}$$
One checks that 
 $\tau \in N_{G}(A_2)$
 and
$\tau \in N_{G}(A_2)$
 and 
 $\tau \in G_W$
. Now let M be a minimal connected overgroup of A that fixes W. Since there are no irreducible subgroups of G containing A, we must have
$\tau \in G_W$
. Now let M be a minimal connected overgroup of A that fixes W. Since there are no irreducible subgroups of G containing A, we must have 
 $A\leq M\leq P_1 = G_{\langle e_1 \rangle } = U_7B_3T_1$
. Since the projection of A on
$A\leq M\leq P_1 = G_{\langle e_1 \rangle } = U_7B_3T_1$
. Since the projection of A on 
 $B_3$
 is an irreducible
$B_3$
 is an irreducible 
 $A_2<B_3$
, the projection of M on
$A_2<B_3$
, the projection of M on 
 $B_3$
 is either
$B_3$
 is either 
 $A_2$
 or
$A_2$
 or 
 $G_2$
. As there is only one conjugacy class of
$G_2$
. As there is only one conjugacy class of 
 $G_2$
’s in
$G_2$
’s in 
 $P_1$
, corresponding to the
$P_1$
, corresponding to the 
 $G_2\leq B_3$
, the last case is not possible. Therefore,
$G_2\leq B_3$
, the last case is not possible. Therefore, 
 $M\leq U_7A_2T_1$
, and as the
$M\leq U_7A_2T_1$
, and as the 
 $A_2$
 is acting irreducibly on the
$A_2$
 is acting irreducibly on the 
 $U_7$
, we must have
$U_7$
, we must have 
 $M = U_7A_2$
. It is, however, straightforward to check that
$M = U_7A_2$
. It is, however, straightforward to check that 
 $ U_7\not \leq G_W$
. This proves that
$ U_7\not \leq G_W$
. This proves that 
 $A=(G_W)^0$
. The final step is to show that
$A=(G_W)^0$
. The final step is to show that 
 $C_G(A) = Z(G)$
. One way to do this is to consider the centralizer
$C_G(A) = Z(G)$
. One way to do this is to consider the centralizer 
 $C_1$
 of
$C_1$
 of 
 $T\cap A = \langle h_{\alpha _2}(\kappa )h_{\alpha _4}(\kappa ),h_{\alpha _3}(\kappa )\rangle _{\kappa \in K^*}$
, a maximal torus of A. We find that
$T\cap A = \langle h_{\alpha _2}(\kappa )h_{\alpha _4}(\kappa ),h_{\alpha _3}(\kappa )\rangle _{\kappa \in K^*}$
, a maximal torus of A. We find that 
 $C_1=\langle T,X_{\pm 1111},n_0\rangle \simeq A_1T_3.\mathbb {Z}_2$
, where
$C_1=\langle T,X_{\pm 1111},n_0\rangle \simeq A_1T_3.\mathbb {Z}_2$
, where 
 $n_0$
 is an element of
$n_0$
 is an element of 
 $N_G(T)$
 sending each root to its negative. The centralizer of A must be contained in
$N_G(T)$
 sending each root to its negative. The centralizer of A must be contained in 
 $P_1$
, as
$P_1$
, as 
 $\langle e_1 \rangle $
 is the only
$\langle e_1 \rangle $
 is the only 
 $1$
-space stabilised by A. We have
$1$
-space stabilised by A. We have 
 $C_1\cap P_1 = \langle T,X_{1111}\rangle $
, and at this point, it is easy to see that
$C_1\cap P_1 = \langle T,X_{1111}\rangle $
, and at this point, it is easy to see that 
 $C_G(A)=C_{C_1\cap P_1}(A) = Z(G)$
. Therefore,
$C_G(A)=C_{C_1\cap P_1}(A) = Z(G)$
. Therefore, 
 $G_W=Z(G).A.\mathbb {Z}_2$
, and by dimensional considerations,
$G_W=Z(G).A.\mathbb {Z}_2$
, and by dimensional considerations, 
 $A_2.\mathbb {Z}_2\leq G/Z(G)$
 is the generic stabilizer for the G-action on
$A_2.\mathbb {Z}_2\leq G/Z(G)$
 is the generic stabilizer for the G-action on 
 $\mathcal {S}_8'(V)$
.
$\mathcal {S}_8'(V)$
.
Proposition 5.16. Let 
 $G=B_4$
,
$G=B_4$
, 
 $\lambda =\lambda _4$
. Then
$\lambda =\lambda _4$
. Then 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_7(V)}=T_2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_7(V)}=T_2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
.
Proof. By Proposition 5.15, there is a dense G-orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}^{\prime }_8(V)$
, with stabilizer
$\mathcal {S}^{\prime }_8(V)$
, with stabilizer 
 $A_2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
. Fix an
$A_2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
. Fix an 
 $8$
-space y in this orbit. Then
$8$
-space y in this orbit. Then 
 $G_y = A_2.\mathbb {Z}_2 = A_2\langle \tau \rangle $
 acts on y as on
$G_y = A_2.\mathbb {Z}_2 = A_2\langle \tau \rangle $
 acts on y as on 
 $\mathrm {Lie}(A_2)$
, with
$\mathrm {Lie}(A_2)$
, with 
 $\tau $
 acting on
$\tau $
 acting on 
 $\mathrm {Lie}(A_2)$
 by transposition. When
$\mathrm {Lie}(A_2)$
 by transposition. When 
 $p\neq 3$
, the quadruple
$p\neq 3$
, the quadruple 
 $(A_2.\mathbb {Z}_2,\lambda _1+\lambda _2,p,1)$
 has generic stabilizer
$(A_2.\mathbb {Z}_2,\lambda _1+\lambda _2,p,1)$
 has generic stabilizer 
 $T_2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
, as the open set for the
$T_2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
, as the open set for the 
 $A_2$
-action is constructed like in Lemma 4.1 starting from elements in
$A_2$
-action is constructed like in Lemma 4.1 starting from elements in 
 $\mathrm {Lie}(T)$
 which are fixed by
$\mathrm {Lie}(T)$
 which are fixed by 
 $\tau $
. The same is actually true also when
$\tau $
. The same is actually true also when 
 $p=3$
. In this case, the
$p=3$
. In this case, the 
 $A_2\langle \tau \rangle $
 module y is not irreducible, but we can still build an open dense subset of
$A_2\langle \tau \rangle $
 module y is not irreducible, but we can still build an open dense subset of 
 $ \mathcal {G}_1(y)$
 consisting of orbits of regular semisimple elements, such that all stabilizers are conjugate to
$ \mathcal {G}_1(y)$
 consisting of orbits of regular semisimple elements, such that all stabilizers are conjugate to 
 $T_2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
. Since the action on
$T_2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
. Since the action on 
 $\mathcal {G}_1(y)$
 is isomorphic to the action on
$\mathcal {G}_1(y)$
 is isomorphic to the action on 
 $\mathcal {G}_7(y)$
, there is an open dense subset
$\mathcal {G}_7(y)$
, there is an open dense subset 
 $\hat {X}$
 of
$\hat {X}$
 of 
 $X:=\mathcal {G}_7(y)$
 such that for all
$X:=\mathcal {G}_7(y)$
 such that for all 
 $x\in \hat {X}$
, the stabilizer
$x\in \hat {X}$
, the stabilizer 
 $(A_2.\mathbb {Z}_2)_x$
 is
$(A_2.\mathbb {Z}_2)_x$
 is 
 $A_2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
-conjugate to
$A_2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
-conjugate to 
 $T_2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
. Note that
$T_2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
. Note that 
 $X\subset \mathcal {S}_7(V)$
, and since every element of
$X\subset \mathcal {S}_7(V)$
, and since every element of 
 $\mathcal {S}_7(V)$
 is a subspace of precisely one element of
$\mathcal {S}_7(V)$
 is a subspace of precisely one element of 
 $\mathcal {S}^{\prime }_8(V)$
, we must have
$\mathcal {S}^{\prime }_8(V)$
, we must have 
 $\mathrm {Tran}_G(x,X) = G_y$
 for all
$\mathrm {Tran}_G(x,X) = G_y$
 for all 
 $x\in X$
. As
$x\in X$
. As 
 $\dim G - \dim \mathrm {Tran}_G(x,X) = 28 = \dim \mathcal {S}_7(V) - \dim X$
, the set
$\dim G - \dim \mathrm {Tran}_G(x,X) = 28 = \dim \mathcal {S}_7(V) - \dim X$
, the set 
 $\hat {X}$
 is X-exact. By Lemma 2.15, we conclude that
$\hat {X}$
 is X-exact. By Lemma 2.15, we conclude that 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_7(V)}=T_2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_7(V)}=T_2.\mathbb {Z}_2$
.
Proposition 5.17. Let 
 $G=B_4$
,
$G=B_4$
, 
 $\lambda = \lambda _4$
 with
$\lambda = \lambda _4$
 with 
 $p\neq 2$
. Then
$p\neq 2$
. Then 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}^{\prime \prime }_8(V)}=A_1^3$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}^{\prime \prime }_8(V)}=A_1^3$
.
Proof. Let 
 $V_{nat}$
 be the natural module for G and let
$V_{nat}$
 be the natural module for G and let 
 $V_1\oplus V_2\oplus V_3$
 be an orthogonal decomposition of
$V_1\oplus V_2\oplus V_3$
 be an orthogonal decomposition of 
 $V_{nat}$
 such that
$V_{nat}$
 such that 
 $\dim V_i= 3$
. Let
$\dim V_i= 3$
. Let 
 $S=A_1^3$
 be the the connected component of the stabilizer of this orthogonal decomposition. Then
$S=A_1^3$
 be the the connected component of the stabilizer of this orthogonal decomposition. Then 
 $N_G(S)$
 is a maximal subgroup of G isomorphic to
$N_G(S)$
 is a maximal subgroup of G isomorphic to 
 $(\mathbb {Z}_2^2\times S).Sym(3)$
. The group S acts homogeneously on V as the sum of two copies of the
$(\mathbb {Z}_2^2\times S).Sym(3)$
. The group S acts homogeneously on V as the sum of two copies of the 
 $8$
-dimensional irreducible S-module
$8$
-dimensional irreducible S-module 
 $\lambda _1\otimes \lambda _1\otimes \lambda _1$
. Let Y be the
$\lambda _1\otimes \lambda _1\otimes \lambda _1$
. Let Y be the 
 $1$
-dimensional variety of nontrivial proper S-submodules of V (i.e. the set of all
$1$
-dimensional variety of nontrivial proper S-submodules of V (i.e. the set of all 
 $8$
-dimensional S-submodules of V). Since
$8$
-dimensional S-submodules of V). Since 
 $p\neq 2$
, any such
$p\neq 2$
, any such 
 $8$
-space must be totally singular. We will now show that no element of
$8$
-space must be totally singular. We will now show that no element of 
 $N_G(S)/S$
 acts trivially on Y. Let
$N_G(S)/S$
 acts trivially on Y. Let 
 $\tau $
 be a pre-image under the the canonical projection
$\tau $
 be a pre-image under the the canonical projection 
 $N_G(S) \rightarrow S$
 of one of the
$N_G(S) \rightarrow S$
 of one of the 
 $3$
 nontrivial reflections in
$3$
 nontrivial reflections in 
 $(\mathbb {Z}_2^2\times S)/S$
. Then
$(\mathbb {Z}_2^2\times S)/S$
. Then 
 $\tau $
 lies in
$\tau $
 lies in 
 $N_G(A_1D_3)$
, acting as a graph automorphism on
$N_G(A_1D_3)$
, acting as a graph automorphism on 
 $D_3$
. Now,
$D_3$
. Now, 
 $A_1D_3$
 acts on V as
$A_1D_3$
 acts on V as 
 $(\lambda _1\otimes \lambda _2) \oplus (\lambda _1\otimes \lambda _3)$
, and therefore,
$(\lambda _1\otimes \lambda _2) \oplus (\lambda _1\otimes \lambda _3)$
, and therefore, 
 $\tau $
 swaps these two
$\tau $
 swaps these two 
 $8$
-spaces. Similarly, a
$8$
-spaces. Similarly, a 
 $2$
-cycle
$2$
-cycle 
 $\tau \in (S.Sym(3))/S$
 corresponds to an element in the
$\tau \in (S.Sym(3))/S$
 corresponds to an element in the 
 $D_3$
 component of
$D_3$
 component of 
 $A_1D_3$
 acting as a graph automorphism of
$A_1D_3$
 acting as a graph automorphism of 
 $A_1^2\leq D_3$
. Here,
$A_1^2\leq D_3$
. Here, 
 $\tau $
 does fix
$\tau $
 does fix 
 $(\lambda _1\otimes \lambda _2)$
 and
$(\lambda _1\otimes \lambda _2)$
 and 
 $ (\lambda _1\otimes \lambda _3)$
, although they are not isomorphic
$ (\lambda _1\otimes \lambda _3)$
, although they are not isomorphic 
 $S\langle \tau \rangle $
-modules. A
$S\langle \tau \rangle $
-modules. A 
 $3$
-cycle
$3$
-cycle 
 $\tau \in (S.Sym(3))/S$
 also acts nontrivially on Y since it is a product of two
$\tau \in (S.Sym(3))/S$
 also acts nontrivially on Y since it is a product of two 
 $2$
-cycles that do not have the same fixed points. Finally, no product of a reflection with a transposition can act trivially, again because they do not fix the same points. Now by Lemma 2.10, there is a dense subset
$2$
-cycles that do not have the same fixed points. Finally, no product of a reflection with a transposition can act trivially, again because they do not fix the same points. Now by Lemma 2.10, there is a dense subset 
 $\hat {Y}$
 of Y on which no element of
$\hat {Y}$
 of Y on which no element of 
 $N_G(S)/S$
 has fixed points. Furthermore, there are only three proper connected subgroups of G that properly contain S, all isomorphic to
$N_G(S)/S$
 has fixed points. Furthermore, there are only three proper connected subgroups of G that properly contain S, all isomorphic to 
 $A_1D_3$
 acting on V as
$A_1D_3$
 acting on V as 
 $(\lambda _1\otimes \lambda _2) \oplus (\lambda _1\otimes \lambda _3)$
. Any such
$(\lambda _1\otimes \lambda _2) \oplus (\lambda _1\otimes \lambda _3)$
. Any such 
 $A_1D_3$
 only fixes two
$A_1D_3$
 only fixes two 
 $8$
-spaces, which are not contained in Y since they are the fixed points of the
$8$
-spaces, which are not contained in Y since they are the fixed points of the 
 $2$
-cycles in
$2$
-cycles in 
 $Sym(3)$
. Let
$Sym(3)$
. Let 
 $y\in \hat {Y}$
. We have shown that
$y\in \hat {Y}$
. We have shown that 
 $G_y = S$
, and therefore,
$G_y = S$
, and therefore, 
 $\mathrm {Tran}_G(y,Y) = N_G(S)$
. We then get
$\mathrm {Tran}_G(y,Y) = N_G(S)$
. We then get 
 $\dim G - \dim \mathrm {Tran}_G(y,Y) = 27 = \dim \mathcal {S}^{\prime \prime }_8(V) -\dim Y$
. Thus, the set
$\dim G - \dim \mathrm {Tran}_G(y,Y) = 27 = \dim \mathcal {S}^{\prime \prime }_8(V) -\dim Y$
. Thus, the set 
 $\hat {Y}$
 is Y-exact, and by Lemma 2.15, we conclude that
$\hat {Y}$
 is Y-exact, and by Lemma 2.15, we conclude that 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}^{\prime \prime }_8(V)}=A_1^3$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}^{\prime \prime }_8(V)}=A_1^3$
.
Proposition 5.18. Let 
 $G = B_4$
,
$G = B_4$
, 
 $\lambda = \lambda _4$
 with
$\lambda = \lambda _4$
 with 
 $p=2$
. Then the quadruple
$p=2$
. Then the quadruple 
 $(G,\lambda ,p,8")$
 has no generic
$(G,\lambda ,p,8")$
 has no generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizer, but has a semi-generic
$ts$
-stabilizer, but has a semi-generic 
 $ts$
-stabilizer
$ts$
-stabilizer 
 $A_1^3$
.
$A_1^3$
.
Proof. Given the standard parabolic 
 $P_1=U_7B_3T_1 = U_7L$
, let
$P_1=U_7B_3T_1 = U_7L$
, let 
 $X\leq L'$
 be a subgroup isomorphic to an
$X\leq L'$
 be a subgroup isomorphic to an 
 $A_1^3$
 acting as
$A_1^3$
 acting as 
 $2\perp 2\perp 2$
 on
$2\perp 2\perp 2$
 on 
 $V_{B_3}(\lambda _1)$
. Here, L acts on the abelian unipotent radical
$V_{B_3}(\lambda _1)$
. Here, L acts on the abelian unipotent radical 
 $U_7$
 by fixing the longest short-root subgroup
$U_7$
 by fixing the longest short-root subgroup 
 $X_{1111}$
 and as
$X_{1111}$
 and as 
 $V_{B_3}(\lambda _1)$
 on
$V_{B_3}(\lambda _1)$
 on 
 $U_7/X_{1111}$
. Then X has a
$U_7/X_{1111}$
. Then X has a 
 $3$
-dimensional
$3$
-dimensional 
 $1$
-cohomology on
$1$
-cohomology on 
 $U_7$
, corresponding to the conjugacy classes of
$U_7$
, corresponding to the conjugacy classes of 
 $A_1^3$
-subgroups of
$A_1^3$
-subgroups of 
 $U_7X$
. We can parametrise this by pairing the root subgroups generating X with the highest and lowest weight vectors for the action on
$U_7X$
. We can parametrise this by pairing the root subgroups generating X with the highest and lowest weight vectors for the action on 
 $U_7/X_{1111}$
. More precisely, take
$U_7/X_{1111}$
. More precisely, take 
 $$\begin{align*}X = \langle X_{\pm 0111},X_{\pm 0011},X_{\pm 0001}\rangle\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}X = \langle X_{\pm 0111},X_{\pm 0011},X_{\pm 0001}\rangle\end{align*}$$
and define
 $$ \begin{align*} A_1^{(1)}(\lambda)&:=\langle x_{0111}(t)x_{1222}(\lambda t),x_{-0111}(t)x_{1000}(\lambda t) \rangle_{t\in K},\\ A_1^{(2)}(\lambda)&:=\langle x_{0011}(t)x_{1122}(\lambda t),x_{-0011}(t)x_{1100}(\lambda t) \rangle_{t\in K},\\ A_1^{(3)}(\lambda)&:=\langle x_{0001}(t)x_{1112}(\lambda t),x_{-0001}(t)x_{1110}(\lambda t) \rangle_{t\in K},\\ X_{abc} &:= \langle A_1^{(1)}(a),A_1^{(2)}(b),A_1^{(3)}(c) \rangle.\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} A_1^{(1)}(\lambda)&:=\langle x_{0111}(t)x_{1222}(\lambda t),x_{-0111}(t)x_{1000}(\lambda t) \rangle_{t\in K},\\ A_1^{(2)}(\lambda)&:=\langle x_{0011}(t)x_{1122}(\lambda t),x_{-0011}(t)x_{1100}(\lambda t) \rangle_{t\in K},\\ A_1^{(3)}(\lambda)&:=\langle x_{0001}(t)x_{1112}(\lambda t),x_{-0001}(t)x_{1110}(\lambda t) \rangle_{t\in K},\\ X_{abc} &:= \langle A_1^{(1)}(a),A_1^{(2)}(b),A_1^{(3)}(c) \rangle.\end{align*} $$
Each 
 $A_1^{(i)}(\lambda )$
 is a connected subgroup of
$A_1^{(i)}(\lambda )$
 is a connected subgroup of 
 $P_1$
 of type
$P_1$
 of type 
 $A_1$
. Furthermore,
$A_1$
. Furthermore, 
 $A_1^{(i)}(\lambda )$
 and
$A_1^{(i)}(\lambda )$
 and 
 $A_1^{(j)}(\mu )$
 commute if
$A_1^{(j)}(\mu )$
 commute if 
 $i\neq j$
, which means that
$i\neq j$
, which means that 
 $X_{abc}$
 is isomorphic to
$X_{abc}$
 is isomorphic to 
 $A_1^3$
. We can write the given generators for
$A_1^3$
. We can write the given generators for 
 $A_1^{(i)}(\lambda )$
 in a nice compact form in the Clifford algebra – namely,
$A_1^{(i)}(\lambda )$
 in a nice compact form in the Clifford algebra – namely, 
 $$\begin{align*}A_1^{(i-1)}(\lambda) = \langle (1+t e_ie_5) (1+t e_if_5)(1+\lambda t e_ie_1),(1+t f_ie_5) (1+t f_if_5)(1+\lambda t f_ie_1)\rangle_{t\in K},\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}A_1^{(i-1)}(\lambda) = \langle (1+t e_ie_5) (1+t e_if_5)(1+\lambda t e_ie_1),(1+t f_ie_5) (1+t f_if_5)(1+\lambda t f_ie_1)\rangle_{t\in K},\end{align*}$$
where 
 $i\in \{2,3,4\}$
. Then
$i\in \{2,3,4\}$
. Then 
 $\mathcal {C}:=\{X_{abc}\}_{a,b,c\in K}$
 is a set of representatives for the conjugacy classes of
$\mathcal {C}:=\{X_{abc}\}_{a,b,c\in K}$
 is a set of representatives for the conjugacy classes of 
 $A_1^3$
-subgroups of
$A_1^3$
-subgroups of 
 $U_7X$
.
$U_7X$
.
 Now consider an arbitrary 
 $X_{abc}$
. We proceed to show that
$X_{abc}$
. We proceed to show that 
 $X_{abc}$
 acts homogeneously on V as a sum of two irreducible
$X_{abc}$
 acts homogeneously on V as a sum of two irreducible 
 $8$
-spaces. Since
$8$
-spaces. Since 
 $P_1$
 fixes the (totally singular)
$P_1$
 fixes the (totally singular) 
 $8$
-space
$8$
-space 
 $$\begin{align*}V_1:= \left\langle \begin{array}{lll} e_1e_2, &e_1e_3, & e_1e_4,\\ e_1e_5,& e_1e_2e_3e_5,&e_1e_2e_4e_5,\\e_1e_3e_4e_5,&e_1e_2e_3e_4 \end{array}\right\rangle,\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}V_1:= \left\langle \begin{array}{lll} e_1e_2, &e_1e_3, & e_1e_4,\\ e_1e_5,& e_1e_2e_3e_5,&e_1e_2e_4e_5,\\e_1e_3e_4e_5,&e_1e_2e_3e_4 \end{array}\right\rangle,\end{align*}$$
so does 
 $X_{abc}$
. Secondly, let
$X_{abc}$
. Secondly, let 
 $$\begin{align*}W_{abc}:= \left\langle \begin{array}{lll} e_1e_3e_4e_5+e_3e_4,& (a+1)e_1e_2e_3e_4+e_2e_3e_4e_5,&e_2e_3+(a+b+1)e_1e_2e_3e_5,\\e_3e_5+(1+b)e_1e_3,& (1+a+c)e_1e_2e_4e_5+e_2e_4,&(c+1)e_1e_4+e_4e_5,\\1+(b+c+1)e_1e_5, &e_2e_5+(1+a+b+c)e_1e_2 \end{array}\right\rangle.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}W_{abc}:= \left\langle \begin{array}{lll} e_1e_3e_4e_5+e_3e_4,& (a+1)e_1e_2e_3e_4+e_2e_3e_4e_5,&e_2e_3+(a+b+1)e_1e_2e_3e_5,\\e_3e_5+(1+b)e_1e_3,& (1+a+c)e_1e_2e_4e_5+e_2e_4,&(c+1)e_1e_4+e_4e_5,\\1+(b+c+1)e_1e_5, &e_2e_5+(1+a+b+c)e_1e_2 \end{array}\right\rangle.\end{align*}$$
A simple check using the generators of 
 $X_{abc}$
 shows that
$X_{abc}$
 shows that 
 $W_{abc}$
 is fixed by
$W_{abc}$
 is fixed by 
 $X_{abc}$
 and it is isomorphic to
$X_{abc}$
 and it is isomorphic to 
 $\lambda _1\otimes \lambda _1\otimes \lambda _1$
 as an
$\lambda _1\otimes \lambda _1\otimes \lambda _1$
 as an 
 $A_1^3$
-module. Since
$A_1^3$
-module. Since 
 $p=2$
, it is not guaranteed that
$p=2$
, it is not guaranteed that 
 $W_{abc}$
 is totally singular. Indeed,
$W_{abc}$
 is totally singular. Indeed, 
 $W_{abc}$
 is totally singular if and only if
$W_{abc}$
 is totally singular if and only if 
 $a+b+c=0$
, by a direct check using Lemma 5.13. We now consider the subset
$a+b+c=0$
, by a direct check using Lemma 5.13. We now consider the subset 
 $\mathcal {C}^*$
 of
$\mathcal {C}^*$
 of 
 $\mathcal {C}$
 given by triples
$\mathcal {C}$
 given by triples 
 $(a,b,c)$
 with
$(a,b,c)$
 with 
 $a+b+c=0$
 such that
$a+b+c=0$
 such that 
 $a,b,c$
 are all distinct. Under these conditions on
$a,b,c$
 are all distinct. Under these conditions on 
 $(a,b,c)$
, we know that an element of
$(a,b,c)$
, we know that an element of 
 $\mathcal {C}^*$
 acts homogeneously on V as a sum of two totally singular
$\mathcal {C}^*$
 acts homogeneously on V as a sum of two totally singular 
 $8$
-spaces and acts indecomposably on
$8$
-spaces and acts indecomposably on 
 $V_{B_4}(\lambda _1)$
 as
$V_{B_4}(\lambda _1)$
 as 
 $1/(2\perp 2\perp 2)/1$
.
$1/(2\perp 2\perp 2)/1$
.
 We will now show that 
 $X_{abc}\in \mathcal {C}^*$
 is the connected component of the stabilizer in G of
$X_{abc}\in \mathcal {C}^*$
 is the connected component of the stabilizer in G of 
 $W_{abc}$
. Since X acts indecomposably as
$W_{abc}$
. Since X acts indecomposably as 
 $(2\perp 2 \perp 2) /1$
 on
$(2\perp 2 \perp 2) /1$
 on 
 $U_7$
, so does
$U_7$
, so does 
 $X_{abc}$
. In particular, recall that
$X_{abc}$
. In particular, recall that 
 $X_{1111}$
 is fixed by
$X_{1111}$
 is fixed by 
 $X_{abc}$
. Therefore, if u is a nontrivial element in
$X_{abc}$
. Therefore, if u is a nontrivial element in 
 $U_7$
, we must have
$U_7$
, we must have 
 $X_{1111} \cap \langle u,X_{abc} \rangle \neq 1$
. A direct check shows that no nontrivial element of
$X_{1111} \cap \langle u,X_{abc} \rangle \neq 1$
. A direct check shows that no nontrivial element of 
 $X_{1111}$
 stabilises
$X_{1111}$
 stabilises 
 $W_{abc}$
, implying
$W_{abc}$
, implying 
 $(U_7)_{W_{abc}} = 1$
. Let M be a minimal connected overgroup of
$(U_7)_{W_{abc}} = 1$
. Let M be a minimal connected overgroup of 
 $X_{abc}$
, such that
$X_{abc}$
, such that 
 $M\leq G_{W_{abc}}$
. If M has a larger projection
$M\leq G_{W_{abc}}$
. If M has a larger projection 
 $\overline {M}$
 onto
$\overline {M}$
 onto 
 $L'$
 than
$L'$
 than 
 $X_{abc}$
, it means that either
$X_{abc}$
, it means that either 
 $\overline {M}=A_1B_2$
 or
$\overline {M}=A_1B_2$
 or 
 $\overline {M}=L'$
. In the latter case,
$\overline {M}=L'$
. In the latter case, 
 $M=U_7L'$
, which is absurd; therefore, assume that
$M=U_7L'$
, which is absurd; therefore, assume that 
 $\overline {M}=A_1B_2$
. Without loss of generality, take
$\overline {M}=A_1B_2$
. Without loss of generality, take 
 $\overline {M} = \langle X_{\pm 0111},X_{\pm 0010},X_{\pm 0001}\rangle .$
 Let
$\overline {M} = \langle X_{\pm 0111},X_{\pm 0010},X_{\pm 0001}\rangle .$
 Let 
 $u\in U_7$
 and
$u\in U_7$
 and 
 $\kappa \in K^*$
 such that
$\kappa \in K^*$
 such that 
 $ux_{0010}(1)h_{\alpha _1}(\kappa )\in M$
. Since
$ux_{0010}(1)h_{\alpha _1}(\kappa )\in M$
. Since 
 $M\cap U_7 = 1$
, we must have
$M\cap U_7 = 1$
, we must have 
 $[u,X_{0010}] =[u,h_{\alpha _1}(\kappa )] = 1$
. We cannot have
$[u,X_{0010}] =[u,h_{\alpha _1}(\kappa )] = 1$
. We cannot have 
 $u\in X_{1222}$
 since a direct check shows that
$u\in X_{1222}$
 since a direct check shows that 
 $ux_{0010}(1)h_{\alpha _1}(\kappa )$
 does not fix
$ux_{0010}(1)h_{\alpha _1}(\kappa )$
 does not fix 
 $W_{abc}$
; so we must have
$W_{abc}$
; so we must have 
 $\kappa = 1$
 and
$\kappa = 1$
 and 
 $u\in \langle X_{1000},X_{1110},X_{1111},X_{1122},X_{1222}\rangle $
. Similarly, since
$u\in \langle X_{1000},X_{1110},X_{1111},X_{1122},X_{1222}\rangle $
. Similarly, since 
 $$\begin{align*}[X_{0010},A_1^{(3)}(c)] =[X_{0010},A_1^{(1)}(a)]=1,\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}[X_{0010},A_1^{(3)}(c)] =[X_{0010},A_1^{(1)}(a)]=1,\end{align*}$$
we also get 
 $[u,X_{\pm 0011}] =[u,X_{\pm 0111}] =1$
. Thus,
$[u,X_{\pm 0011}] =[u,X_{\pm 0111}] =1$
. Thus, 
 $u\in \langle X_{1110},X_{1111}\rangle $
. Now assume that
$u\in \langle X_{1110},X_{1111}\rangle $
. Now assume that 
 $x:=x_{1110}(t_1)x_{1111}(t_2)x_{0010}(1)$
 fixes
$x:=x_{1110}(t_1)x_{1111}(t_2)x_{0010}(1)$
 fixes 
 $W_{abc}$
. Since
$W_{abc}$
. Since 
 $x.(e_1e_3e_4e_5+e_3e_4)\in W_{abc}$
, we find that
$x.(e_1e_3e_4e_5+e_3e_4)\in W_{abc}$
, we find that 
 $t_1=t_2=0$
. Therefore,
$t_1=t_2=0$
. Therefore, 
 $x = x_{0010}(1)$
. Since
$x = x_{0010}(1)$
. Since 
 $x.(e_4e_5+(c+1)e_1e_4)\in W_{abc}$
, we find that
$x.(e_4e_5+(c+1)e_1e_4)\in W_{abc}$
, we find that 
 $b=c$
, which is absurd by our choice of
$b=c$
, which is absurd by our choice of 
 $(a,b,c)$
. This completes the proof that
$(a,b,c)$
. This completes the proof that 
 $(G_{W_{abc}})^0=X_{abc}$
 when
$(G_{W_{abc}})^0=X_{abc}$
 when 
 $a,b,c$
 are all distinct.
$a,b,c$
 are all distinct.
 The radical of the Levi 
 $B_3T_1$
 acts by scalar multiplication on
$B_3T_1$
 acts by scalar multiplication on 
 $(a,b,c)$
. Therefore, the subset
$(a,b,c)$
. Therefore, the subset 
 $\mathcal {C}^{**}$
 of
$\mathcal {C}^{**}$
 of 
 $\mathcal {C}^*$
 defined by the further condition
$\mathcal {C}^*$
 defined by the further condition 
 $a=1$
 contains
$a=1$
 contains 
 $A_1^3$
-subgroups which are pairwise non-conjugate in
$A_1^3$
-subgroups which are pairwise non-conjugate in 
 $U_7XT_1$
. Let
$U_7XT_1$
. Let 
 $Y = \{W_{abc}:X_{abc}\in \mathcal {C}^{**} \}$
, a
$Y = \{W_{abc}:X_{abc}\in \mathcal {C}^{**} \}$
, a 
 $1$
-dimensional variety of totally singular
$1$
-dimensional variety of totally singular 
 $8$
-spaces. By [Reference Stewart31, Prop. 3.5.2 (D)], G-fusion of elements of
$8$
-spaces. By [Reference Stewart31, Prop. 3.5.2 (D)], G-fusion of elements of 
 $\mathcal {C}^{**}$
 is controlled by
$\mathcal {C}^{**}$
 is controlled by 
 $N_{L'}(X)/X\simeq Sym(3)$
. We can be even more precise, and like in [Reference Stewart31, Lemma 4.1.3] deduce that if
$N_{L'}(X)/X\simeq Sym(3)$
. We can be even more precise, and like in [Reference Stewart31, Lemma 4.1.3] deduce that if 
 $X_{abc}^g = X_{a'b'c'}$
, then
$X_{abc}^g = X_{a'b'c'}$
, then 
 $g\in U_7N_{B_3T_1}(X)$
. Therefore,
$g\in U_7N_{B_3T_1}(X)$
. Therefore, 
 $X_{abc}$
 is G-conjugate to
$X_{abc}$
 is G-conjugate to 
 $X_{a'b'c'}$
 if and only if
$X_{a'b'c'}$
 if and only if 
 $(a',b',c') = t(\pi (a),\pi (b),\pi (c))$
 for some
$(a',b',c') = t(\pi (a),\pi (b),\pi (c))$
 for some 
 $t\in K$
 and
$t\in K$
 and 
 $\pi \in Sym(\{a,b,c\})$
. Also, if
$\pi \in Sym(\{a,b,c\})$
. Also, if 
 $a,b,c$
 are pairwise distinct and are not of the form
$a,b,c$
 are pairwise distinct and are not of the form 
 $a,\mu a,\mu ^2 a$
 where
$a,\mu a,\mu ^2 a$
 where 
 $\mu $
 is a root of
$\mu $
 is a root of 
 $x^2+x+1$
, we must have
$x^2+x+1$
, we must have 
 $N_G(X_{abc}) = U_1X_{abc}$
.
$N_G(X_{abc}) = U_1X_{abc}$
.
 Therefore, there is a dense subset 
 $\hat {Y}$
 of Y such that any two distinct elements in
$\hat {Y}$
 of Y such that any two distinct elements in 
 $\hat {Y}$
 have non-conjugate stabilizers in G, isomorphic to
$\hat {Y}$
 have non-conjugate stabilizers in G, isomorphic to 
 $A_1^3$
. Let
$A_1^3$
. Let 
 $y\in \hat {Y}$
. Then by construction,
$y\in \hat {Y}$
. Then by construction, 
 $A_1^3\leq \mathrm {Tran_G}(y,Y) \leq A_1^3.Sym(3)$
, and by dimensional considerations,
$A_1^3\leq \mathrm {Tran_G}(y,Y) \leq A_1^3.Sym(3)$
, and by dimensional considerations, 
 $\hat {Y}$
 is Y-exact. By Lemma 2.16, we conclude that there is no generic stabilizer, and by Lemma 2.14, we conclude that there is a semi-generic stabilizer isomorphic to
$\hat {Y}$
 is Y-exact. By Lemma 2.16, we conclude that there is no generic stabilizer, and by Lemma 2.14, we conclude that there is a semi-generic stabilizer isomorphic to 
 $A_1^3$
.
$A_1^3$
.
 There are now two cases left in order to complete the proof of Theorem 2. These are given by the 
 $ts$
-small quadruples
$ts$
-small quadruples 
 $(C_2,2\lambda _1,p,5)$
 (
$(C_2,2\lambda _1,p,5)$
 (
 $p\neq 2$
) and
$p\neq 2$
) and 
 $(C_3,\lambda _2,p,7)$
 (
$(C_3,\lambda _2,p,7)$
 (
 $p\neq 3$
). These two cases present considerable challenges and similarities to each other. They are the subject of the next two sections.
$p\neq 3$
). These two cases present considerable challenges and similarities to each other. They are the subject of the next two sections.
5.1 The case 
 $(C_2, 2\lambda _1,p,5)$
$(C_2, 2\lambda _1,p,5)$
 In this section, we handle the case of 
 $C_2$
 acting on maximal totally singular subspaces of its adjoint module. We shall prove that this action has a dense orbit with finite generic stabilizer. We resort to making extensive use of computational methods in Magma, with the relevant code being listed in Appendix A as well as being made available on the author’s GitHub [Reference Rizzoli28].
$C_2$
 acting on maximal totally singular subspaces of its adjoint module. We shall prove that this action has a dense orbit with finite generic stabilizer. We resort to making extensive use of computational methods in Magma, with the relevant code being listed in Appendix A as well as being made available on the author’s GitHub [Reference Rizzoli28].
 Suppose that 
 $p\neq 2$
. Let
$p\neq 2$
. Let 
 $G=Sp_4(K)$
, with fundamental roots
$G=Sp_4(K)$
, with fundamental roots 
 $\alpha _1,\alpha _2$
, where
$\alpha _1,\alpha _2$
, where 
 $\alpha _1$
 is short. Let
$\alpha _1$
 is short. Let 
 $\alpha _3 = \alpha _1+\alpha _2$
 and
$\alpha _3 = \alpha _1+\alpha _2$
 and 
 $\alpha _4 = 2\alpha _1+\alpha _2$
. Order the standard basis of the natural module
$\alpha _4 = 2\alpha _1+\alpha _2$
. Order the standard basis of the natural module 
 $V_{nat}$
 as
$V_{nat}$
 as 
 $(e_1,e_2,f_2,f_1)$
 and let
$(e_1,e_2,f_2,f_1)$
 and let 
 $V = \mathrm {Lie}(G)\leq \mathfrak {sl}_4(K)$
, on which G is acting by conjugation. Let
$V = \mathrm {Lie}(G)\leq \mathfrak {sl}_4(K)$
, on which G is acting by conjugation. Let 
 $e_{\pm \alpha _1},e_{\pm \alpha _2},e_{\pm \alpha _3},e_{\pm \alpha _4},h_{\alpha _1},h_{\alpha _2}$
 be the corresponding Chevalley basis, where
$e_{\pm \alpha _1},e_{\pm \alpha _2},e_{\pm \alpha _3},e_{\pm \alpha _4},h_{\alpha _1},h_{\alpha _2}$
 be the corresponding Chevalley basis, where 
 $e_{\alpha _1},e_{ \alpha _2},e_{\alpha _3},e_{\alpha _4}$
 are respectively the matrices
$e_{\alpha _1},e_{ \alpha _2},e_{\alpha _3},e_{\alpha _4}$
 are respectively the matrices 
 $$\begin{align*}\left(\begin{matrix} &1 & \\ & &0 \\ & & & -1\\ & & \\ \end{matrix}\right),\, \left(\begin{matrix} &0 & \\ & &1 \\ & & & 0\\ & & \\ \end{matrix}\right),\,\left(\begin{matrix} & & 1 \\ & & &1 \\ & & \\ & & \\ \end{matrix}\right),\,\left(\begin{matrix} & & & 1\\ & & \\ & & \\ & & \\ \end{matrix}\right),\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\left(\begin{matrix} &1 & \\ & &0 \\ & & & -1\\ & & \\ \end{matrix}\right),\, \left(\begin{matrix} &0 & \\ & &1 \\ & & & 0\\ & & \\ \end{matrix}\right),\,\left(\begin{matrix} & & 1 \\ & & &1 \\ & & \\ & & \\ \end{matrix}\right),\,\left(\begin{matrix} & & & 1\\ & & \\ & & \\ & & \\ \end{matrix}\right),\end{align*}$$
the elements 
 $e_{-\alpha _1},e_{-\alpha _2},e_{-\alpha _3},e_{-\alpha _4}$
 are respectively their transposes, and
$e_{-\alpha _1},e_{-\alpha _2},e_{-\alpha _3},e_{-\alpha _4}$
 are respectively their transposes, and 
 $$\begin{align*}h_{\alpha_1} = \operatorname{\mathrm{diag}}(1,-1,1,-1)\, ,h_{\alpha_2} = \operatorname{\mathrm{diag}}(0,1,-1,0),h_{\alpha_3} = \operatorname{\mathrm{diag}}(1,1,-1,-1), h_{\alpha_4} = \operatorname{\mathrm{diag}}(1,0,0,-1).\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}h_{\alpha_1} = \operatorname{\mathrm{diag}}(1,-1,1,-1)\, ,h_{\alpha_2} = \operatorname{\mathrm{diag}}(0,1,-1,0),h_{\alpha_3} = \operatorname{\mathrm{diag}}(1,1,-1,-1), h_{\alpha_4} = \operatorname{\mathrm{diag}}(1,0,0,-1).\end{align*}$$
Let T be the standard maximal torus of G. The module V is orthogonal, with quadratic form given by
 $$\begin{align*}Q(v)=\mathrm{Trace}(v^2).\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}Q(v)=\mathrm{Trace}(v^2).\end{align*}$$
For i a square root of 
 $-1$
, and
$-1$
, and 
 $\zeta $
 a square root of
$\zeta $
 a square root of 
 $-2$
, let
$-2$
, let 
 $W_{(i,\zeta )}$
 be the totally singular
$W_{(i,\zeta )}$
 be the totally singular 
 $5$
-space of V spanned by
$5$
-space of V spanned by 
 $$ \begin{align*} v^{(0)} &= h_{\alpha_4}+ih_{\alpha_2}, \\ v^{(1)} &=e_{\alpha_1}+\zeta e_{\alpha_2}, \\ v^{(2)} &= e_{\alpha_3}+\zeta e_{-\alpha_4}, \\ v^{(3)} &= e_{-\alpha_3}+\zeta e_{\alpha_4}, \\ v^{(4)} &= e_{-\alpha_1}+\zeta e_{-\alpha_2}. \end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} v^{(0)} &= h_{\alpha_4}+ih_{\alpha_2}, \\ v^{(1)} &=e_{\alpha_1}+\zeta e_{\alpha_2}, \\ v^{(2)} &= e_{\alpha_3}+\zeta e_{-\alpha_4}, \\ v^{(3)} &= e_{-\alpha_3}+\zeta e_{\alpha_4}, \\ v^{(4)} &= e_{-\alpha_1}+\zeta e_{-\alpha_2}. \end{align*} $$
 Let 
 $W_{5}$
 be the
$W_{5}$
 be the 
 $5$
-space of V spanned by
$5$
-space of V spanned by 
 $$ \begin{align*} u^{(0)} &= h_{\alpha_4}+2h_{\alpha_2}, \\ u^{(1)} &=e_{\alpha_1}+3 e_{\alpha_2}, \\ u^{(2)} &= e_{\alpha_2}+3 e_{-\alpha_4}, \\ u^{(3)} &= e_{-\alpha_3}, \\ u^{(4)} &= e_{-\alpha_1}+e_{-\alpha_2}+3e_{\alpha_4}, \end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} u^{(0)} &= h_{\alpha_4}+2h_{\alpha_2}, \\ u^{(1)} &=e_{\alpha_1}+3 e_{\alpha_2}, \\ u^{(2)} &= e_{\alpha_2}+3 e_{-\alpha_4}, \\ u^{(3)} &= e_{-\alpha_3}, \\ u^{(4)} &= e_{-\alpha_1}+e_{-\alpha_2}+3e_{\alpha_4}, \end{align*} $$
a totally singular subspace if 
 $p=5$
.
$p=5$
.
Let
 $$\begin{align*}\tau = \left(\begin{matrix} 0& 1& 0 & 0\\ 0& 0& 0& -1\\ 1 & 0& 0& 0\\ 0& 0 & 1 & 0\\ \end{matrix}\right), \text{ and } x= \begin{cases} \operatorname{\mathrm{diag}} (\omega^{-1},\omega^{-2},\omega^2,\omega) \text{ with } \omega^5 = 1,\omega\neq 1,& \text{if } p\neq 5;\\ \begin{pmatrix} 1&2 & 1 & 1\\ & 1&1 &4 \\ & & 1&3 \\ & & & 1\\ \end{pmatrix},& \text{if } p = 5. \end{cases} \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\tau = \left(\begin{matrix} 0& 1& 0 & 0\\ 0& 0& 0& -1\\ 1 & 0& 0& 0\\ 0& 0 & 1 & 0\\ \end{matrix}\right), \text{ and } x= \begin{cases} \operatorname{\mathrm{diag}} (\omega^{-1},\omega^{-2},\omega^2,\omega) \text{ with } \omega^5 = 1,\omega\neq 1,& \text{if } p\neq 5;\\ \begin{pmatrix} 1&2 & 1 & 1\\ & 1&1 &4 \\ & & 1&3 \\ & & & 1\\ \end{pmatrix},& \text{if } p = 5. \end{cases} \end{align*}$$
Furthermore, let
 $$\begin{align*}\tau^*= \begin{cases} \tau,& \text{if } p\neq 5;\\ \operatorname{\mathrm{diag}} (\alpha,2\alpha,4\alpha,3\alpha),\text{ where } \alpha^2 = 2, & \text{if } p = 5. \end{cases} \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\tau^*= \begin{cases} \tau,& \text{if } p\neq 5;\\ \operatorname{\mathrm{diag}} (\alpha,2\alpha,4\alpha,3\alpha),\text{ where } \alpha^2 = 2, & \text{if } p = 5. \end{cases} \end{align*}$$
Finally, let
 $$\begin{align*}S^* = \langle x,\tau^* \rangle, \text{ and } W^*= \begin{cases} W_{(i,\zeta)},& \text{if } p\neq 5;\\ W_5,& \text{if } p = 5. \end{cases} \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}S^* = \langle x,\tau^* \rangle, \text{ and } W^*= \begin{cases} W_{(i,\zeta)},& \text{if } p\neq 5;\\ W_5,& \text{if } p = 5. \end{cases} \end{align*}$$
With this setup, it is easy to check that 
 $S^* \leq G_{W^*}$
.
$S^* \leq G_{W^*}$
.
Proposition 5.19. Let 
 $G=C_2$
,
$G=C_2$
, 
 $\lambda = 2\lambda _1$
 with
$\lambda = 2\lambda _1$
 with 
 $p = 5$
. Then
$p = 5$
. Then 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_5'(V)}=\mathbb {Z}_4$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_5'(V)}=\mathbb {Z}_4$
.
Proof. We use the setup of [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Lemma 4.8(i)] and its proof. Let 
 $h_0 = \operatorname {\mathrm {diag}} (-1,-2,2,1)$
, a regular semisimple element of
$h_0 = \operatorname {\mathrm {diag}} (-1,-2,2,1)$
, a regular semisimple element of 
 $\mathrm {Lie}(T)$
, and set
$\mathrm {Lie}(T)$
, and set 
 $\mathfrak {G} = \langle h_0 \rangle $
. For a subspace U of
$\mathfrak {G} = \langle h_0 \rangle $
. For a subspace U of 
 $\mathrm {Lie}(G)$
, write
$\mathrm {Lie}(G)$
, write 
 $\mathrm {Ann}_{\mathrm {Lie}(G)}(U)$
 for the subspace
$\mathrm {Ann}_{\mathrm {Lie}(G)}(U)$
 for the subspace 
 $\{v\in \mathrm {Lie}(G):[v,U]\leq U\}.$
 A straightforward calculation shows that
$\{v\in \mathrm {Lie}(G):[v,U]\leq U\}.$
 A straightforward calculation shows that 
 $\mathrm {Ann}_{\mathrm {Lie}(G)}(W_{(3,\zeta )}) = \mathfrak {G}$
. Let
$\mathrm {Ann}_{\mathrm {Lie}(G)}(W_{(3,\zeta )}) = \mathfrak {G}$
. Let 
 $S = G_{W_{(3,\zeta )}}$
 and take
$S = G_{W_{(3,\zeta )}}$
 and take 
 $g\in S$
. We have
$g\in S$
. We have 
 $\mathfrak {G} = \mathrm {Ann}_{\mathrm {Lie}(G)}(g.W_{(3,\zeta )})=g.\mathfrak {G}$
. Therefore,
$\mathfrak {G} = \mathrm {Ann}_{\mathrm {Lie}(G)}(g.W_{(3,\zeta )})=g.\mathfrak {G}$
. Therefore, 
 $g.\mathfrak {G} = \mathfrak {G}$
, which is easily seen to imply
$g.\mathfrak {G} = \mathfrak {G}$
, which is easily seen to imply 
 $g\in T.\langle \tau \rangle .$
 A direct calculation shows that
$g\in T.\langle \tau \rangle .$
 A direct calculation shows that 
 $T\cap S = \pm 1$
, which implies that
$T\cap S = \pm 1$
, which implies that 
 $S = \langle \tau \rangle = Z(G).\mathbb {Z}_4$
. Since
$S = \langle \tau \rangle = Z(G).\mathbb {Z}_4$
. Since 
 $\dim G - \dim S = \dim G = \dim \mathcal {S}_5'(V)$
, we conclude that
$\dim G - \dim S = \dim G = \dim \mathcal {S}_5'(V)$
, we conclude that 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_5'(V)}=\mathbb {Z}_4$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_5'(V)}=\mathbb {Z}_4$
.
Remark 5.20. Note that the subspace 
 $W_{2,\zeta }$
 does not belong to the same
$W_{2,\zeta }$
 does not belong to the same 
 $D_5$
-orbit as
$D_5$
-orbit as 
 $W_{3,\zeta }$
 by Lemma 2.6; however, it also does not have a finite stabilizer. Indeed, it is not difficult to see that it has a stabilizer isomorphic to
$W_{3,\zeta }$
 by Lemma 2.6; however, it also does not have a finite stabilizer. Indeed, it is not difficult to see that it has a stabilizer isomorphic to 
 $U_3T_2$
.
$U_3T_2$
.
 The following lemma describes the subgroup structure of 
 $Sp_4(q)$
.
$Sp_4(q)$
.
Lemma 5.21. [Reference Bray, Holt and Roney-Dougal5, §8.2].
 Assume that 
 $p<\infty $
 and let
$p<\infty $
 and let 
 $q = p^e$
 for some
$q = p^e$
 for some 
 $e\in \mathbb {Z}_{\geq 1}$
. Then the maximal subgroups of
$e\in \mathbb {Z}_{\geq 1}$
. Then the maximal subgroups of 
 $Sp_4(q)$
 (q odd) are as in Table 7, and the maximal subgroups of
$Sp_4(q)$
 (q odd) are as in Table 7, and the maximal subgroups of 
 $SL_2(q)$
 are as in Table 8. In both cases, see [Reference Bray, Holt and Roney-Dougal5] for more details, including the precise notation.
$SL_2(q)$
 are as in Table 8. In both cases, see [Reference Bray, Holt and Roney-Dougal5] for more details, including the precise notation.
Table 7 Maximal subgroups 
 $M_q$
 of
$M_q$
 of 
 $Sp_4(q)$
 (q odd).
$Sp_4(q)$
 (q odd).

Table 8 Maximal subgroups 
 $M_q$
 of
$M_q$
 of 
 $SL_2(q)$
.
$SL_2(q)$
.

Lemma 5.22. Assume 
 $p=5$
. Let
$p=5$
. Let 
 $H = G_{\langle u^{(1)} \rangle }$
. Then
$H = G_{\langle u^{(1)} \rangle }$
. Then 
 $H_{W^*} = S^* \simeq Z(G).\mathbb {Z}_5.\mathbb {Z}_4$
.
$H_{W^*} = S^* \simeq Z(G).\mathbb {Z}_5.\mathbb {Z}_4$
.
Proof. The element 
 $u^{(1)}$
 is a regular nilpotent element, and a simple calculation shows that
$u^{(1)}$
 is a regular nilpotent element, and a simple calculation shows that 
 $H = U_2T_1$
, where
$H = U_2T_1$
, where 
 $$\begin{align*}U_2 = \left\{\left(\begin{matrix} 1&-b &-b^2 & a \\ & 1& 2b &b^2 \\ & & 1&b \\ & & & 1\\ \end{matrix}\right): a,b\in K\right\},\,T_1 = \{ \operatorname{\mathrm{diag}}(\kappa^3,\kappa,\kappa^{-1},\kappa^{-3}):\kappa \in K^*\}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}U_2 = \left\{\left(\begin{matrix} 1&-b &-b^2 & a \\ & 1& 2b &b^2 \\ & & 1&b \\ & & & 1\\ \end{matrix}\right): a,b\in K\right\},\,T_1 = \{ \operatorname{\mathrm{diag}}(\kappa^3,\kappa,\kappa^{-1},\kappa^{-3}):\kappa \in K^*\}.\end{align*}$$
Let 
 $g =\left (\begin {smallmatrix} 1&-b &-b^2 & a \\ & 1& 2b &b^2 \\ & & 1&b \\ & & & 1\\ \end {smallmatrix}\right )\left (\begin {smallmatrix} \kappa ^3&& \\ & \kappa & \\ & &\kappa ^{-1} \\ & & & \kappa ^{-3}\\ \end {smallmatrix}\right )\in H_{W^*}$
. We have
$g =\left (\begin {smallmatrix} 1&-b &-b^2 & a \\ & 1& 2b &b^2 \\ & & 1&b \\ & & & 1\\ \end {smallmatrix}\right )\left (\begin {smallmatrix} \kappa ^3&& \\ & \kappa & \\ & &\kappa ^{-1} \\ & & & \kappa ^{-3}\\ \end {smallmatrix}\right )\in H_{W^*}$
. We have 
 $g u^{(0)} g^{-1} = u^{(0)}-b u^{(1)} +(b^3+3a)e_{\alpha _4}$
. This forces
$g u^{(0)} g^{-1} = u^{(0)}-b u^{(1)} +(b^3+3a)e_{\alpha _4}$
. This forces 
 $a = 3b^3$
. Also,
$a = 3b^3$
. Also, 
 $gu^{(3)}g^{-1} = \frac {1}{\kappa ^4}(u^{(3)}-b^2 u^{(0)}+2b^3 u^{(1)}+2b u^{(4)}+(b^5-b)e_{\alpha _4 })$
, forcing
$gu^{(3)}g^{-1} = \frac {1}{\kappa ^4}(u^{(3)}-b^2 u^{(0)}+2b^3 u^{(1)}+2b u^{(4)}+(b^5-b)e_{\alpha _4 })$
, forcing 
 $b=b^5$
. Finally,
$b=b^5$
. Finally, 
 $gu^{(2)}g^{-1}= \frac {1}{\kappa ^6} (-b^3 u^{(0)}+b(1-\kappa ^8)e_{\alpha _3} +u^{(2)}+3b u^{(3)}+3b^2 u^{(4)}-b^4 u^{(1)}+(\kappa ^8-1)e_{\alpha _2}+b^2(\kappa ^8-1)e_{\alpha _4})$
, implying
$gu^{(2)}g^{-1}= \frac {1}{\kappa ^6} (-b^3 u^{(0)}+b(1-\kappa ^8)e_{\alpha _3} +u^{(2)}+3b u^{(3)}+3b^2 u^{(4)}-b^4 u^{(1)}+(\kappa ^8-1)e_{\alpha _2}+b^2(\kappa ^8-1)e_{\alpha _4})$
, implying 
 $\kappa ^8 = 1$
. This allows us to conclude that
$\kappa ^8 = 1$
. This allows us to conclude that 
 $H_{W^*} = \langle x , \tau ^* \rangle =S^*$
, as claimed.
$H_{W^*} = \langle x , \tau ^* \rangle =S^*$
, as claimed.
Lemma 5.23. Let 
 $H = N_G(\langle x \rangle )$
. Then
$H = N_G(\langle x \rangle )$
. Then 
 $H_{W^*}= S^* \simeq Z(G).\mathbb {Z}_5.\mathbb {Z}_4$
.
$H_{W^*}= S^* \simeq Z(G).\mathbb {Z}_5.\mathbb {Z}_4$
.
Proof. Assume 
 $p\neq 5$
. Since x is a regular semisimple element, it is easy to see that
$p\neq 5$
. Since x is a regular semisimple element, it is easy to see that 
 $H= T.\langle \tau \rangle $
, and one quickly finds that
$H= T.\langle \tau \rangle $
, and one quickly finds that 
 $T_{W^*} = \pm \langle x\rangle $
. Since
$T_{W^*} = \pm \langle x\rangle $
. Since 
 $\tau \in G_{W^*}$
, we conclude that
$\tau \in G_{W^*}$
, we conclude that 
 $H_{W^*} = \langle x,\tau \rangle = Z(G).\langle x \rangle .\mathbb {Z}_4$
. If
$H_{W^*} = \langle x,\tau \rangle = Z(G).\langle x \rangle .\mathbb {Z}_4$
. If 
 $p=5$
, we have
$p=5$
, we have 
 $H\leq \langle C_G(x),T \rangle $
. It is easy to see that
$H\leq \langle C_G(x),T \rangle $
. It is easy to see that 
 $C_G(x)$
 is the unipotent radical of
$C_G(x)$
 is the unipotent radical of 
 $G_{\langle u^{(1)}\rangle }$
 and that
$G_{\langle u^{(1)}\rangle }$
 and that 
 $$\begin{align*}N_T(\langle x \rangle) = \langle \tau^* \rangle \leq \{\operatorname{\mathrm{diag}}(\kappa^3,\kappa,\kappa^{-1},\kappa^{-3}):\kappa \in K^*\}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}N_T(\langle x \rangle) = \langle \tau^* \rangle \leq \{\operatorname{\mathrm{diag}}(\kappa^3,\kappa,\kappa^{-1},\kappa^{-3}):\kappa \in K^*\}.\end{align*}$$
Therefore, 
 $H\leq G_{\langle u^{(1)} \rangle }$
, and we can conclude by Lemma 5.22.
$H\leq G_{\langle u^{(1)} \rangle }$
, and we can conclude by Lemma 5.22.
Lemma 5.24. Suppose that 
 $H\leq G$
 is a reducible subgroup of G containing
$H\leq G$
 is a reducible subgroup of G containing 
 $\langle x \rangle $
. Then
$\langle x \rangle $
. Then 
 $H_{W^*}\leq S^*$
.
$H_{W^*}\leq S^*$
.
Proof. If 
 $p\neq 5$
, the only
$p\neq 5$
, the only 
 $1$
-spaces of
$1$
-spaces of 
 $V_{nat}$
 stabilised by the semisimple element x are spanned by a standard basis vector; therefore,
$V_{nat}$
 stabilised by the semisimple element x are spanned by a standard basis vector; therefore, 
 $H\leq G_U$
, where
$H\leq G_U$
, where 
 $U\leq V_{nat}$
 is a
$U\leq V_{nat}$
 is a 
 $1$
-space, a totally singular
$1$
-space, a totally singular 
 $2$
-space or a nondegenerate
$2$
-space or a nondegenerate 
 $2$
-space, in each case spanned by standard basis vectors. However, if
$2$
-space, in each case spanned by standard basis vectors. However, if 
 $p=5$
, then
$p=5$
, then 
 $H\leq G_U$
, where
$H\leq G_U$
, where 
 $U = \langle e_1\rangle $
 or
$U = \langle e_1\rangle $
 or 
 $U=\langle e_1,e_2\rangle $
, as x is a regular unipotent element contained in the standard Borel subgroup. In all the cases where U is totally singular (i.e.,
$U=\langle e_1,e_2\rangle $
, as x is a regular unipotent element contained in the standard Borel subgroup. In all the cases where U is totally singular (i.e., 
 $G_U\simeq P_1$
 or
$G_U\simeq P_1$
 or 
 $G_U\simeq P_2$
), it is easily seen that
$G_U\simeq P_2$
), it is easily seen that 
 $G_U$
 stabilises a unique
$G_U$
 stabilises a unique 
 $6$
-space of V. We intersect this
$6$
-space of V. We intersect this 
 $6$
-space with
$6$
-space with 
 $W^*$
, identifying a
$W^*$
, identifying a 
 $1$
-space spanned by a regular nilpotent element v that must be stabilised by
$1$
-space spanned by a regular nilpotent element v that must be stabilised by 
 $H_{W^*}$
. This then reduces the problem to computing the stabilizer of
$H_{W^*}$
. This then reduces the problem to computing the stabilizer of 
 $W^*$
 within a
$W^*$
 within a 
 $U_2T_1$
. If
$U_2T_1$
. If 
 $p=5$
, we find that
$p=5$
, we find that 
 $\langle v \rangle = \langle u^{(1)} \rangle $
, concluding by Lemma 5.22.
$\langle v \rangle = \langle u^{(1)} \rangle $
, concluding by Lemma 5.22.
 Therefore, from now on, assume that 
 $p\neq 5$
. If
$p\neq 5$
. If 
 $H = G_{\langle e_1 \rangle }$
, then H stabilises
$H = G_{\langle e_1 \rangle }$
, then H stabilises 
 $\langle e_{\pm \alpha _2},e_{\alpha _1},e_{\alpha _3},e_{\alpha _4 },h_{\alpha _2}\rangle $
, which intersects
$\langle e_{\pm \alpha _2},e_{\alpha _1},e_{\alpha _3},e_{\alpha _4 },h_{\alpha _2}\rangle $
, which intersects 
 $W^*$
 in
$W^*$
 in 
 $\langle v^{(1)} \rangle $
. We find that
$\langle v^{(1)} \rangle $
. We find that 
 $G_{\langle v^{(1)} \rangle } = U_2T_1$
, where
$G_{\langle v^{(1)} \rangle } = U_2T_1$
, where 
 $$\begin{align*}U_2 = \left\{\left(\begin{matrix} 1&b &\frac{b^2\zeta}{2} & a \\ & 1& \zeta b &-\frac{b^2\zeta}{2} \\ & & 1&-b \\ & & & 1\\ \end{matrix}\right): a,b\in K\right\},\,T_1 = \{ \operatorname{\mathrm{diag}}(\kappa^3,\kappa,\kappa^{-1},\kappa^{-3}):\kappa \in K^*\}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}U_2 = \left\{\left(\begin{matrix} 1&b &\frac{b^2\zeta}{2} & a \\ & 1& \zeta b &-\frac{b^2\zeta}{2} \\ & & 1&-b \\ & & & 1\\ \end{matrix}\right): a,b\in K\right\},\,T_1 = \{ \operatorname{\mathrm{diag}}(\kappa^3,\kappa,\kappa^{-1},\kappa^{-3}):\kappa \in K^*\}.\end{align*}$$
A direct calculation like in the proof of Lemma 5.22 then shows that 
 $(U_2T_1)_{W^*}= \pm \langle x \rangle $
. The other cases with
$(U_2T_1)_{W^*}= \pm \langle x \rangle $
. The other cases with 
 $G_U\simeq P_1$
 or
$G_U\simeq P_1$
 or 
 $G_U\simeq P_2$
 are similarly dealt with. Here, we report just the intersection
$G_U\simeq P_2$
 are similarly dealt with. Here, we report just the intersection 
 $\langle v \rangle $
. If
$\langle v \rangle $
. If 
 $U = \langle e_2 \rangle $
, then
$U = \langle e_2 \rangle $
, then 
 $\langle v \rangle = \langle v^{(2)}\rangle $
; if
$\langle v \rangle = \langle v^{(2)}\rangle $
; if 
 $U = \langle f_1 \rangle $
, then
$U = \langle f_1 \rangle $
, then 
 $\langle v \rangle = \langle v^{(4)}\rangle $
; if
$\langle v \rangle = \langle v^{(4)}\rangle $
; if 
 $U = \langle f_2 \rangle $
, then
$U = \langle f_2 \rangle $
, then 
 $\langle v \rangle = \langle v^{(3)}\rangle $
; if
$\langle v \rangle = \langle v^{(3)}\rangle $
; if 
 $U = \langle e_1,e_2 \rangle $
, then
$U = \langle e_1,e_2 \rangle $
, then 
 $\langle v \rangle = \langle v^{(1)}\rangle $
; if
$\langle v \rangle = \langle v^{(1)}\rangle $
; if 
 $U = \langle e_1,f_2 \rangle $
, then
$U = \langle e_1,f_2 \rangle $
, then 
 $\langle v \rangle = \langle v^{(3)}\rangle $
; if
$\langle v \rangle = \langle v^{(3)}\rangle $
; if 
 $U = \langle e_2,f_1 \rangle $
, then
$U = \langle e_2,f_1 \rangle $
, then 
 $\langle v \rangle = \langle v^{(4)}\rangle $
.
$\langle v \rangle = \langle v^{(4)}\rangle $
.
 It remains to consider the case 
 $H\leq G_{\langle e_1,f_1 \rangle }$
. Here, H fixes the subspace
$H\leq G_{\langle e_1,f_1 \rangle }$
. Here, H fixes the subspace 
 $\langle h_{\alpha _1},h_{\alpha _2},e_{\pm \alpha _2},e_{\pm \alpha _4 } \rangle $
, which intersects
$\langle h_{\alpha _1},h_{\alpha _2},e_{\pm \alpha _2},e_{\pm \alpha _4 } \rangle $
, which intersects 
 $W^*$
 in
$W^*$
 in 
 $\langle v^{(0)}\rangle $
. Therefore,
$\langle v^{(0)}\rangle $
. Therefore, 
 $H_{W^*}\leq N_G(T)$
, and we conclude by Lemma 5.23.
$H_{W^*}\leq N_G(T)$
, and we conclude by Lemma 5.23.
Lemma 5.25. Suppose that 
 $\langle x \rangle \leq H.\mathbb {Z}_2 < G$
, where H is an arbitrary subgroup of G. Then
$\langle x \rangle \leq H.\mathbb {Z}_2 < G$
, where H is an arbitrary subgroup of G. Then 
 $(H.\mathbb {Z}_2)_{W^*}\leq S^*$
 if and only if
$(H.\mathbb {Z}_2)_{W^*}\leq S^*$
 if and only if 
 $H_{W^*}\leq S^*$
.
$H_{W^*}\leq S^*$
.
Proof. The forward direction is trivial. Suppose that 
 $H_{W^*}\leq \langle x , \tau ^* \rangle = S^*$
. Since x has order
$H_{W^*}\leq \langle x , \tau ^* \rangle = S^*$
. Since x has order 
 $5$
, we must have
$5$
, we must have 
 $\langle x\rangle \leq H$
. Since
$\langle x\rangle \leq H$
. Since 
 $H_{W^*}\leq S^*$
, the subgroup
$H_{W^*}\leq S^*$
, the subgroup 
 $\langle x \rangle $
 is the unique subgroup of order
$\langle x \rangle $
 is the unique subgroup of order 
 $5$
 in
$5$
 in 
 $H_{W^*}$
. Therefore, since
$H_{W^*}$
. Therefore, since 
 $H_{W^*} \lhd (H.\mathbb {Z}_2)_{W^*}$
, the subgroup
$H_{W^*} \lhd (H.\mathbb {Z}_2)_{W^*}$
, the subgroup 
 $\langle x \rangle $
 is normal in
$\langle x \rangle $
 is normal in 
 $(H.\mathbb {Z}_2)_{W^*}$
. By Lemma 5.23, we know that the stabilizer of
$(H.\mathbb {Z}_2)_{W^*}$
. By Lemma 5.23, we know that the stabilizer of 
 $W^*$
 in
$W^*$
 in 
 $N_G(\langle x\rangle )$
 is
$N_G(\langle x\rangle )$
 is 
 $S^*$
, concluding.
$S^*$
, concluding.
Proposition 5.26. Let 
 $G=C_2$
,
$G=C_2$
, 
 $\lambda = 2\lambda _1$
 with
$\lambda = 2\lambda _1$
 with 
 $p\neq 2$
. Then
$p\neq 2$
. Then 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_5'(V)}=\mathbb {Z}_5.\mathbb {Z}_4$
 and
$C_{\mathcal {S}_5'(V)}=\mathbb {Z}_5.\mathbb {Z}_4$
 and 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_5"(V)} = \mathbb {Z}_{5/(p,5)}.\mathbb {Z}_4$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_5"(V)} = \mathbb {Z}_{5/(p,5)}.\mathbb {Z}_4$
.
Proof. Let 
 $S = G_{W^*}$
. We shall prove that
$S = G_{W^*}$
. We shall prove that 
 $S\leq N_G(\langle x \rangle )$
. This will conclude the proof of the proposition as follows. By Lemma 5.23, we have
$S\leq N_G(\langle x \rangle )$
. This will conclude the proof of the proposition as follows. By Lemma 5.23, we have 
 $(N_G(\langle x \rangle )_{W^*} = S^*$
, which then implies
$(N_G(\langle x \rangle )_{W^*} = S^*$
, which then implies 
 $S=S^*$
 and that
$S=S^*$
 and that 
 $W^*$
 is in a dense G-orbit on one of the two
$W^*$
 is in a dense G-orbit on one of the two 
 $D_5$
-orbits on
$D_5$
-orbits on 
 $\mathcal {S}_5(V)$
. If
$\mathcal {S}_5(V)$
. If 
 $p\neq 5$
, then
$p\neq 5$
, then 
 $W_{(i,\zeta )}$
 and
$W_{(i,\zeta )}$
 and 
 $W_{(-i,\zeta )}$
 intersect in a
$W_{(-i,\zeta )}$
 intersect in a 
 $4$
-dimensional subspace, and therefore, by Lemma 2.6, they belong to distinct
$4$
-dimensional subspace, and therefore, by Lemma 2.6, they belong to distinct 
 $D_5$
-orbits on
$D_5$
-orbits on 
 $\mathcal {S}_5(V)$
. They each have stabilizer
$\mathcal {S}_5(V)$
. They each have stabilizer 
 $S^*$
, concluding the
$S^*$
, concluding the 
 $p\neq 5$
 case. If
$p\neq 5$
 case. If 
 $p=5$
, the subspace
$p=5$
, the subspace 
 $W^*$
 intersects
$W^*$
 intersects 
 $W_{(3,\zeta )}$
 trivially, which by Lemma 2.6 implies that
$W_{(3,\zeta )}$
 trivially, which by Lemma 2.6 implies that 
 $W^*$
 and
$W^*$
 and 
 $W_{(3,\zeta )}$
 belong to distinct
$W_{(3,\zeta )}$
 belong to distinct 
 $D_5$
-orbits on
$D_5$
-orbits on 
 $\mathcal {S}_5(V)$
. Again,
$\mathcal {S}_5(V)$
. Again, 
 $G_{W^*} = S^*$
, concluding.
$G_{W^*} = S^*$
, concluding.
 In order to prove that 
 $S\leq N_G(\langle x \rangle )$
, we show that for all
$S\leq N_G(\langle x \rangle )$
, we show that for all 
 $p<\infty $
 and
$p<\infty $
 and 
 $e\in \mathbb {Z}_{\geq 1}$
, if
$e\in \mathbb {Z}_{\geq 1}$
, if 
 $$\begin{align*}\langle x \rangle \leq R \leq Sp_4(p^e)=Sp_4(q)<G, \text{ with }R\not\leq N_G(\langle x \rangle),\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\langle x \rangle \leq R \leq Sp_4(p^e)=Sp_4(q)<G, \text{ with }R\not\leq N_G(\langle x \rangle),\end{align*}$$
then R does not stabilise 
 $W^*$
. Note that this is indeed sufficient, since if
$W^*$
. Note that this is indeed sufficient, since if 
 $g\in S\setminus N_G(\langle x \rangle )$
, then there must exist
$g\in S\setminus N_G(\langle x \rangle )$
, then there must exist 
 $e\in \mathbb {Z}_{\geq 1}$
 such that
$e\in \mathbb {Z}_{\geq 1}$
 such that 
 $g \in Sp_4(p^e)$
, with
$g \in Sp_4(p^e)$
, with 
 $R = \langle x,g\rangle $
 satisfying the condition above. We shall make extensive use of maximal subgroups of
$R = \langle x,g\rangle $
 satisfying the condition above. We shall make extensive use of maximal subgroups of 
 $Sp_4(q)$
, often combined with exhaustive computations in Magma. The commented code is made available both in the Appendix as well as on the author’s Github [Reference Rizzoli28]. The
$Sp_4(q)$
, often combined with exhaustive computations in Magma. The commented code is made available both in the Appendix as well as on the author’s Github [Reference Rizzoli28]. The 
 $p=\infty $
 case then follows from the
$p=\infty $
 case then follows from the 
 $p<\infty $
 case since they are equivalent once p is sufficiently large.
$p<\infty $
 case since they are equivalent once p is sufficiently large.
Suppose that
 $$\begin{align*}\langle x \rangle \leq R \leq M_q < Sp_4(q)<G, \text{ with }R\not\leq N_G(\langle x \rangle),\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\langle x \rangle \leq R \leq M_q < Sp_4(q)<G, \text{ with }R\not\leq N_G(\langle x \rangle),\end{align*}$$
where 
 $M_q$
 is a maximal subgroup of
$M_q$
 is a maximal subgroup of 
 $Sp_4(q)$
, as listed in Table 7. The goal is to prove that R does not stabilize W.
$Sp_4(q)$
, as listed in Table 7. The goal is to prove that R does not stabilize W.
 If 
 $M_q$
 is as in one of the first
$M_q$
 is as in one of the first 
 $6$
 rows of Table 7, then by Lemma 5.25, we can assume that R is reducible, and Lemma 5.24 implies that R does not stabilize W. If
$6$
 rows of Table 7, then by Lemma 5.25, we can assume that R is reducible, and Lemma 5.24 implies that R does not stabilize W. If 
 $M_q = Sp_4(q_0).(2,r)$
 where r is prime and
$M_q = Sp_4(q_0).(2,r)$
 where r is prime and 
 $q = q_0^r$
, then Lemma 5.25 allows us to reduce to one of the other cases.
$q = q_0^r$
, then Lemma 5.25 allows us to reduce to one of the other cases.
 Suppose that 
 $M_q$
 is the double cover of
$M_q$
 is the double cover of 
 $Alt(6)$
,
$Alt(6)$
, 
 $Sym(6)$
 or
$Sym(6)$
 or 
 $Alt(7)$
, in which case
$Alt(7)$
, in which case 
 $q = p$
. An exhaustive search using Magma shows that
$q = p$
. An exhaustive search using Magma shows that 
 $Z(G).\langle x \rangle \leq R^* \leq R$
 where
$Z(G).\langle x \rangle \leq R^* \leq R$
 where 
 $R^* = Z(G).Alt(5)$
, the double cover of
$R^* = Z(G).Alt(5)$
, the double cover of 
 $Alt(5)$
, isomorphic to
$Alt(5)$
, isomorphic to 
 $SL_2(5)$
. The general strategy adopted for this exhaustive search is the following. We set up R as an abstract group. Then for all conjugacy classes of elements of order
$SL_2(5)$
. The general strategy adopted for this exhaustive search is the following. We set up R as an abstract group. Then for all conjugacy classes of elements of order 
 $5$
 of R, we take a representative
$5$
 of R, we take a representative 
 $g_5$
 and go through all subgroups of R that contain
$g_5$
 and go through all subgroups of R that contain 
 $g_5$
, determining which ones do not normalise
$g_5$
, determining which ones do not normalise 
 $\langle g_5\rangle $
. By Lemma 5.24, we can assume that
$\langle g_5\rangle $
. By Lemma 5.24, we can assume that 
 $R^*$
 is irreducible in G. If
$R^*$
 is irreducible in G. If 
 $p\neq 5$
, since
$p\neq 5$
, since 
 $p\neq 2$
 by assumption and
$p\neq 2$
 by assumption and 
 $p\neq 3$
 by choice of
$p\neq 3$
 by choice of 
 $M_q$
, we can use ordinary character theory to show that
$M_q$
, we can use ordinary character theory to show that 
 $R^*$
 does not fix any
$R^*$
 does not fix any 
 $5$
-space of V. The subgroup
$5$
-space of V. The subgroup 
 $R^*$
 must be embedded in G via its unique irreducible symplectic character
$R^*$
 must be embedded in G via its unique irreducible symplectic character 
 $\chi $
 of degree
$\chi $
 of degree 
 $4$
. We then verify that
$4$
. We then verify that 
 $S^2(\chi ) = \chi _4+\chi _5+\chi _7$
, where
$S^2(\chi ) = \chi _4+\chi _5+\chi _7$
, where 
 $\chi _4,\chi _5,\chi _7$
 are irreducible characters of degrees
$\chi _4,\chi _5,\chi _7$
 are irreducible characters of degrees 
 $3,3,4$
. Therefore,
$3,3,4$
. Therefore, 
 $R^*$
 fixes no
$R^*$
 fixes no 
 $5$
-space of V. See Listing 3 for the corresponding Magma code. If
$5$
-space of V. See Listing 3 for the corresponding Magma code. If 
 $p = 5$
, we can use a direct construction of
$p = 5$
, we can use a direct construction of 
 $2.Alt(6)\leq Sp_4(5)$
 to check that
$2.Alt(6)\leq Sp_4(5)$
 to check that 
 $R^*$
 acts on V with composition factors of dimensions
$R^*$
 acts on V with composition factors of dimensions 
 $3,3,3,1$
. Again, this means that R fixes no
$3,3,3,1$
. Again, this means that R fixes no 
 $5$
-space of V. See Listing 3 for the Magma code proving this.
$5$
-space of V. See Listing 3 for the Magma code proving this.
 Suppose that 
 $M_q = Z(G).\mathbb {Z}_2^4.Sym(5)$
, the normalizer of an extraspecial subgroup of G of minus type. Similarly to the previous case, an exhaustive search shows that R must contain
$M_q = Z(G).\mathbb {Z}_2^4.Sym(5)$
, the normalizer of an extraspecial subgroup of G of minus type. Similarly to the previous case, an exhaustive search shows that R must contain 
 $R^* = Z(G).\mathbb {Z}_2^4.\langle x \rangle $
 or
$R^* = Z(G).\mathbb {Z}_2^4.\langle x \rangle $
 or 
 $R^* = Z(G).Alt(5)$
. By Lemma 5.24, we can assume that
$R^* = Z(G).Alt(5)$
. By Lemma 5.24, we can assume that 
 $R^*$
 is irreducible in G. In the second case, we have already seen that
$R^*$
 is irreducible in G. In the second case, we have already seen that 
 $R^*$
 does not fix a
$R^*$
 does not fix a 
 $5$
-space of V when
$5$
-space of V when 
 $p\neq 3$
. If
$p\neq 3$
. If 
 $p=3$
, the same holds, which can be checked directly in
$p=3$
, the same holds, which can be checked directly in 
 $Sp_4(3)$
 by taking an explicit construction of
$Sp_4(3)$
 by taking an explicit construction of 
 $Z(G).Alt(5)$
. Therefore, assume that
$Z(G).Alt(5)$
. Therefore, assume that 
 $R^* = Z(G).\mathbb {Z}_2^4.\langle x \rangle $
, a group with GAP Id
$R^* = Z(G).\mathbb {Z}_2^4.\langle x \rangle $
, a group with GAP Id 
 $(160,199)$
. If
$(160,199)$
. If 
 $p\neq 5$
, we can use the ordinary characters of
$p\neq 5$
, we can use the ordinary characters of 
 $R^*$
 to check that
$R^*$
 to check that 
 $R^*$
 does not fix any totally singular
$R^*$
 does not fix any totally singular 
 $5$
-spaces of V. The subgroup
$5$
-spaces of V. The subgroup 
 $R^*$
 must be embedded in G via its unique irreducible symplectic character
$R^*$
 must be embedded in G via its unique irreducible symplectic character 
 $\chi $
 of degree
$\chi $
 of degree 
 $4$
. One then finds that
$4$
. One then finds that 
 $S^2(\chi ) = \psi _1+\psi _2$
, where
$S^2(\chi ) = \psi _1+\psi _2$
, where 
 $\psi _1$
 and
$\psi _1$
 and 
 $\psi _2$
 are distinct self-dual irreducible characters of degree
$\psi _2$
 are distinct self-dual irreducible characters of degree 
 $5$
. Therefore,
$5$
. Therefore, 
 $R^*$
 stabilises exactly two nondegenerate
$R^*$
 stabilises exactly two nondegenerate 
 $5$
-spaces of V. See Listing 2 for the Magma code. If
$5$
-spaces of V. See Listing 2 for the Magma code. If 
 $p=5$
, we can use a direct construction of
$p=5$
, we can use a direct construction of 
 $\mathbb {Z}_2.\mathbb {Z}_2^4.Alt(5)\leq Sp_4(5)$
 to show that the
$\mathbb {Z}_2.\mathbb {Z}_2^4.Alt(5)\leq Sp_4(5)$
 to show that the 
 $KR^*$
-module
$KR^*$
-module 
 $V\downarrow R^*$
 has two self-dual non-isomorphic composition factors, implying that
$V\downarrow R^*$
 has two self-dual non-isomorphic composition factors, implying that 
 $R^*$
 does not stabilise a totally singular
$R^*$
 does not stabilise a totally singular 
 $5$
-space. See details of the computations in Listing 4.
$5$
-space. See details of the computations in Listing 4.
 It remains to consider the case 
 $M_q = SL_2(q)$
 with
$M_q = SL_2(q)$
 with 
 $p\geq 5$
 and
$p\geq 5$
 and 
 $q\geq 7$
, as in the last row of Table 7. In order to handle this case, we consider the subgroup structure of the maximal subgroups of
$q\geq 7$
, as in the last row of Table 7. In order to handle this case, we consider the subgroup structure of the maximal subgroups of 
 $SL_2(q)$
, as classified in Table 8. First note that
$SL_2(q)$
, as classified in Table 8. First note that 
 $SL_2(q)$
 does not fix a
$SL_2(q)$
 does not fix a 
 $5$
-space of V, as if
$5$
-space of V, as if 
 $p = 5$
 it acts on V with composition factors of dimensions
$p = 5$
 it acts on V with composition factors of dimensions 
 $4,3,3$
, while if
$4,3,3$
, while if 
 $p>5$
, it acts on V with composition factors of dimension
$p>5$
, it acts on V with composition factors of dimension 
 $7$
 and
$7$
 and 
 $3$
. Therefore, assume that
$3$
. Therefore, assume that 
 $R\leq M_q^* < SL_2(q) $
, where
$R\leq M_q^* < SL_2(q) $
, where 
 $M_q^*$
 is a maximal subgroup of
$M_q^*$
 is a maximal subgroup of 
 $SL_2(q)$
, as described by Table 8. If
$SL_2(q)$
, as described by Table 8. If 
 $M_q^*$
 is as in one of the first five rows of Table 8, then by Lemma 5.25, we can assume that R is reducible, and Lemma 5.24 implies that R does not fix
$M_q^*$
 is as in one of the first five rows of Table 8, then by Lemma 5.25, we can assume that R is reducible, and Lemma 5.24 implies that R does not fix 
 $W^*$
. If
$W^*$
. If 
 $M_q^* = SL_2(q_0).(2,r)$
 where r is prime and
$M_q^* = SL_2(q_0).(2,r)$
 where r is prime and 
 $q = q_0^r$
, then Lemma 5.25 allows us to reduce to one of the other cases. Since
$q = q_0^r$
, then Lemma 5.25 allows us to reduce to one of the other cases. Since 
 $p\neq 2$
, the case
$p\neq 2$
, the case 
 $M_q^* = PSL_2(q_0) $
 is excluded, while since x has order
$M_q^* = PSL_2(q_0) $
 is excluded, while since x has order 
 $5$
, the cases
$5$
, the cases 
 $M_q^* = \mathbb {Z}_2.\mathbb {Z}_2^2.Sym(3)$
 and
$M_q^* = \mathbb {Z}_2.\mathbb {Z}_2^2.Sym(3)$
 and 
 $M_q^* = \mathbb {Z}_2.\mathbb {Z}_2^2.\mathbb {Z}_3$
 are not possible. The only other possibility is
$M_q^* = \mathbb {Z}_2.\mathbb {Z}_2^2.\mathbb {Z}_3$
 are not possible. The only other possibility is 
 $M_q^* = SL_2(5)$
 with
$M_q^* = SL_2(5)$
 with 
 $p\neq 5$
, as per the last two rows of Table 8. In this case, we must have
$p\neq 5$
, as per the last two rows of Table 8. In this case, we must have 
 $R = M_q^* = SL_2(5)$
, which we have already dealt with. This completes the case-by-case analysis.
$R = M_q^* = SL_2(5)$
, which we have already dealt with. This completes the case-by-case analysis.
5.2 The case 
 $(C_3, \lambda _2,p,7)$
$(C_3, \lambda _2,p,7)$
 In this section, we handle the last remaining case needed to complete the proof of Theorem 2. In particular, we shall prove that the 
 $ts$
-small quadruples
$ts$
-small quadruples 
 $(C_3, \lambda _2,p,7')$
 and
$(C_3, \lambda _2,p,7')$
 and 
 $(C_3, \lambda _2,p,7")$
 have a finite generic stabilizer. The strategy is entirely similar to the one used for the
$(C_3, \lambda _2,p,7")$
 have a finite generic stabilizer. The strategy is entirely similar to the one used for the 
 $(C_2, 2\lambda _1,p,5)$
 case. We shall, however, make even greater use of computational methods, sometimes resorting to solving large systems of equations using Magma. Again, the code can be found in Appendix A, as well as on the author’s GitHub [Reference Rizzoli28].
$(C_2, 2\lambda _1,p,5)$
 case. We shall, however, make even greater use of computational methods, sometimes resorting to solving large systems of equations using Magma. Again, the code can be found in Appendix A, as well as on the author’s GitHub [Reference Rizzoli28].
 Suppose that 
 $p\neq 3$
. Let
$p\neq 3$
. Let 
 $G=Sp_6(K)$
 and order the standard basis of the natural module
$G=Sp_6(K)$
 and order the standard basis of the natural module 
 $V_{nat}$
 as
$V_{nat}$
 as 
 $(e_1,e_2,e_3,f_3,f_2,f_1)$
. Let V be the submodule of
$(e_1,e_2,e_3,f_3,f_2,f_1)$
. Let V be the submodule of 
 $\bigwedge ^2 V_{nat}$
 defined by
$\bigwedge ^2 V_{nat}$
 defined by 
 $$\begin{align*}V=\langle e_i\wedge e_j,f_i\wedge f_j,e_i\wedge f_j, \sum \alpha_{i}e_i\wedge f_i : i\neq j, \sum \alpha_i=0 \rangle. \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}V=\langle e_i\wedge e_j,f_i\wedge f_j,e_i\wedge f_j, \sum \alpha_{i}e_i\wedge f_i : i\neq j, \sum \alpha_i=0 \rangle. \end{align*}$$
Then 
 $V=V_{G}(\lambda _2)$
. Let
$V=V_{G}(\lambda _2)$
. Let 
 $\omega $
 be a primitive cube root of unity and let
$\omega $
 be a primitive cube root of unity and let 
 $(v_1,\dots ,v_{14})$
 be the ordered basis of V given by
$(v_1,\dots ,v_{14})$
 be the ordered basis of V given by 
 $$ \begin{align*} v_1&= e_1\wedge e_2, & v_5&=e_2\wedge f_3, & v_{10}&=e_3\wedge f_2, \\ v_2&=e_1\wedge e_3, & v_6&=e_1 \wedge f_2, &v_{11}&=e_3\wedge f_1, \\ v_3&=e_2\wedge e_3, &v_7&=e_1\wedge f_1+\omega e_2\wedge f_2 +\omega^2 e_3\wedge f_3, & v_{12}&=f_2\wedge f_3,\\ v_4&=e_1\wedge f_3, & v_8&=e_1\wedge f_1+\omega^2 e_2\wedge f_2 +\omega e_3\wedge f_3, & v_{13}&=f_1\wedge f_3,\\ & & v_9&=e_2\wedge f_1, & v_{14}&=f_1\wedge f_2.\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} v_1&= e_1\wedge e_2, & v_5&=e_2\wedge f_3, & v_{10}&=e_3\wedge f_2, \\ v_2&=e_1\wedge e_3, & v_6&=e_1 \wedge f_2, &v_{11}&=e_3\wedge f_1, \\ v_3&=e_2\wedge e_3, &v_7&=e_1\wedge f_1+\omega e_2\wedge f_2 +\omega^2 e_3\wedge f_3, & v_{12}&=f_2\wedge f_3,\\ v_4&=e_1\wedge f_3, & v_8&=e_1\wedge f_1+\omega^2 e_2\wedge f_2 +\omega e_3\wedge f_3, & v_{13}&=f_1\wedge f_3,\\ & & v_9&=e_2\wedge f_1, & v_{14}&=f_1\wedge f_2.\end{align*} $$
Then it is easy to check that G fixes a nondegenerate quadratic form on V, given by
 $$\begin{align*}Q\left(\sum_1^{14}\alpha_i v_i\right)= \sum_1^7 \alpha_i \alpha_{15-i}. \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}Q\left(\sum_1^{14}\alpha_i v_i\right)= \sum_1^7 \alpha_i \alpha_{15-i}. \end{align*}$$
Let T be the standard maximal torus of G. For i a primitive fourth root of unity, let 
 $W_{(\omega ,i)}$
 be the totally singular
$W_{(\omega ,i)}$
 be the totally singular 
 $7$
-space of V spanned by
$7$
-space of V spanned by 
 $$ \begin{align*} v^{(0)} &= e_1\wedge f_1+\omega e_2\wedge f_2 +\omega^2 e_3\wedge f_3, \\ v^{(1)} &=e_2\wedge f_3+i e_1\wedge f_2, \\ v^{(2)} &= e_1\wedge f_3-i e_2\wedge e_3, \\ v^{(3)} &= f_1\wedge f_2+i e_1\wedge e_3, \\ v^{(4)} &= e_1\wedge e_2+i f_1\wedge f_3, \\ v^{(5)} &= e_3\wedge f_1-i f_2\wedge f_3, \\ v^{(6)} &= e_3\wedge f_2+i e_2\wedge f_1.  \end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} v^{(0)} &= e_1\wedge f_1+\omega e_2\wedge f_2 +\omega^2 e_3\wedge f_3, \\ v^{(1)} &=e_2\wedge f_3+i e_1\wedge f_2, \\ v^{(2)} &= e_1\wedge f_3-i e_2\wedge e_3, \\ v^{(3)} &= f_1\wedge f_2+i e_1\wedge e_3, \\ v^{(4)} &= e_1\wedge e_2+i f_1\wedge f_3, \\ v^{(5)} &= e_3\wedge f_1-i f_2\wedge f_3, \\ v^{(6)} &= e_3\wedge f_2+i e_2\wedge f_1.  \end{align*} $$
Let 
 $W_{7}$
 be the
$W_{7}$
 be the 
 $7$
-space of V spanned by
$7$
-space of V spanned by 
 $$ \begin{align*} u^{(0)} &= e_1\wedge f_1+4 e_2\wedge f_2 +2 e_3\wedge f_3, \\ u^{(1)} &=e_1\wedge e_2 +3 e_3\wedge f_1+3 f_2\wedge f_3, \\ u^{(2)} &= e_2\wedge e_3+4 f_1\wedge f_2, \\ u^{(3)} &= e_1\wedge f_3 +4 f_1\wedge f_2, \\ u^{(4)} &= e_2\wedge f_3+2 e_1\wedge f_2,\\ u^{(5)} &= e_2\wedge f_1 +5 e_3 \wedge f_2, \\ u^{(6)} &= f_1\wedge f_3, \end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} u^{(0)} &= e_1\wedge f_1+4 e_2\wedge f_2 +2 e_3\wedge f_3, \\ u^{(1)} &=e_1\wedge e_2 +3 e_3\wedge f_1+3 f_2\wedge f_3, \\ u^{(2)} &= e_2\wedge e_3+4 f_1\wedge f_2, \\ u^{(3)} &= e_1\wedge f_3 +4 f_1\wedge f_2, \\ u^{(4)} &= e_2\wedge f_3+2 e_1\wedge f_2,\\ u^{(5)} &= e_2\wedge f_1 +5 e_3 \wedge f_2, \\ u^{(6)} &= f_1\wedge f_3, \end{align*} $$
a totally singular subspace if 
 $p=7$
. Let
$p=7$
. Let 
 $$\begin{align*}\tau = \left(\begin{matrix} 0& 0& 0 & 0 & -1 & 0\\ 0& 0& 1 & 0 & 0 & 0\\ 1& 0& 0 & 0 & 0 & 0\\ 0& 0& 0 & 0 & 0 & 1\\ 0& 0& 0 & 1 & 0 & 0\\ 0& 1& 0 & 0 & 0 & 0\\ \end{matrix}\right), \text{ and } x= \begin{cases} \operatorname{\mathrm{diag}} (\zeta^{-1},\zeta^{-2},\zeta^{-3},\zeta^{3},\zeta^2,\zeta) \text{ with } \zeta^7 = 1,\zeta\neq 1,& \text{if } p\neq 7;\\ \begin{pmatrix} 1& 1& 4 & 6 & 2 & 1\\ & 1& 1 & 4 & 1 & 5\\ & & 1 & 1 & 3 & 6\\ & & & 1 & 6 & 4\\ & & & & 1 & 6\\ & & & & & 1\\ \end{pmatrix},& \text{if } p = 7. \end{cases} \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\tau = \left(\begin{matrix} 0& 0& 0 & 0 & -1 & 0\\ 0& 0& 1 & 0 & 0 & 0\\ 1& 0& 0 & 0 & 0 & 0\\ 0& 0& 0 & 0 & 0 & 1\\ 0& 0& 0 & 1 & 0 & 0\\ 0& 1& 0 & 0 & 0 & 0\\ \end{matrix}\right), \text{ and } x= \begin{cases} \operatorname{\mathrm{diag}} (\zeta^{-1},\zeta^{-2},\zeta^{-3},\zeta^{3},\zeta^2,\zeta) \text{ with } \zeta^7 = 1,\zeta\neq 1,& \text{if } p\neq 7;\\ \begin{pmatrix} 1& 1& 4 & 6 & 2 & 1\\ & 1& 1 & 4 & 1 & 5\\ & & 1 & 1 & 3 & 6\\ & & & 1 & 6 & 4\\ & & & & 1 & 6\\ & & & & & 1\\ \end{pmatrix},& \text{if } p = 7. \end{cases} \end{align*}$$
Furthermore, let
 $$\begin{align*}\tau^*= \begin{cases} \tau,& \text{if } p\neq 7;\\ \operatorname{\mathrm{diag}} (\alpha,5\alpha,4\alpha,6\alpha,2\alpha,3\alpha),\text{ where } \alpha^2 = 5, & \text{if } p = 7. \end{cases} \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\tau^*= \begin{cases} \tau,& \text{if } p\neq 7;\\ \operatorname{\mathrm{diag}} (\alpha,5\alpha,4\alpha,6\alpha,2\alpha,3\alpha),\text{ where } \alpha^2 = 5, & \text{if } p = 7. \end{cases} \end{align*}$$
Finally, let
 $$\begin{align*}S^\dagger = \langle x,(\tau^*)^4 \rangle,\, S^* = \langle x,\tau^* \rangle, \text{ and } W^*= \begin{cases} W_{(\omega,i)},& \text{if } p\neq 7;\\ W_7,& \text{if } p = 7. \end{cases} \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}S^\dagger = \langle x,(\tau^*)^4 \rangle,\, S^* = \langle x,\tau^* \rangle, \text{ and } W^*= \begin{cases} W_{(\omega,i)},& \text{if } p\neq 7;\\ W_7,& \text{if } p = 7. \end{cases} \end{align*}$$
With this setup, it is easy to check that 
 $S^\dagger \leq S^* \leq G_{W^*}$
.
$S^\dagger \leq S^* \leq G_{W^*}$
.
Proposition 5.27. Let 
 $G=C_3$
,
$G=C_3$
, 
 $\lambda = \lambda _2$
 with
$\lambda = \lambda _2$
 with 
 $p = 7$
. Then
$p = 7$
. Then 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_7'(V)}=\mathbb {Z}_6$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_7'(V)}=\mathbb {Z}_6$
.
Proof. We use the setup of [Reference Guralnick and Lawther10, Lemma 4.8(i)] and its proof. Let 
 $h_0 = \operatorname {\mathrm {diag}} (-1,-2,-3,3,2,1)$
, a regular semisimple element of
$h_0 = \operatorname {\mathrm {diag}} (-1,-2,-3,3,2,1)$
, a regular semisimple element of 
 $\mathrm {Lie}(T)$
, and set
$\mathrm {Lie}(T)$
, and set 
 $\mathfrak {G} = \langle h_0 \rangle $
. For a subspace U of
$\mathfrak {G} = \langle h_0 \rangle $
. For a subspace U of 
 $\mathrm {Lie}(G)$
, write
$\mathrm {Lie}(G)$
, write 
 $\mathrm {Ann}_{\mathrm {Lie}(G)}(U)$
 for the subspace
$\mathrm {Ann}_{\mathrm {Lie}(G)}(U)$
 for the subspace 
 $\{v\in \mathrm {Lie}(G):[v,U]\leq U\}.$
 A straightforward calculation shows that
$\{v\in \mathrm {Lie}(G):[v,U]\leq U\}.$
 A straightforward calculation shows that 
 $\mathrm {Ann}_{\mathrm {Lie}(G)}(W_{(2,i)}) = \mathfrak {G}$
. Let
$\mathrm {Ann}_{\mathrm {Lie}(G)}(W_{(2,i)}) = \mathfrak {G}$
. Let 
 $S = G_{W_{(2,i)}}$
 and take
$S = G_{W_{(2,i)}}$
 and take 
 $g\in S$
. We have
$g\in S$
. We have 
 $\mathfrak {G} = \mathrm {Ann}_{\mathrm {Lie}(G)}(g.W_{(2,i)})=g.\mathfrak {G}$
. Therefore,
$\mathfrak {G} = \mathrm {Ann}_{\mathrm {Lie}(G)}(g.W_{(2,i)})=g.\mathfrak {G}$
. Therefore, 
 $g.\mathfrak {G} = \mathfrak {G}$
, which is easily seen to imply
$g.\mathfrak {G} = \mathfrak {G}$
, which is easily seen to imply 
 $g\in T.\langle \tau \rangle .$
 A direct calculation shows that
$g\in T.\langle \tau \rangle .$
 A direct calculation shows that 
 $T\cap S = \pm 1$
, which implies that
$T\cap S = \pm 1$
, which implies that 
 $S = \langle \tau \rangle = Z(G).\mathbb {Z}_6$
. Since
$S = \langle \tau \rangle = Z(G).\mathbb {Z}_6$
. Since 
 $\dim G - \dim S = \dim G = \dim \mathcal {S}_7'(V)$
, we conclude that
$\dim G - \dim S = \dim G = \dim \mathcal {S}_7'(V)$
, we conclude that 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_7'(V)}=\mathbb {Z}_6$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_7'(V)}=\mathbb {Z}_6$
.
Lemma 5.28. Suppose that 
 $H\leq G$
 is a reducible subgroup of G containing
$H\leq G$
 is a reducible subgroup of G containing 
 $S^\dagger $
. Then
$S^\dagger $
. Then 
 $H_{W^*}\leq S^*$
.
$H_{W^*}\leq S^*$
.
Proof. Suppose that 
 $p=7$
. Since
$p=7$
. Since 
 $x\in S^\dagger $
 is a regular unipotent element contained in the standard Borel subgroup B, we have that H is contained in
$x\in S^\dagger $
 is a regular unipotent element contained in the standard Borel subgroup B, we have that H is contained in 
 $G_{\langle e_1 \rangle }$
,
$G_{\langle e_1 \rangle }$
, 
 $G_{\langle e_1,e_2 \rangle }$
 or
$G_{\langle e_1,e_2 \rangle }$
 or 
 $G_{\langle e_1,e_2,e_3 \rangle }$
. We consider each of these cases and deduce that
$G_{\langle e_1,e_2,e_3 \rangle }$
. We consider each of these cases and deduce that 
 $H_{W^*}\leq B$
. We then use Magma to directly show that
$H_{W^*}\leq B$
. We then use Magma to directly show that 
 $B_{W^*} = S^*$
, concluding as required. Suppose that
$B_{W^*} = S^*$
, concluding as required. Suppose that 
 $H\leq G_{\langle e_1,e_2 \rangle }$
. The group
$H\leq G_{\langle e_1,e_2 \rangle }$
. The group 
 $G_{\langle e_1,e_2 \rangle }$
 stabilises
$G_{\langle e_1,e_2 \rangle }$
 stabilises 
 $U_6 = \langle e_1\wedge e_2,e_1\wedge e_3,e_2\wedge e_3,e_1\wedge f_3,e_2\wedge f_3, e_1\wedge f_1+e_2\wedge f_2 -2 e_3\wedge f_3\rangle $
, and therefore,
$U_6 = \langle e_1\wedge e_2,e_1\wedge e_3,e_2\wedge e_3,e_1\wedge f_3,e_2\wedge f_3, e_1\wedge f_1+e_2\wedge f_2 -2 e_3\wedge f_3\rangle $
, and therefore, 
 $H_{W^*}$
 must stabilise
$H_{W^*}$
 must stabilise 
 $W^* \cap U_6 = \langle e_1\wedge f_3-e_2\wedge e_3\rangle $
 as well as
$W^* \cap U_6 = \langle e_1\wedge f_3-e_2\wedge e_3\rangle $
 as well as 
 $W^*\cap (U_6)^\perp = \langle e_1\wedge f_3-e_2\wedge e_3,e_2\wedge f_3 +2 e_1 \wedge f_2\rangle $
. The latter implies that
$W^*\cap (U_6)^\perp = \langle e_1\wedge f_3-e_2\wedge e_3,e_2\wedge f_3 +2 e_1 \wedge f_2\rangle $
. The latter implies that 
 $H_{W^*}$
 stabilises
$H_{W^*}$
 stabilises 
 $\langle e_1,e_2,e_3,f_3,f_2 \rangle $
 and therefore also its radical
$\langle e_1,e_2,e_3,f_3,f_2 \rangle $
 and therefore also its radical 
 $\langle e_1 \rangle $
. Let
$\langle e_1 \rangle $
. Let 
 $g\in H_{W^*}$
. Since g stabilises
$g\in H_{W^*}$
. Since g stabilises 
 $\langle e_1\rangle $
,
$\langle e_1\rangle $
, 
 $\langle e_1,e_2\rangle $
,
$\langle e_1,e_2\rangle $
, 
 $\langle e_1,e_2 \rangle ^\perp $
 and
$\langle e_1,e_2 \rangle ^\perp $
 and 
 $\langle e_1\wedge f_3-e_2\wedge e_3 \rangle $
, it is easy to see that
$\langle e_1\wedge f_3-e_2\wedge e_3 \rangle $
, it is easy to see that 
 $g.e_3 \in \langle e_1,e_2,e_3 \rangle $
. Therefore,
$g.e_3 \in \langle e_1,e_2,e_3 \rangle $
. Therefore, 
 $g\in B$
 and
$g\in B$
 and 
 $H_{W^*}\leq B$
. Now consider the case
$H_{W^*}\leq B$
. Now consider the case 
 $H\leq G_{\langle e_1 \rangle }$
. Any element of H must also stabilise
$H\leq G_{\langle e_1 \rangle }$
. Any element of H must also stabilise 
 $\langle e_1 \rangle ^\perp = \langle e_1,e_2,e_3,f_3,f_2\rangle $
, and similarly to the previous case, we find that
$\langle e_1 \rangle ^\perp = \langle e_1,e_2,e_3,f_3,f_2\rangle $
, and similarly to the previous case, we find that 
 $H_{W^*}$
 stabilises
$H_{W^*}$
 stabilises 
 $\langle e_1\wedge f_3-e_2\wedge e_3,e_2\wedge f_3 +2 e_1 \wedge f_2\rangle $
. Let
$\langle e_1\wedge f_3-e_2\wedge e_3,e_2\wedge f_3 +2 e_1 \wedge f_2\rangle $
. Let 
 $g = (a_{ij})_{ij} \in H_{W^*}$
. We have
$g = (a_{ij})_{ij} \in H_{W^*}$
. We have 
 $g.(e_1\wedge f_3-e_2\wedge e_3) = a_{11}e_1\wedge (a_{14}e_1+a_{24}e_2+a_{34}e_3+a_{44}f_3+a_{54}f_2)-(a_{12}e_1+a_{22}e_2+a_{32}e_3+a_{42}f_3+a_{52}f_2)\wedge (a_{13}e_1+a_{23}e_2+a_{33}e_3+a_{43}f_3+a_{53}f_2)$
. Since
$g.(e_1\wedge f_3-e_2\wedge e_3) = a_{11}e_1\wedge (a_{14}e_1+a_{24}e_2+a_{34}e_3+a_{44}f_3+a_{54}f_2)-(a_{12}e_1+a_{22}e_2+a_{32}e_3+a_{42}f_3+a_{52}f_2)\wedge (a_{13}e_1+a_{23}e_2+a_{33}e_3+a_{43}f_3+a_{53}f_2)$
. Since 
 $g.(e_1\wedge f_3-e_2\wedge e_3) = \gamma _1(e_1\wedge f_3-e_2\wedge e_3) + \gamma _2(e_2\wedge f_3 +2 e_1 \wedge f_2)$
 for some
$g.(e_1\wedge f_3-e_2\wedge e_3) = \gamma _1(e_1\wedge f_3-e_2\wedge e_3) + \gamma _2(e_2\wedge f_3 +2 e_1 \wedge f_2)$
 for some 
 $\gamma _1,\gamma _2\in K$
, we must have
$\gamma _1,\gamma _2\in K$
, we must have 
 $$\begin{align*}\det \begin{pmatrix} a_{22} & a_{23} \\ a_{52} & a_{53} \end{pmatrix} = \det \begin{pmatrix} a_{32} & a_{33} \\ a_{42} & a_{43} \end{pmatrix} = \det \begin{pmatrix} a_{32} & a_{33} \\ a_{52} & a_{53} \end{pmatrix} =\det \begin{pmatrix} a_{42} & a_{43} \\ a_{52} & a_{53} \end{pmatrix} = 0.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\det \begin{pmatrix} a_{22} & a_{23} \\ a_{52} & a_{53} \end{pmatrix} = \det \begin{pmatrix} a_{32} & a_{33} \\ a_{42} & a_{43} \end{pmatrix} = \det \begin{pmatrix} a_{32} & a_{33} \\ a_{52} & a_{53} \end{pmatrix} =\det \begin{pmatrix} a_{42} & a_{43} \\ a_{52} & a_{53} \end{pmatrix} = 0.\end{align*}$$
If 
 $(a_{52},a_{53}) \neq (0,0)$
, we get
$(a_{52},a_{53}) \neq (0,0)$
, we get 
 $$\begin{align*}\gamma_1= \det \begin{pmatrix} a_{22} & a_{23} \\ a_{32} & a_{33} \end{pmatrix} =0= \det \begin{pmatrix} a_{22} & a_{23} \\ a_{42} & a_{43} \end{pmatrix} = \gamma_2 , \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\gamma_1= \det \begin{pmatrix} a_{22} & a_{23} \\ a_{32} & a_{33} \end{pmatrix} =0= \det \begin{pmatrix} a_{22} & a_{23} \\ a_{42} & a_{43} \end{pmatrix} = \gamma_2 , \end{align*}$$
a contradiction. Therefore, 
 $a_{52} = a_{53}=0$
. Considering the image of the second basis vector
$a_{52} = a_{53}=0$
. Considering the image of the second basis vector 
 $e_2\wedge f_3 +2 e_1 \wedge f_2$
, we similarly find that
$e_2\wedge f_3 +2 e_1 \wedge f_2$
, we similarly find that 
 $a_{52} = a_{54} = 0$
. Therefore, g stabilises
$a_{52} = a_{54} = 0$
. Therefore, g stabilises 
 $\langle e_1,e_2,e_3,f_3 \rangle $
, and therefore also its radical
$\langle e_1,e_2,e_3,f_3 \rangle $
, and therefore also its radical 
 $ \langle e_1,e_2 \rangle $
, reducing to the case
$ \langle e_1,e_2 \rangle $
, reducing to the case 
 $H\leq G_{\langle e_1,e_2 \rangle }$
. The case
$H\leq G_{\langle e_1,e_2 \rangle }$
. The case 
 $H\leq G_{\langle e_1,e_2,e_3 \rangle }$
 follows similarly. This proves that
$H\leq G_{\langle e_1,e_2,e_3 \rangle }$
 follows similarly. This proves that 
 $H_{W^*}\leq B$
. It remains to show that
$H_{W^*}\leq B$
. It remains to show that 
 $B_{W^*}=S^*$
. Given
$B_{W^*}=S^*$
. Given 
 $g\in B$
, we can write it as
$g\in B$
, we can write it as 
 $$\begin{align*}g &=h_{\alpha_1}(t_1)h_{\alpha_2}(t_2)h_{\alpha_3}(t_3)x_{100}(a_1)x_{110}(a_2)x_{010}(a_3)x_{221}(a_4)x_{121}(a_5)\\&\quad x_{111}(a_6)x_{021}(a_7)x_{011}(a_8)x_{001}(a_9),\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}g &=h_{\alpha_1}(t_1)h_{\alpha_2}(t_2)h_{\alpha_3}(t_3)x_{100}(a_1)x_{110}(a_2)x_{010}(a_3)x_{221}(a_4)x_{121}(a_5)\\&\quad x_{111}(a_6)x_{021}(a_7)x_{011}(a_8)x_{001}(a_9),\end{align*}$$
where 
 $t_1,t_2,t_3\in K^*$
 and
$t_1,t_2,t_3\in K^*$
 and 
 $a_i\in K$
 for
$a_i\in K$
 for 
 $1\leq i \leq 9$
. Let U be the subspace of V with basis given by
$1\leq i \leq 9$
. Let U be the subspace of V with basis given by 
 $$\begin{align*}u_1,\dots, u_7 = e_1\wedge e_3,\, e_1\wedge f_2,\,e_1\wedge f_1-e_2\wedge f_2,\,e_3\wedge f_2,\,e_3\wedge f_1,\,f_2\wedge f_3,\,f_1\wedge f_2.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}u_1,\dots, u_7 = e_1\wedge e_3,\, e_1\wedge f_2,\,e_1\wedge f_1-e_2\wedge f_2,\,e_3\wedge f_2,\,e_3\wedge f_1,\,f_2\wedge f_3,\,f_1\wedge f_2.\end{align*}$$
Then 
 $V = W^* \oplus U$
. For each basis vector
$V = W^* \oplus U$
. For each basis vector 
 $u^{(i)}$
 of
$u^{(i)}$
 of 
 $W^*$
, write
$W^*$
, write 
 $g.u^{(i)}$
 as
$g.u^{(i)}$
 as 
 $w^*+ \sum _{j=1}^7 f_{ij}u_i$
, where
$w^*+ \sum _{j=1}^7 f_{ij}u_i$
, where 
 $w^* \in W^*$
 and we view
$w^* \in W^*$
 and we view 
 $f_{ij}$
 as an element of
$f_{ij}$
 as an element of 
 $\mathbb {F}_7[t_1^{\pm 1},t_2^{\pm 1}, t_3^{\pm 1},a_1,\dots ,a_9]$
. Then to determine
$\mathbb {F}_7[t_1^{\pm 1},t_2^{\pm 1}, t_3^{\pm 1},a_1,\dots ,a_9]$
. Then to determine 
 $B_{W^*}$
 it suffices to determine the zero locus of the ideal
$B_{W^*}$
 it suffices to determine the zero locus of the ideal 
 $I\otimes K \leq K[t_1^{\pm 1},t_2^{\pm 1}, t_3^{\pm 1},a_1,\dots ,a_9]$
, where
$I\otimes K \leq K[t_1^{\pm 1},t_2^{\pm 1}, t_3^{\pm 1},a_1,\dots ,a_9]$
, where 
 $I \leq \mathbb {F}_7[t_1^{\pm 1},t_2^{\pm 1}, t_3^{\pm 1},a_1,\dots ,a_9]$
 is the ideal generated by
$I \leq \mathbb {F}_7[t_1^{\pm 1},t_2^{\pm 1}, t_3^{\pm 1},a_1,\dots ,a_9]$
 is the ideal generated by 
 $\{f_{ij}:1\leq i,j\leq 7\}$
. We do this by first determining a Groebner basis for I using Magma. See Listing 5 for the code that does this. We find that I is generated by
$\{f_{ij}:1\leq i,j\leq 7\}$
. We do this by first determining a Groebner basis for I using Magma. See Listing 5 for the code that does this. We find that I is generated by 
 $$ \begin{gather*} a_1 + 6a_9,\, a_2 + 3a_9^2,\, a_3 + 6a_9,\, a_4 + a_9^5,\, a_5 + 6a_9^4,\, a_6 + a_9^3,\, a_7 + 2a_9^3,\, a_8 + 3a_9^2,\, a_9^7 + 6a_9,\, \\ t_1 + 6t_2^{-2}t_3^{-3},\, t_2 + 6t_2^{-2},\, t_3 + 6t_3^{-3},\, t_1^{-1} + 6(t_2t_3)^{-1},\, t_2^{-3} + 6,\, t_3^{-4} + 6. \end{gather*} $$
$$ \begin{gather*} a_1 + 6a_9,\, a_2 + 3a_9^2,\, a_3 + 6a_9,\, a_4 + a_9^5,\, a_5 + 6a_9^4,\, a_6 + a_9^3,\, a_7 + 2a_9^3,\, a_8 + 3a_9^2,\, a_9^7 + 6a_9,\, \\ t_1 + 6t_2^{-2}t_3^{-3},\, t_2 + 6t_2^{-2},\, t_3 + 6t_3^{-3},\, t_1^{-1} + 6(t_2t_3)^{-1},\, t_2^{-3} + 6,\, t_3^{-4} + 6. \end{gather*} $$
 It is now easy to find the zero locus of 
 $I\otimes K$
, to determine that
$I\otimes K$
, to determine that 
 $$ \begin{gather*} h_{\alpha_1}(t_1)h_{\alpha_2}(t_2)h_{\alpha_3}(t_3)x_{100}(a_1)x_{110}(a_2)x_{010}(a_3)x_{221}(a_4)\\x_{121}(a_5)x_{111}(a_6)x_{021}(a_7)x_{011}(a_8)x_{001}(a_9) \in B_{W^*} \\ \iff a_1\in \mathbb{F}_7,\, a_9 = a_1,\, a_2 = 4a_1^2,\, a_3 = a_1,\, a_4 = 6a_1^5,\, a_5 = a_1^4, \, a_6 = -a_1^3,\, a_7 = 5a_1^3,\, a_8 = 4a_1^2,\, \\ t_2^3 = t_3^4 = 1, t_1 = t_2t_3. \end{gather*} $$
$$ \begin{gather*} h_{\alpha_1}(t_1)h_{\alpha_2}(t_2)h_{\alpha_3}(t_3)x_{100}(a_1)x_{110}(a_2)x_{010}(a_3)x_{221}(a_4)\\x_{121}(a_5)x_{111}(a_6)x_{021}(a_7)x_{011}(a_8)x_{001}(a_9) \in B_{W^*} \\ \iff a_1\in \mathbb{F}_7,\, a_9 = a_1,\, a_2 = 4a_1^2,\, a_3 = a_1,\, a_4 = 6a_1^5,\, a_5 = a_1^4, \, a_6 = -a_1^3,\, a_7 = 5a_1^3,\, a_8 = 4a_1^2,\, \\ t_2^3 = t_3^4 = 1, t_1 = t_2t_3. \end{gather*} $$
Taking 
 $a_1=t_1=t_2=t_3 = 1$
, we get the element x, while taking
$a_1=t_1=t_2=t_3 = 1$
, we get the element x, while taking 
 $a_1 = 0$
 we get the subgroup generated by
$a_1 = 0$
 we get the subgroup generated by 
 $\tau ^*$
. This completes the proof that
$\tau ^*$
. This completes the proof that 
 $B_{W^*} = S^*$
.
$B_{W^*} = S^*$
.
 We now turn to the case 
 $p\neq 7$
. The only proper nonzero subspaces of V stabilised by
$p\neq 7$
. The only proper nonzero subspaces of V stabilised by 
 $S^\dagger $
 are
$S^\dagger $
 are 
 $\langle e_1,e_2,f_3 \rangle $
 and
$\langle e_1,e_2,f_3 \rangle $
 and 
 $\langle e_3,f_1,f_2 \rangle $
. Suppose that
$\langle e_3,f_1,f_2 \rangle $
. Suppose that 
 $H\leq G_{\langle e_1,e_2,f_3 \rangle }$
. Then it is easy to see that
$H\leq G_{\langle e_1,e_2,f_3 \rangle }$
. Then it is easy to see that 
 $H_{W^*}$
 stabilises the subspace
$H_{W^*}$
 stabilises the subspace 
 $W^\ddagger = \langle v^{(0)},v^{(1)},v^{(2)},v^{(4)} \rangle $
. Let
$W^\ddagger = \langle v^{(0)},v^{(1)},v^{(2)},v^{(4)} \rangle $
. Let 
 $$\begin{align*}g = u^- n t u,\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}g = u^- n t u,\end{align*}$$
where
 $$ \begin{align*} u &= x_{100}(a_1)x_{110}(a_2)x_{010}(a_3)x_{221}(a_4)x_{121}(a_5)x_{111}(a_6)x_{021}(a_7)x_{011}(a_8)x_{001}(a_9), \\ t &=h_{\alpha_1}(t_1)h_{\alpha_2}(t_2)h_{\alpha_3}(t_3), \\ n &\in \{1,n_1,n_2,n_1n_2,n_2n_1,n_1n_2n_1\}, \\ u^- &=x_{100}(b_1)x_{110}(b_2)x_{010}(b_3)x_{221}(b_4)x_{121}(b_5)x_{111}(b_6)x_{021}(b_7)x_{011}(b_8)x_{001}(b_9),\\ u^- &\in \langle X_\alpha : n^{-1}.\alpha \in \Phi^-,\alpha\in \Phi^+ \rangle, \end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} u &= x_{100}(a_1)x_{110}(a_2)x_{010}(a_3)x_{221}(a_4)x_{121}(a_5)x_{111}(a_6)x_{021}(a_7)x_{011}(a_8)x_{001}(a_9), \\ t &=h_{\alpha_1}(t_1)h_{\alpha_2}(t_2)h_{\alpha_3}(t_3), \\ n &\in \{1,n_1,n_2,n_1n_2,n_2n_1,n_1n_2n_1\}, \\ u^- &=x_{100}(b_1)x_{110}(b_2)x_{010}(b_3)x_{221}(b_4)x_{121}(b_5)x_{111}(b_6)x_{021}(b_7)x_{011}(b_8)x_{001}(b_9),\\ u^- &\in \langle X_\alpha : n^{-1}.\alpha \in \Phi^-,\alpha\in \Phi^+ \rangle, \end{align*} $$
 for 
 $a_1,\dots ,a_9,b_1,\dots ,b_9\in K$
 and
$a_1,\dots ,a_9,b_1,\dots ,b_9\in K$
 and 
 $t_1,t_2,t_3\in K^*$
. Then g is an arbitrary element of
$t_1,t_2,t_3\in K^*$
. Then g is an arbitrary element of 
 $G_{\langle e_1,e_2,e_3 \rangle }$
, written in terms of its Bruhat decomposition, and therefore,
$G_{\langle e_1,e_2,e_3 \rangle }$
, written in terms of its Bruhat decomposition, and therefore, 
 $g^{n_3}$
 is an arbitrary element of
$g^{n_3}$
 is an arbitrary element of 
 $G_{\langle e_1,e_2,f_3 \rangle }$
.
$G_{\langle e_1,e_2,f_3 \rangle }$
.
 For each possible n, we use Magma to solve the system of equations corresponding to 
 $g^{n_3} \in G_{W^\ddagger }$
, similarly to how we did for
$g^{n_3} \in G_{W^\ddagger }$
, similarly to how we did for 
 $p=7$
. More care is now required for the setup of the computations in Magma since the characteristic is arbitrary. What we do is find a Groebner basis over
$p=7$
. More care is now required for the setup of the computations in Magma since the characteristic is arbitrary. What we do is find a Groebner basis over 
 $\mathbb {Q}$
 and also output the list of primes that the algorithm divided by in its various steps. If p is not in such list, we can use the Groebner basis to easily solve the system; otherwise, we simply run the Groebner basis algorithm again over
$\mathbb {Q}$
 and also output the list of primes that the algorithm divided by in its various steps. If p is not in such list, we can use the Groebner basis to easily solve the system; otherwise, we simply run the Groebner basis algorithm again over 
 $\mathbb {F}_p$
. This is done as per Listing 6 and Listing 7. We find that
$\mathbb {F}_p$
. This is done as per Listing 6 and Listing 7. We find that 
 $g^{n_3}$
 does not stabilise
$g^{n_3}$
 does not stabilise 
 $W^\ddagger $
 when
$W^\ddagger $
 when 
 $n \in \{n_1,n_2,n_1n_2n_2\}$
. When
$n \in \{n_1,n_2,n_1n_2n_2\}$
. When 
 $n\in \{1,n_1n_2,n_2n_1\}$
, we find that
$n\in \{1,n_1n_2,n_2n_1\}$
, we find that 
 $g^{n_3}$
 stabilises
$g^{n_3}$
 stabilises 
 $W^\ddagger $
 if and only if
$W^\ddagger $
 if and only if 
 $u = u^- = 1$
 and
$u = u^- = 1$
 and 
 $t_1,t_2,t_3$
 satisfy the following:
$t_1,t_2,t_3$
 satisfy the following: 
 $$ \begin{align*} t_1 &= t_2^{-2}t_3^{-1}, & t_2^7 &= 1, & t_3^2 &= 1, &\text{ when } n &= 1; \\ t_1 &= -t_2^{-2}t_3^{-1}, & t_2^7 &= 1, & t_3^2 &= 1, &\text{ when } n &= n_1n_2; \\ t_1 &= t_2^{-2}t_3^{-1}, & t_2^7 &= -1, & t_3^2 &= 1, &\text{ when } n &= n_2n_1. \end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} t_1 &= t_2^{-2}t_3^{-1}, & t_2^7 &= 1, & t_3^2 &= 1, &\text{ when } n &= 1; \\ t_1 &= -t_2^{-2}t_3^{-1}, & t_2^7 &= 1, & t_3^2 &= 1, &\text{ when } n &= n_1n_2; \\ t_1 &= t_2^{-2}t_3^{-1}, & t_2^7 &= -1, & t_3^2 &= 1, &\text{ when } n &= n_2n_1. \end{align*} $$
This is easily seen to be equivalent to 
 $g^{n_3}\in S^*$
. The case
$g^{n_3}\in S^*$
. The case 
 $H\leq G_{\langle e_3,f_1,f_2 \rangle }$
 follows similarly, with an arbitrary element of
$H\leq G_{\langle e_3,f_1,f_2 \rangle }$
 follows similarly, with an arbitrary element of 
 $G_{\langle e_3,f_1,f_2 \rangle }$
 being given by
$G_{\langle e_3,f_1,f_2 \rangle }$
 being given by 
 $g^{n_1n_2n_3n_2n_1n_2n_3n_2}$
.
$g^{n_1n_2n_3n_2n_1n_2n_3n_2}$
.
Lemma 5.29. Let 
 $H = N_G(S^\dagger )$
. Then
$H = N_G(S^\dagger )$
. Then 
 $H_{W^*}= S^*$
.
$H_{W^*}= S^*$
.
Proof. Assume 
 $p\neq 7$
. Since x is a regular semisimple element, we have
$p\neq 7$
. Since x is a regular semisimple element, we have 
 $H\leq N_G(T)$
, from which it is easy to check that
$H\leq N_G(T)$
, from which it is easy to check that 
 $H \leq T.\langle \tau ^* \rangle $
. A quick calculation shows that
$H \leq T.\langle \tau ^* \rangle $
. A quick calculation shows that 
 $T_{W^*} = \pm \langle x \rangle $
, concluding as required.
$T_{W^*} = \pm \langle x \rangle $
, concluding as required.
 If 
 $p = 7$
, we have
$p = 7$
, we have 
 $H\leq B$
, where B is the standard Borel subgroup of G. Then we conclude by Lemma 5.28.
$H\leq B$
, where B is the standard Borel subgroup of G. Then we conclude by Lemma 5.28.
Lemma 5.30. Suppose that 
 $S^\dagger \leq H.\mathbb {Z}_2 < G$
, where H is an arbitrary subgroup of G. Then
$S^\dagger \leq H.\mathbb {Z}_2 < G$
, where H is an arbitrary subgroup of G. Then 
 $(H.\mathbb {Z}_2)_{W^*}\leq S^*$
 if and only if
$(H.\mathbb {Z}_2)_{W^*}\leq S^*$
 if and only if 
 $H_{W^*}\leq S^*$
.
$H_{W^*}\leq S^*$
.
Proof. The forward direction is trivial. Suppose that 
 $H_{W^*}\leq S^*$
. Since
$H_{W^*}\leq S^*$
. Since 
 $S^\dagger $
 has order
$S^\dagger $
 has order 
 $21$
, we must have
$21$
, we must have 
 $S^\dagger \leq H$
. Since
$S^\dagger \leq H$
. Since 
 $H_{W^*}\leq S^*$
, the subgroup
$H_{W^*}\leq S^*$
, the subgroup 
 $S^\dagger $
 is the unique subgroup of order
$S^\dagger $
 is the unique subgroup of order 
 $21$
 in
$21$
 in 
 $H_{W^*}$
. Therefore,
$H_{W^*}$
. Therefore, 
 $H_{W^*} \lhd (H.\mathbb {Z}_2)_{W^*}$
 implies that
$H_{W^*} \lhd (H.\mathbb {Z}_2)_{W^*}$
 implies that 
 $S^\dagger $
 is normal in
$S^\dagger $
 is normal in 
 $(H.\mathbb {Z}_2)_{W^*}$
. By Lemma 5.29, we know that the stabilizer of
$(H.\mathbb {Z}_2)_{W^*}$
. By Lemma 5.29, we know that the stabilizer of 
 $W^*$
 in
$W^*$
 in 
 $N_G(S^\dagger )$
 is
$N_G(S^\dagger )$
 is 
 $S^*$
, concluding.
$S^*$
, concluding.
Proposition 5.31. Let 
 $G=C_3$
,
$G=C_3$
, 
 $\lambda = \lambda _2$
 with
$\lambda = \lambda _2$
 with 
 $p\neq 3$
. Then
$p\neq 3$
. Then 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_7'(V)}=\mathbb {Z}_7.\mathbb {Z}_6$
 and
$C_{\mathcal {S}_7'(V)}=\mathbb {Z}_7.\mathbb {Z}_6$
 and 
 $C_{\mathcal {S}_7"(V)} = \mathbb {Z}_{7/(p,7)}.\mathbb {Z}_6$
.
$C_{\mathcal {S}_7"(V)} = \mathbb {Z}_{7/(p,7)}.\mathbb {Z}_6$
.
Proof. Let 
 $S = G_{W^*}$
. We shall prove that
$S = G_{W^*}$
. We shall prove that 
 $S\leq N_G(S^\dagger )$
. This will conclude the proof of the proposition as follows. By Lemma 5.29, we have
$S\leq N_G(S^\dagger )$
. This will conclude the proof of the proposition as follows. By Lemma 5.29, we have 
 $(N_G(S^\dagger ))_{W^*} = S^*$
, which then implies
$(N_G(S^\dagger ))_{W^*} = S^*$
, which then implies 
 $S=S^*$
 and that
$S=S^*$
 and that 
 $W^*$
 is in a dense G-orbit on one of the two
$W^*$
 is in a dense G-orbit on one of the two 
 $D_7$
-orbits on
$D_7$
-orbits on 
 $\mathcal {S}_7(V)$
. If
$\mathcal {S}_7(V)$
. If 
 $p\neq 7$
, then
$p\neq 7$
, then 
 $W_{(\omega ,i)}$
 and
$W_{(\omega ,i)}$
 and 
 $W_{(\omega ^2,i)}$
 intersect in a
$W_{(\omega ^2,i)}$
 intersect in a 
 $6$
-dimensional subspace, and therefore, by Lemma 2.6, they belong to distinct
$6$
-dimensional subspace, and therefore, by Lemma 2.6, they belong to distinct 
 $D_7$
-orbits on
$D_7$
-orbits on 
 $\mathcal {S}_7(V)$
. They each have stabilizer
$\mathcal {S}_7(V)$
. They each have stabilizer 
 $S^*$
, concluding the
$S^*$
, concluding the 
 $p\neq 7$
 case. If
$p\neq 7$
 case. If 
 $p=7$
, the subspace
$p=7$
, the subspace 
 $W^*$
 intersects
$W^*$
 intersects 
 $W_{(2,i)}$
 trivially, which by Lemma 2.6 implies that
$W_{(2,i)}$
 trivially, which by Lemma 2.6 implies that 
 $W^*$
 and
$W^*$
 and 
 $W_{(4,\zeta )}$
 belong to distinct
$W_{(4,\zeta )}$
 belong to distinct 
 $D_7$
-orbits on
$D_7$
-orbits on 
 $\mathcal {S}_7(V)$
. Again
$\mathcal {S}_7(V)$
. Again 
 $G_{W^*} = S^*$
, concluding.
$G_{W^*} = S^*$
, concluding.
 In order to prove that 
 $S\leq N_G(\langle x \rangle )$
, we show that for all
$S\leq N_G(\langle x \rangle )$
, we show that for all 
 $p<\infty $
 and
$p<\infty $
 and 
 $e\in \mathbb {Z}_{\geq 1}$
, if
$e\in \mathbb {Z}_{\geq 1}$
, if 
 $$\begin{align*}S^\dagger \leq R \leq Sp_6(p^e)=Sp_6(q)<G, \text{ with }R\not\leq N_G(S^\dagger),\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}S^\dagger \leq R \leq Sp_6(p^e)=Sp_6(q)<G, \text{ with }R\not\leq N_G(S^\dagger),\end{align*}$$
then R does not stabilise 
 $W^*$
. Note that this is indeed sufficient since if
$W^*$
. Note that this is indeed sufficient since if 
 $g\in S\setminus N_G (S^\dagger )$
, then there must exist
$g\in S\setminus N_G (S^\dagger )$
, then there must exist 
 $e\in \mathbb {Z}_{\geq 1}$
 such that
$e\in \mathbb {Z}_{\geq 1}$
 such that 
 $g \in Sp_6(p^e)$
, with
$g \in Sp_6(p^e)$
, with 
 $R = \langle S,g\rangle $
 satisfying the condition above. We shall make extensive use of maximal subgroups of
$R = \langle S,g\rangle $
 satisfying the condition above. We shall make extensive use of maximal subgroups of 
 $Sp_6(q)$
, combined with computations in Magma. The
$Sp_6(q)$
, combined with computations in Magma. The 
 $p=\infty $
 case then follows from the
$p=\infty $
 case then follows from the 
 $p<\infty $
 case since they are equivalent once p is sufficiently large.
$p<\infty $
 case since they are equivalent once p is sufficiently large.
Suppose that
 $$\begin{align*}S^\dagger \leq R \leq M_q < Sp_6(q)<G, \text{ with }R\not\leq N_G(S^\dagger),\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}S^\dagger \leq R \leq M_q < Sp_6(q)<G, \text{ with }R\not\leq N_G(S^\dagger),\end{align*}$$
where 
 $M_q$
 is a maximal subgroup of
$M_q$
 is a maximal subgroup of 
 $Sp_6(q)$
, as listed in [Reference Bray, Holt and Roney-Dougal5, Table 8.28, Table 8.29]. By Lemma 5.28, we can assume that
$Sp_6(q)$
, as listed in [Reference Bray, Holt and Roney-Dougal5, Table 8.28, Table 8.29]. By Lemma 5.28, we can assume that 
 $M_q$
 is an irreducible subgroup, with order divisible by
$M_q$
 is an irreducible subgroup, with order divisible by 
 $|S^\dagger | = 21$
, and by Lemma 5.30, we can assume that
$|S^\dagger | = 21$
, and by Lemma 5.30, we can assume that 
 $M_q$
 does not contain a reducible subgroup of index
$M_q$
 does not contain a reducible subgroup of index 
 $2$
. The goal is to prove that R does not stabilize
$2$
. The goal is to prove that R does not stabilize 
 $W^*$
. Going through (Reference Bray, Holt and Roney-Dougal5, Table 8.28,Table 8.29) for the maximal subgroups of
$W^*$
. Going through (Reference Bray, Holt and Roney-Dougal5, Table 8.28,Table 8.29) for the maximal subgroups of 
 $Sp_6(q)$
, and (Reference Bray, Holt and Roney-Dougal5, Table 8.30,Table 8.31,Table 8.32,Table 8.33,Table 8.34) for the maximal subgroups of
$Sp_6(q)$
, and (Reference Bray, Holt and Roney-Dougal5, Table 8.30,Table 8.31,Table 8.32,Table 8.33,Table 8.34) for the maximal subgroups of 
 $SO_6^+(q)$
,
$SO_6^+(q)$
, 
 $SO_6^-(q)$
 and
$SO_6^-(q)$
 and 
 $G_2(q)$
 in even characteristic, we reduce to having to consider the cases in the following table:
$G_2(q)$
 in even characteristic, we reduce to having to consider the cases in the following table:

 If 
 $M_q$
 is
$M_q$
 is 
 $Sp_6(q_0).\mathbb {Z}_2$
, then by Lemma 5.30, we reduce to one of the other cases.
$Sp_6(q_0).\mathbb {Z}_2$
, then by Lemma 5.30, we reduce to one of the other cases.
 Suppose that 
 $M_q = (Sp_2(q)^3).Sym(3)$
. By Lemma 5.30, we can assume that
$M_q = (Sp_2(q)^3).Sym(3)$
. By Lemma 5.30, we can assume that 
 $R\leq (Sp_2(q)^3).\mathbb {Z}_3$
. Since x has order
$R\leq (Sp_2(q)^3).\mathbb {Z}_3$
. Since x has order 
 $7$
, it must be contained in
$7$
, it must be contained in 
 $Sp_2(q)^3$
. Therefore,
$Sp_2(q)^3$
. Therefore, 
 $p\neq 7$
 since
$p\neq 7$
 since 
 $Sp_2(q)^3$
 does not contain a regular unipotent element. Then
$Sp_2(q)^3$
 does not contain a regular unipotent element. Then 
 $Sp_2(q)^3$
 must be the stabilizer of the orthogonal sum
$Sp_2(q)^3$
 must be the stabilizer of the orthogonal sum 
 $\langle e_1 ,f_1 \rangle \perp \langle e_2 ,f_2 \rangle \perp \langle e_3 ,f_3 \rangle $
 in
$\langle e_1 ,f_1 \rangle \perp \langle e_2 ,f_2 \rangle \perp \langle e_3 ,f_3 \rangle $
 in 
 $Sp_6(q)$
. This implies that
$Sp_6(q)$
. This implies that 
 $(Sp_2(q)^3).\mathbb {Z}_3 = (Sp_2(q)^3).\langle \tau ^4 \rangle $
. Since
$(Sp_2(q)^3).\mathbb {Z}_3 = (Sp_2(q)^3).\langle \tau ^4 \rangle $
. Since 
 $\tau ^4 \in S^\dagger $
, it remains to determine the stabilizer of
$\tau ^4 \in S^\dagger $
, it remains to determine the stabilizer of 
 $W^*$
 in
$W^*$
 in 
 $(Sp_2(q)^3)$
, which is easily seen to be
$(Sp_2(q)^3)$
, which is easily seen to be 
 $\langle x,\tau ^3 \rangle \leq S^*$
, concluding.
$\langle x,\tau ^3 \rangle \leq S^*$
, concluding.
 Suppose that 
 $M_q = Sp_2(q)\otimes GO_3(q)$
 with
$M_q = Sp_2(q)\otimes GO_3(q)$
 with 
 $p\neq 2$
. Then
$p\neq 2$
. Then 
 $M_q$
 does not contain a regular unipotent element, and therefore,
$M_q$
 does not contain a regular unipotent element, and therefore, 
 $p \neq 7$
. Comparing the actions of
$p \neq 7$
. Comparing the actions of 
 $M_q$
 and
$M_q$
 and 
 $S^\dagger $
 on V, we also see that
$S^\dagger $
 on V, we also see that 
 $M_q$
 does not contain
$M_q$
 does not contain 
 $S^\dagger $
.
$S^\dagger $
.
 Suppose that 
 $M_q = Z(G).PSL_2(7).\mathbb {Z}_2$
. By Lemma 5.30, we can assume that
$M_q = Z(G).PSL_2(7).\mathbb {Z}_2$
. By Lemma 5.30, we can assume that 
 $R\leq Z(G).PSL_2(7)$
. Here, we use Magma to determine that the only possibility for R is
$R\leq Z(G).PSL_2(7)$
. Here, we use Magma to determine that the only possibility for R is 
 $Z(G).PSL_2(7)$
 itself, which acts on V as a sum of a
$Z(G).PSL_2(7)$
 itself, which acts on V as a sum of a 
 $6$
-dimensional irreducible and an
$6$
-dimensional irreducible and an 
 $8$
-dimensional irreducible when
$8$
-dimensional irreducible when 
 $p\neq 7$
, and with composition factors of dimension
$p\neq 7$
, and with composition factors of dimension 
 $5,1,3,5$
 when
$5,1,3,5$
 when 
 $p=7$
, therefore not stabilising
$p=7$
, therefore not stabilising 
 $W^*$
. The Magma code used here and for the next cases can be found in Listing 8.
$W^*$
. The Magma code used here and for the next cases can be found in Listing 8.
 Suppose that 
 $M_q = Z(G).PSL_2(13)$
. Then
$M_q = Z(G).PSL_2(13)$
. Then 
 $M_q$
 does not contain a subgroup of order
$M_q$
 does not contain a subgroup of order 
 $21$
, a contradiction. Suppose that
$21$
, a contradiction. Suppose that 
 $M_q = (Z(G)\times U_3(3)).\mathbb {Z}_2$
. Clearly, we can reduce to the case
$M_q = (Z(G)\times U_3(3)).\mathbb {Z}_2$
. Clearly, we can reduce to the case 
 $R\leq U_3(3)$
. Here, we find that the only possibility for R is
$R\leq U_3(3)$
. Here, we find that the only possibility for R is 
 $PSL_2(7)$
, concluding like for the
$PSL_2(7)$
, concluding like for the 
 $M_q = Z(G).PSL_2(7).\mathbb {Z}_2$
 case.
$M_q = Z(G).PSL_2(7).\mathbb {Z}_2$
 case.
 Suppose that 
 $M_q = Z(G).J_2$
. Then we find that all the possibilities for R contain one of
$M_q = Z(G).J_2$
. Then we find that all the possibilities for R contain one of 
 $PSL_2(7)$
,
$PSL_2(7)$
, 
 $SL_2(7)$
,
$SL_2(7)$
, 
 $U_3(3)$
, concluding via the previous analysis. Finally, if
$U_3(3)$
, concluding via the previous analysis. Finally, if 
 $M_q = SL_2(q)$
, a similar treatment using the maximal subgroups of
$M_q = SL_2(q)$
, a similar treatment using the maximal subgroups of 
 $SL_2(q)$
 allows us to conclude.
$SL_2(q)$
 allows us to conclude.
6 Proof of Theorem 4
In this section, we shall prove Theorem 4. Unlike with previous work, we shall not be interested in determining the exact structure of the (semi-)generic stabilizers, if they exist. Instead, we will often resort to finding a dense open subset of the variety where the stabilizers have a certain minimal dimension in order to exclude the possibility of a dense orbit, in a very similar fashion to the work we have done to determine (semi-)generic stabilizers. The following lemma is a crucial tool for narrowing down the cases we will have to consider.
Lemma 6.1. Let 
 $H= Cl(V_1)\otimes Cl(V_2)\leq Cl(V_1\otimes V_2)=Cl(V)$
. Assume that
$H= Cl(V_1)\otimes Cl(V_2)\leq Cl(V_1\otimes V_2)=Cl(V)$
. Assume that 
 $\dim V_2 = k\dim V_1$
 for some
$\dim V_2 = k\dim V_1$
 for some 
 $k\geq 1$
. Let
$k\geq 1$
. Let 
 $G = Cl(V_1)\otimes Cl(V_2')\leq Cl(V_1\otimes V_2')=Cl(V')$
 with
$G = Cl(V_1)\otimes Cl(V_2')\leq Cl(V_1\otimes V_2')=Cl(V')$
 with 
 $\dim V_2'\geq \dim V_2$
 and
$\dim V_2'\geq \dim V_2$
 and 
 $Cl(V),Cl(V')= SO(V),SO(V')$
 or
$Cl(V),Cl(V')= SO(V),SO(V')$
 or 
 $Cl(V),Cl(V')= Sp(V),Sp(V')$
. Then H has a dense orbit on
$Cl(V),Cl(V')= Sp(V),Sp(V')$
. Then H has a dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 if and only if G has a dense orbit on
$\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 if and only if G has a dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V')$
.
$\mathcal {S}_k(V')$
.
Proof. Write 
 $\dim V_1 = d_1$
,
$\dim V_1 = d_1$
, 
 $\dim V_2 = d_2 = kd_1$
,
$\dim V_2 = d_2 = kd_1$
, 
 $\dim V_2' = d_2'$
; then
$\dim V_2' = d_2'$
; then 
 $\dim V = d_1d_2$
,
$\dim V = d_1d_2$
, 
 $\dim V' = d_1d_2'$
. We may assume
$\dim V' = d_1d_2'$
. We may assume 
 $V_2\leq V_2'$
; let
$V_2\leq V_2'$
; let 
 $V_2"$
 be the orthogonal complement to
$V_2"$
 be the orthogonal complement to 
 $V_2$
 in
$V_2$
 in 
 $V_2'$
, so that
$V_2'$
, so that 
 $\dim V_2" = d_2'-d_2$
. Let
$\dim V_2" = d_2'-d_2$
. Let 
 $\epsilon _V$
 be
$\epsilon _V$
 be 
 $1$
 or
$1$
 or 
 $-1$
 according as V and
$-1$
 according as V and 
 $V'$
 are both orthogonal or both symplectic, and similarly
$V'$
 are both orthogonal or both symplectic, and similarly 
 $\epsilon _{V_2}$
 be
$\epsilon _{V_2}$
 be 
 $1$
 or
$1$
 or 
 $-1$
 according as
$-1$
 according as 
 $V_2$
,
$V_2$
, 
 $V_2'$
 and
$V_2'$
 and 
 $V_2"$
 are all orthogonal or all symplectic. Then
$V_2"$
 are all orthogonal or all symplectic. Then 
 $$ \begin{align*} \dim G - \dim \mathcal{S}_k(V') &= \dim Cl(V_1)+\dim Cl(V_2')-kd_1d_2'+\frac{3k^2+\epsilon_V k}{2}, \\ \dim H - \dim \mathcal{S}_k(V) &= \dim Cl(V_1)+\dim Cl(V_2)-kd_1d_2+\frac{3k^2+\epsilon_V k}{2}; \end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} \dim G - \dim \mathcal{S}_k(V') &= \dim Cl(V_1)+\dim Cl(V_2')-kd_1d_2'+\frac{3k^2+\epsilon_V k}{2}, \\ \dim H - \dim \mathcal{S}_k(V) &= \dim Cl(V_1)+\dim Cl(V_2)-kd_1d_2+\frac{3k^2+\epsilon_V k}{2}; \end{align*} $$
thus,
 $$ \begin{align*} &(\dim G - \dim \mathcal{S}_k(V'))-(\dim H-\dim \mathcal{S}_k(V)) \\ = &\quad \dim Cl(V_2')-\dim Cl(V_2)-kd_1(d_2'-d_2)\\ = &\quad \frac{1}{2}d_2'(d_2'-\epsilon_{V_2})-\frac{1}{2}d_2(d_2-\epsilon_{V_2})-d_2(d_2'-d_2)\\ = & \quad\frac{1}{2}(d_2'-d_2)(d_2'-d_2-\epsilon_{V_2})\\ = &\quad \dim Cl(V_2"). \end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} &(\dim G - \dim \mathcal{S}_k(V'))-(\dim H-\dim \mathcal{S}_k(V)) \\ = &\quad \dim Cl(V_2')-\dim Cl(V_2)-kd_1(d_2'-d_2)\\ = &\quad \frac{1}{2}d_2'(d_2'-\epsilon_{V_2})-\frac{1}{2}d_2(d_2-\epsilon_{V_2})-d_2(d_2'-d_2)\\ = & \quad\frac{1}{2}(d_2'-d_2)(d_2'-d_2-\epsilon_{V_2})\\ = &\quad \dim Cl(V_2"). \end{align*} $$
Now let 
 $v_1,\dots ,v_{d_1}$
 be a fixed basis of
$v_1,\dots ,v_{d_1}$
 be a fixed basis of 
 $V_1$
. Given
$V_1$
. Given 
 $y\in \mathcal {S}_k(V')$
, choose a basis
$y\in \mathcal {S}_k(V')$
, choose a basis 
 $x_1,\dots ,x_k$
 of y and write each
$x_1,\dots ,x_k$
 of y and write each 
 $x_j$
 uniquely as
$x_j$
 uniquely as 
 $\sum _{i=1}^{d_1} v_i\otimes u_{ij}$
 with each
$\sum _{i=1}^{d_1} v_i\otimes u_{ij}$
 with each 
 $u_{ij}\in V_2'$
; set
$u_{ij}\in V_2'$
; set 
 $\mathrm {supp}_2(y) = \langle u_{ij}:1\leq i\leq d_1,\, 1\leq j\leq k\rangle \leq V_2'$
. Define
$\mathrm {supp}_2(y) = \langle u_{ij}:1\leq i\leq d_1,\, 1\leq j\leq k\rangle \leq V_2'$
. Define 
 $$\begin{align*}Y = \{y\in \mathcal{S}_k(V'):\mathrm{supp}_2(y)\text{ is nondegenerate of dimension }d_2\}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}Y = \{y\in \mathcal{S}_k(V'):\mathrm{supp}_2(y)\text{ is nondegenerate of dimension }d_2\}.\end{align*}$$
The set Y is dense in 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V')$
 because the set
$\mathcal {S}_k(V')$
 because the set 
 $\{ y\in \mathcal {S}_k(V'): \dim \mathrm {supp}_2(y) <d_2\}$
 is a proper closed subvariety of
$\{ y\in \mathcal {S}_k(V'): \dim \mathrm {supp}_2(y) <d_2\}$
 is a proper closed subvariety of 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V')$
, and nondegenerate
$\mathcal {S}_k(V')$
, and nondegenerate 
 $d_2$
-spaces are dense in the variety of all
$d_2$
-spaces are dense in the variety of all 
 $d_2$
-spaces in
$d_2$
-spaces in 
 $V_2'$
; likewise,
$V_2'$
; likewise, 
 $Y\cap \mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 is dense in
$Y\cap \mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 is dense in 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
. Moreover, all nondegenerate
$\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
. Moreover, all nondegenerate 
 $d_2$
-spaces in
$d_2$
-spaces in 
 $V_2'$
 lie in a single
$V_2'$
 lie in a single 
 $Cl(V_2')$
-orbit; thus, given
$Cl(V_2')$
-orbit; thus, given 
 $y\in Y$
, by applying an element of G, we may assume that
$y\in Y$
, by applying an element of G, we may assume that 
 $\mathrm {supp}_2(y) = V_2$
, and then the stabilizer of y in G must fix
$\mathrm {supp}_2(y) = V_2$
, and then the stabilizer of y in G must fix 
 $V_2$
 and hence
$V_2$
 and hence 
 $V_2"$
, whence
$V_2"$
, whence 
 $G_y = H_y \times Cl(V_2")$
, so that
$G_y = H_y \times Cl(V_2")$
, so that 
 $\dim G_y-\dim H_y = \dim Cl(V_2")$
, and hence,
$\dim G_y-\dim H_y = \dim Cl(V_2")$
, and hence, 
 $$\begin{align*}\dim \mathcal{S}_k(V')-(\dim G-\dim G_y) = \dim \mathcal{S}_k(V)-(\dim H-\dim H_y).\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\dim \mathcal{S}_k(V')-(\dim G-\dim G_y) = \dim \mathcal{S}_k(V)-(\dim H-\dim H_y).\end{align*}$$
Now if H has a dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
, it must meet
$\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
, it must meet 
 $Y\cap \mathcal {S}_k(V)$
; thus, it contains some
$Y\cap \mathcal {S}_k(V)$
; thus, it contains some 
 $y\in Y\cap \mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 for which the right side of the above equation is zero, whence the left side is also zero and so G has a dense orbit on
$y\in Y\cap \mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 for which the right side of the above equation is zero, whence the left side is also zero and so G has a dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V')$
. Conversely, if G has a dense orbit on
$\mathcal {S}_k(V')$
. Conversely, if G has a dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V')$
, it must meet Y, and therefore,
$\mathcal {S}_k(V')$
, it must meet Y, and therefore, 
 $Y\cap \mathcal {S}_k(V)$
; thus, it contains some
$Y\cap \mathcal {S}_k(V)$
; thus, it contains some 
 $y\in Y\cap \mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 for which the left side of the above equation is zero, whence the right side is also zero and H has a dense orbit on
$y\in Y\cap \mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 for which the left side of the above equation is zero, whence the right side is also zero and H has a dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
.
$\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
.
Lemma 6.2. Let 
 $G=SO(V_1)\otimes SO(V_2)$
 with
$G=SO(V_1)\otimes SO(V_2)$
 with 
 $3\leq \dim V_1\leq \dim V_2$
. Then G does not have a dense orbit on
$3\leq \dim V_1\leq \dim V_2$
. Then G does not have a dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V_1\otimes V_2)$
 for all
$\mathcal {S}_k(V_1\otimes V_2)$
 for all 
 $1\leq k\leq \frac {1}{2}\dim V_1\dim V_2$
.
$1\leq k\leq \frac {1}{2}\dim V_1\dim V_2$
.
Proof. Let 
 $m=\dim V_1$
,
$m=\dim V_1$
, 
 $n=\dim V_2$
 and assume that G does have a dense orbit on
$n=\dim V_2$
 and assume that G does have a dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V_1\otimes V_2)$
. Then
$\mathcal {S}_k(V_1\otimes V_2)$
. Then 
 $$\begin{align*}\dim G = \frac{1}{2}(m^2+n^2-m-n)\geq mnk-\frac{3k^2+k}{2} = \dim\mathcal{S}_k(V_1\otimes V_2). \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\dim G = \frac{1}{2}(m^2+n^2-m-n)\geq mnk-\frac{3k^2+k}{2} = \dim\mathcal{S}_k(V_1\otimes V_2). \end{align*}$$
We first show that 
 $mk\leq n$
. If
$mk\leq n$
. If 
 $k=1$
 this is immediate, so assume
$k=1$
 this is immediate, so assume 
 $k>1$
. Write
$k>1$
. Write 
 $n= am$
 for some
$n= am$
 for some 
 $a\geq 1$
. Then if we define
$a\geq 1$
. Then if we define 
 $g:\mathbb {R}\rightarrow \mathbb {R}$
 by
$g:\mathbb {R}\rightarrow \mathbb {R}$
 by 
 $$\begin{align*}g(x) =m^2 + m^2 x^2 - m - m x - 2 m^2 x k + 3 k^2 + k,\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}g(x) =m^2 + m^2 x^2 - m - m x - 2 m^2 x k + 3 k^2 + k,\end{align*}$$
we have 
 $g(a) = 2(\dim G-\dim \mathcal {S}_k(V_1\otimes V_2))\geq 0$
. The discriminant of
$g(a) = 2(\dim G-\dim \mathcal {S}_k(V_1\otimes V_2))\geq 0$
. The discriminant of 
 $g(x)$
 is
$g(x)$
 is 
 $(-m-2m^2k)^2-4m^2(m^2-m+3k^2+k) = m^2h(m)$
, where we define
$(-m-2m^2k)^2-4m^2(m^2-m+3k^2+k) = m^2h(m)$
, where we define 
 $h:\mathbb {R}\rightarrow \mathbb {R}$
 by
$h:\mathbb {R}\rightarrow \mathbb {R}$
 by 
 $$\begin{align*}h(x) = 1-4k-12k^2+4(k+1)x+4(k^2-1)x^2.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}h(x) = 1-4k-12k^2+4(k+1)x+4(k^2-1)x^2.\end{align*}$$
In turn, the discriminant of 
 $h(x)$
 is
$h(x)$
 is 
 $16(k+1)^2-16(k^2-1)(1-4k-12k^2)=16(k+1)(12k^3-8k^2-4k+2)\geq 0$
, so that the equation
$16(k+1)^2-16(k^2-1)(1-4k-12k^2)=16(k+1)(12k^3-8k^2-4k+2)\geq 0$
, so that the equation 
 $y = h(x)$
 has real roots; the positive root is
$y = h(x)$
 has real roots; the positive root is 
 $$\begin{align*}m = \frac{-(k+1)+\sqrt{(k+1)(12k^3-8k^2-4k+2)}}{2(k^2-1)},\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}m = \frac{-(k+1)+\sqrt{(k+1)(12k^3-8k^2-4k+2)}}{2(k^2-1)},\end{align*}$$
which is easily seen to be always less than 
 $2$
. Thus, as
$2$
. Thus, as 
 $m\geq 3$
, we have
$m\geq 3$
, we have 
 $h(m)>0$
, so that
$h(m)>0$
, so that 
 $g(x)$
 has positive discriminant, and therefore, the equation
$g(x)$
 has positive discriminant, and therefore, the equation 
 $y=g(x)$
 has real roots
$y=g(x)$
 has real roots 
 $$\begin{align*}r_1,r_2 = \frac{1+2km\pm\sqrt{h(m)}}{2m},\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}r_1,r_2 = \frac{1+2km\pm\sqrt{h(m)}}{2m},\end{align*}$$
where 
 $r_1<r_2$
. We claim that
$r_1<r_2$
. We claim that 
 $r_1<a$
. Since
$r_1<a$
. Since 
 $a\geq 1$
, the claim is certainly true if
$a\geq 1$
, the claim is certainly true if 
 $r_1<1$
; we have
$r_1<1$
; we have 
 $r_1<1 \Leftrightarrow h(m)> (2km-2m+1)^2 \Leftrightarrow 2km^2-2m^2+2m-3k^2-k>0$
. If
$r_1<1 \Leftrightarrow h(m)> (2km-2m+1)^2 \Leftrightarrow 2km^2-2m^2+2m-3k^2-k>0$
. If 
 $k\leq 4$
, the last inequality holds as
$k\leq 4$
, the last inequality holds as 
 $m\geq 3$
, so we may assume
$m\geq 3$
, so we may assume 
 $k\geq 5$
. If we had
$k\geq 5$
. If we had 
 $k\leq \frac {1}{2}m^2$
, this would force
$k\leq \frac {1}{2}m^2$
, this would force 
 $m\geq 4$
, and then
$m\geq 4$
, and then 
 $$ \begin{align*} 2km^2-2m^2+2m-3k^2-k &= \frac{2}{5}(k-5)m^2+2m+k\left(\frac{8}{5}m^2-3k-1\right) \\ & \geq \frac{2}{5}(k-5)m^2+2m+k\left(\frac{8}{5}m^2-\frac{3}{2}m^2-1\right) \\ & = \frac{2}{5}(k-5)m^2+2m+k\left(\frac{1}{10}m^2-1\right) \\ &> 0, \end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} 2km^2-2m^2+2m-3k^2-k &= \frac{2}{5}(k-5)m^2+2m+k\left(\frac{8}{5}m^2-3k-1\right) \\ & \geq \frac{2}{5}(k-5)m^2+2m+k\left(\frac{8}{5}m^2-\frac{3}{2}m^2-1\right) \\ & = \frac{2}{5}(k-5)m^2+2m+k\left(\frac{1}{10}m^2-1\right) \\ &> 0, \end{align*} $$
so we may assume 
 $k\geq \frac {1}{2}m^2$
. Write
$k\geq \frac {1}{2}m^2$
. Write 
 $k = \theta m^2$
; as
$k = \theta m^2$
; as 
 $k\leq \frac {1}{2}mn=\frac {1}{2}am^2$
, we have
$k\leq \frac {1}{2}mn=\frac {1}{2}am^2$
, we have 
 $\frac {1}{2}<\theta \leq \frac {1}{2}a$
. Then
$\frac {1}{2}<\theta \leq \frac {1}{2}a$
. Then 
 $r_1<2\theta $
 if and only if
$r_1<2\theta $
 if and only if 
 $$\begin{align*}1+2\theta m^3-\sqrt{4\theta^2m^6-12\theta^2 m^4 +4\theta m^3-4(1+\theta)m^2+4m+1}<4\theta m,\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}1+2\theta m^3-\sqrt{4\theta^2m^6-12\theta^2 m^4 +4\theta m^3-4(1+\theta)m^2+4m+1}<4\theta m,\end{align*}$$
which reduces to
 $$\begin{align*}m(\theta^2(m^2-4)-\theta-1)+(1+2\theta)>0,\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}m(\theta^2(m^2-4)-\theta-1)+(1+2\theta)>0,\end{align*}$$
which is true for all 
 $m\geq 3$
 and
$m\geq 3$
 and 
 $\theta> \frac {1}{2}$
. Thus, we do have
$\theta> \frac {1}{2}$
. Thus, we do have 
 $r_1<a$
, as claimed; so as
$r_1<a$
, as claimed; so as 
 $g(a)\geq 0$
, we must have
$g(a)\geq 0$
, we must have 
 $r_2<a$
, whence
$r_2<a$
, whence 
 $a>\frac {r_1+r_2}{2}= \frac {1+2km}{2m}>k$
 as required.
$a>\frac {r_1+r_2}{2}= \frac {1+2km}{2m}>k$
 as required.
 Let 
 $U\leq V_2$
 be a nondegenerate subspace of dimension
$U\leq V_2$
 be a nondegenerate subspace of dimension 
 $k\dim V_1$
. By Lemma 6.1, we know that
$k\dim V_1$
. By Lemma 6.1, we know that 
 $SO(V_1)\otimes SO(U)$
 has a dense orbit on
$SO(V_1)\otimes SO(U)$
 has a dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V\otimes U)$
. The dimension requirement is that
$\mathcal {S}_k(V\otimes U)$
. The dimension requirement is that 
 $ m^2-m+m^2k^2-mk \geq 2 m^2k^2-3k^2-k$
, which is absurd when
$ m^2-m+m^2k^2-mk \geq 2 m^2k^2-3k^2-k$
, which is absurd when 
 $m\geq 3$
 and
$m\geq 3$
 and 
 $k\geq 1$
. This contradicts G having a dense orbit on
$k\geq 1$
. This contradicts G having a dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V_1\otimes V_2)$
.
$\mathcal {S}_k(V_1\otimes V_2)$
.
Lemma 6.3. Let 
 $G=Sp(V_1)\otimes SO(V_2)$
 with
$G=Sp(V_1)\otimes SO(V_2)$
 with 
 $4\leq \dim V_1\leq \dim V_2$
 or
$4\leq \dim V_1\leq \dim V_2$
 or 
 $3\leq \dim V_2\leq \dim V_1$
. Then G does not have a dense orbit on
$3\leq \dim V_2\leq \dim V_1$
. Then G does not have a dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V_1\otimes V_2)$
 for all
$\mathcal {S}_k(V_1\otimes V_2)$
 for all 
 $2\leq k\leq \frac {1}{2}\dim V_1\dim V_2$
.
$2\leq k\leq \frac {1}{2}\dim V_1\dim V_2$
.
Proof. This is similar to Lemma 6.2. Note that here 
 $k\geq 2$
.
$k\geq 2$
.
Lemma 6.4. Let 
 $G=Sp(V_1)\otimes Sp(V_2)$
 with
$G=Sp(V_1)\otimes Sp(V_2)$
 with 
 $4\leq \dim V_1\leq \dim V_2$
. Then if G has a dense orbit on
$4\leq \dim V_1\leq \dim V_2$
. Then if G has a dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V_1\otimes V_2)$
, we must have
$\mathcal {S}_k(V_1\otimes V_2)$
, we must have 
 $k=1$
.
$k=1$
.
Proof. Let 
 $m=\frac {\dim V_1}{2}$
,
$m=\frac {\dim V_1}{2}$
, 
 $n = \frac {\dim V_2}{2}$
 and assume that G does have a dense orbit on
$n = \frac {\dim V_2}{2}$
 and assume that G does have a dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V_1\otimes V_2)$
. Then
$\mathcal {S}_k(V_1\otimes V_2)$
. Then 
 $$\begin{align*}\dim G = 2m^2+2n^2+m+n\geq 4mnk-\frac{3k^2+k}{2} = \dim\mathcal{S}_k(V_1\otimes V_2), .\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\dim G = 2m^2+2n^2+m+n\geq 4mnk-\frac{3k^2+k}{2} = \dim\mathcal{S}_k(V_1\otimes V_2), .\end{align*}$$
Similar calculations as in Lemma 6.2 show that 
 $k\dim V_1\leq \dim V_2$
. By Lemma 6.1, we then deduce that
$k\dim V_1\leq \dim V_2$
. By Lemma 6.1, we then deduce that 
 $Sp(V_1)\otimes Sp(U_2)$
 has a dense orbit on
$Sp(V_1)\otimes Sp(U_2)$
 has a dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V_1\otimes U_2)$
, where
$\mathcal {S}_k(V_1\otimes U_2)$
, where 
 $\dim U_2 = k\dim V_1$
. Then dimensional considerations rule out
$\dim U_2 = k\dim V_1$
. Then dimensional considerations rule out 
 $k\geq 2$
.
$k\geq 2$
.
Proposition 6.5. Let 
 $G=Sp(V_1)\otimes Sp(V_1)$
 with
$G=Sp(V_1)\otimes Sp(V_1)$
 with 
 $\dim V_1\geq 6$
. Then G does not have a dense orbit on
$\dim V_1\geq 6$
. Then G does not have a dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_1(V_1\otimes V_1)$
.
$\mathcal {S}_1(V_1\otimes V_1)$
.
Proof. Let 
 $2n = \dim V_1$
 and
$2n = \dim V_1$
 and 
 $e_1,\dots ,e_n,f_n,\dots ,f_1$
 be the standard basis of
$e_1,\dots ,e_n,f_n,\dots ,f_1$
 be the standard basis of 
 $V_1$
. Let
$V_1$
. Let 
 $$\begin{align*}Y=\left\{\left\langle \sum_{i=1}^{n} a_i e_i\otimes f_i\right\rangle: \sum a_i^2 = 0\right\},\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}Y=\left\{\left\langle \sum_{i=1}^{n} a_i e_i\otimes f_i\right\rangle: \sum a_i^2 = 0\right\},\end{align*}$$
a subvariety of 
 $\mathcal {S}_1(V_1\otimes V_1)$
. Let
$\mathcal {S}_1(V_1\otimes V_1)$
. Let 
 $$\begin{align*}\hat{Y}=\left\{\left\langle \sum_{i=1}^{n} a_i e_i\otimes f_i\right\rangle: \sum a_i^2 = 0, a_i\neq a_j\text{ if }i\neq j \right\},\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\hat{Y}=\left\{\left\langle \sum_{i=1}^{n} a_i e_i\otimes f_i\right\rangle: \sum a_i^2 = 0, a_i\neq a_j\text{ if }i\neq j \right\},\end{align*}$$
a dense subset of Y. Let 
 $y\in \hat {Y}$
. Then
$y\in \hat {Y}$
. Then 
 $\mathrm {Tran}_G(y,Y)$
 contains an
$\mathrm {Tran}_G(y,Y)$
 contains an 
 $A_1^n$
 stabilising all elements of y, which projects onto each
$A_1^n$
 stabilising all elements of y, which projects onto each 
 $Sp(V_1)$
 as
$Sp(V_1)$
 as 
 $\bigcap Sp(V_1)_{\langle e_i,f_i\rangle }$
. By assumption on the
$\bigcap Sp(V_1)_{\langle e_i,f_i\rangle }$
. By assumption on the 
 $a_i$
’s, it is easy to see that this is the connected component of
$a_i$
’s, it is easy to see that this is the connected component of 
 $\mathrm {Tran}_G(y,Y)$
. Since
$\mathrm {Tran}_G(y,Y)$
. Since 
 $\dim G-\dim \mathrm {Tran}_G(y,Y) = 4n^2+2n -3n = 4n^2-2-(n-2)=\dim \mathcal {S}_1(V_1\otimes V_1) - \dim Y$
, we find that y is Y-exact. Therefore, by Lemma 2.14, we conclude that there is an open dense subset of the variety of singular
$\dim G-\dim \mathrm {Tran}_G(y,Y) = 4n^2+2n -3n = 4n^2-2-(n-2)=\dim \mathcal {S}_1(V_1\otimes V_1) - \dim Y$
, we find that y is Y-exact. Therefore, by Lemma 2.14, we conclude that there is an open dense subset of the variety of singular 
 $1$
-spaces of
$1$
-spaces of 
 $V_1\otimes V_1$
 such that all stabilizers are
$V_1\otimes V_1$
 such that all stabilizers are 
 $3n$
-dimensional. Therefore,
$3n$
-dimensional. Therefore, 
 $3n$
 is the lower bound for the dimension of the stabilizer of any singular
$3n$
 is the lower bound for the dimension of the stabilizer of any singular 
 $1$
-space. Since
$1$
-space. Since 
 $\dim G-3n = 4n^2-2-(n-2)> \dim \mathcal {S}_1(V_1\otimes V_1)$
 when
$\dim G-3n = 4n^2-2-(n-2)> \dim \mathcal {S}_1(V_1\otimes V_1)$
 when 
 $n\geq 3$
, we conclude that G does not have a dense orbit on
$n\geq 3$
, we conclude that G does not have a dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_1(V_1\otimes V_1)$
.
$\mathcal {S}_1(V_1\otimes V_1)$
.
Lemma 6.6. Let 
 $G=Sp_2\otimes Sp(V_2)\leq SO(V)$
 with
$G=Sp_2\otimes Sp(V_2)\leq SO(V)$
 with 
 $\dim V = 2\dim V_2 \geq 20$
. Suppose that G has a dense orbit on
$\dim V = 2\dim V_2 \geq 20$
. Suppose that G has a dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 for some
$\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 for some 
 $2\leq k\leq \dim V_2$
. Then k is either
$2\leq k\leq \dim V_2$
. Then k is either 
 $2,3,4,{\dim V_2}-1$
,
$2,3,4,{\dim V_2}-1$
, 
 $\dim V_2'$
 or
$\dim V_2'$
 or 
 $\dim V_2"$
.
$\dim V_2"$
.
Proof. Calculations similar to the ones in Lemma 6.2 show that if 
 $k<\dim V_2-1$
, we have
$k<\dim V_2-1$
, we have 
 $2k\leq \dim V_2$
. We can then apply Lemma 6.1 to determine that
$2k\leq \dim V_2$
. We can then apply Lemma 6.1 to determine that 
 $Sp_2\otimes Sp_{2k}=Sp(V_1)\otimes Sp(U)$
 must have a dense orbit on
$Sp_2\otimes Sp_{2k}=Sp(V_1)\otimes Sp(U)$
 must have a dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V_1\otimes U)$
. Dimensional considerations then give
$\mathcal {S}_k(V_1\otimes U)$
. Dimensional considerations then give 
 $ 3+2k^2+k\geq 4k^2-\frac {3}{2}k^2-\frac {k}{2}$
, which implies
$ 3+2k^2+k\geq 4k^2-\frac {3}{2}k^2-\frac {k}{2}$
, which implies 
 $k\leq 4$
.
$k\leq 4$
.
Lemma 6.7. Let 
 $G=Sp_2\otimes Sp(V_2)\leq SO(V)$
 with
$G=Sp_2\otimes Sp(V_2)\leq SO(V)$
 with 
 $\dim V = 2\dim V_2\leq 16$
. Suppose that G has a dense orbit on
$\dim V = 2\dim V_2\leq 16$
. Suppose that G has a dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 for some
$\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 for some 
 $2\leq k\leq \dim V_2-2$
. Then either
$2\leq k\leq \dim V_2-2$
. Then either 
 $k=2$
 or
$k=2$
 or 
 $(k,\dim V_2)$
 is one of
$(k,\dim V_2)$
 is one of 
 $(3,6),(3,8),(4,6),(4,8),(6,8)$
.
$(3,6),(3,8),(4,6),(4,8),(6,8)$
.
Proof. This is simply a matter of checking the dimension of 
 $\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 in all finitely many cases.
$\mathcal {S}_k(V)$
 in all finitely many cases.
Proposition 6.8. Let 
 $G=Sp_2\otimes Sp_{2n} \leq SO_{4n}=SO(V)$
. Then G has a dense orbit on
$G=Sp_2\otimes Sp_{2n} \leq SO_{4n}=SO(V)$
. Then G has a dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_{2n}'(V)$
 (and
$\mathcal {S}_{2n}'(V)$
 (and 
 $\mathcal {S}_{2n}"(V)$
) if and only if
$\mathcal {S}_{2n}"(V)$
) if and only if 
 $n = 1,2,3$
.
$n = 1,2,3$
.
Proof. When 
 $n=1,2$
 the group G is spherical in
$n=1,2$
 the group G is spherical in 
 $SO(V)$
. Therefore, assume that
$SO(V)$
. Therefore, assume that 
 $n\geq 3$
. Let
$n\geq 3$
. Let 
 $ V_1=\langle e,f\rangle $
 and
$ V_1=\langle e,f\rangle $
 and 
 $V_2=\langle e_1,\dots ,e_n, f_n,\dots ,f_1\rangle $
 so that
$V_2=\langle e_1,\dots ,e_n, f_n,\dots ,f_1\rangle $
 so that 
 $G=Sp(V_1)\otimes Sp(V_2)$
 and the given bases are the standard bases for
$G=Sp(V_1)\otimes Sp(V_2)$
 and the given bases are the standard bases for 
 $V_1$
 and
$V_1$
 and 
 $V_2$
. Given
$V_2$
. Given 
 $\mathbf {a} = (a_1,\dots ,a_n)\in K^n$
, define
$\mathbf {a} = (a_1,\dots ,a_n)\in K^n$
, define 
 $W_{\mathbf {a}} = \langle (e+a_i f)\otimes e_i, (e+a_i f)\otimes f_i:1\leq i\leq n\rangle $
, a
$W_{\mathbf {a}} = \langle (e+a_i f)\otimes e_i, (e+a_i f)\otimes f_i:1\leq i\leq n\rangle $
, a 
 $2n$
-dimensional totally singular subspace of V. Define
$2n$
-dimensional totally singular subspace of V. Define 
 $$\begin{align*}Y = \{W_{\mathbf{a}}: \mathbf{a}\in K^n\},\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}Y = \{W_{\mathbf{a}}: \mathbf{a}\in K^n\},\end{align*}$$
an n-dimensional subvariety of 
 $\mathcal {S}_{2n}'(V)$
. Let
$\mathcal {S}_{2n}'(V)$
. Let 
 $$\begin{align*}\hat{Y} = \{W_{\mathbf{a}}: \mathbf{a}\in K^n,a_1\dots a_n\neq 0,\,a_i\neq a_j \text{ for all }i\neq j\},\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\hat{Y} = \{W_{\mathbf{a}}: \mathbf{a}\in K^n,a_1\dots a_n\neq 0,\,a_i\neq a_j \text{ for all }i\neq j\},\end{align*}$$
a dense subset of Y. Let 
 $y\in \hat {Y}$
. It is easily seen that
$y\in \hat {Y}$
. It is easily seen that 
 $\mathrm {Tran}_G(y,Y)$
 has connected component
$\mathrm {Tran}_G(y,Y)$
 has connected component 
 $A_1^{n+1} = Sp(V_1)\otimes \bigcap Sp(V_2)_{\langle e_i+f_i \rangle }$
, while
$A_1^{n+1} = Sp(V_1)\otimes \bigcap Sp(V_2)_{\langle e_i+f_i \rangle }$
, while 
 $G_y^0 = 1\otimes \bigcap Sp(V_2)_{\langle e_i+f_i \rangle }\simeq A_1^n$
. Since
$G_y^0 = 1\otimes \bigcap Sp(V_2)_{\langle e_i+f_i \rangle }\simeq A_1^n$
. Since 
 $$\begin{align*}\dim G-\dim \mathrm{Tran}_G(y,Y) = \dim\mathcal{S}_{2n}'(V)-\dim Y,\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\dim G-\dim \mathrm{Tran}_G(y,Y) = \dim\mathcal{S}_{2n}'(V)-\dim Y,\end{align*}$$
we have that 
 $\hat {Y}$
 is Y-exact. Therefore, by Lemma 2.14 and Corollary 2.12, we know that
$\hat {Y}$
 is Y-exact. Therefore, by Lemma 2.14 and Corollary 2.12, we know that 
 $\dim A_1^n$
 is the minimum dimension for the stabilizer of any
$\dim A_1^n$
 is the minimum dimension for the stabilizer of any 
 $y\in \mathcal {S}_{2n}'(V)$
. Dimensional considerations rule out
$y\in \mathcal {S}_{2n}'(V)$
. Dimensional considerations rule out 
 $n\geq 4$
, while for
$n\geq 4$
, while for 
 $n=3$
, we have
$n=3$
, we have 
 $\dim G-\dim A_1^3 = 15=\dim \mathcal {S}_{2n}'(V).$
 By Lemma 2.6, changing the definition of
$\dim G-\dim A_1^3 = 15=\dim \mathcal {S}_{2n}'(V).$
 By Lemma 2.6, changing the definition of 
 $W_{\mathbf {a}}$
 by swapping the first two generators
$W_{\mathbf {a}}$
 by swapping the first two generators 
 $(e+a_1f)\otimes e_1,(e+a_1f)\otimes f_1$
 with
$(e+a_1f)\otimes e_1,(e+a_1f)\otimes f_1$
 with 
 $e\otimes (e_1+a_1f_1),f\otimes (e_1+a_1f_1)$
 leads to the same result for the action on
$e\otimes (e_1+a_1f_1),f\otimes (e_1+a_1f_1)$
 leads to the same result for the action on 
 $\mathcal {S}_{2n}"(V)$
.
$\mathcal {S}_{2n}"(V)$
.
Proposition 6.9. Let 
 $G=Sp_2\otimes Sp_{2n} \leq SO(4n)=SO(V)$
. Then G has a dense orbit on
$G=Sp_2\otimes Sp_{2n} \leq SO(4n)=SO(V)$
. Then G has a dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_{2n-1}(V)$
 if and only if
$\mathcal {S}_{2n-1}(V)$
 if and only if 
 $n = 1,2,3$
.
$n = 1,2,3$
.
Proof. Suppose that G has a dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_{2n-1}(V)$
. Every
$\mathcal {S}_{2n-1}(V)$
. Every 
 $y\in \mathcal {S}_{2n-1}(V)$
 is contained in precisely one element of
$y\in \mathcal {S}_{2n-1}(V)$
 is contained in precisely one element of 
 $\mathcal {S}_{2n}'(V)$
 and one of
$\mathcal {S}_{2n}'(V)$
 and one of 
 $\mathcal {S}_{2n}"(V)$
. Let
$\mathcal {S}_{2n}"(V)$
. Let 
 $\mathcal {O}$
 be the dense orbit of G on
$\mathcal {O}$
 be the dense orbit of G on 
 $\mathcal {S}_{2n-1}(V)$
; then its complement
$\mathcal {S}_{2n-1}(V)$
; then its complement 
 $\mathcal {S}_{2n-1}(V) \setminus \mathcal {O}$
 is contained in a proper closed subvariety X of
$\mathcal {S}_{2n-1}(V) \setminus \mathcal {O}$
 is contained in a proper closed subvariety X of 
 $\mathcal {S}_{2n-1}(V)$
. Let Z be the set of elements of
$\mathcal {S}_{2n-1}(V)$
. Let Z be the set of elements of 
 $\mathcal {S}^{\prime }_{2n}(V)$
 all of whose hyperplanes lie in X; then Z is a proper closed subvariety of
$\mathcal {S}^{\prime }_{2n}(V)$
 all of whose hyperplanes lie in X; then Z is a proper closed subvariety of 
 $\mathcal {S}^{\prime }_{2n}(V)$
, so its complement
$\mathcal {S}^{\prime }_{2n}(V)$
, so its complement 
 $\mathcal {S}^{\prime }_{2n}(V) \setminus Z$
 is a dense subset of
$\mathcal {S}^{\prime }_{2n}(V) \setminus Z$
 is a dense subset of 
 $\mathcal {S}^{\prime }_{2n}(V)$
 with the property that any of its elements has a hyperplane lying in
$\mathcal {S}^{\prime }_{2n}(V)$
 with the property that any of its elements has a hyperplane lying in 
 $\mathcal {O}$
. Thus, given two elements of
$\mathcal {O}$
. Thus, given two elements of 
 $\mathcal {S}^{\prime }_{2n}(V) \setminus Z$
, we can choose hyperplanes within them and an element of G which sends one hyperplane to the other and therefore one element of
$\mathcal {S}^{\prime }_{2n}(V) \setminus Z$
, we can choose hyperplanes within them and an element of G which sends one hyperplane to the other and therefore one element of 
 $\mathcal {S}^{\prime }_{2n}(V) \setminus Z$
 to the other; so
$\mathcal {S}^{\prime }_{2n}(V) \setminus Z$
 to the other; so 
 $\mathcal {S}^{\prime }_{2n}(V) \setminus Z$
 lies in a single G-orbit, and therefore, G has a dense orbit on
$\mathcal {S}^{\prime }_{2n}(V) \setminus Z$
 lies in a single G-orbit, and therefore, G has a dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}^{\prime }_{2n}(V)$
. Replacing
$\mathcal {S}^{\prime }_{2n}(V)$
. Replacing 
 $\mathcal {S}^{\prime }_{2n}(V)$
 by
$\mathcal {S}^{\prime }_{2n}(V)$
 by 
 $\mathcal {S}^{\prime \prime }_{2n}(V)$
 shows that G also has a dense orbit on
$\mathcal {S}^{\prime \prime }_{2n}(V)$
 shows that G also has a dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}^{\prime \prime }_{2n}(V)$
. By Proposition 6.8, we therefore have
$\mathcal {S}^{\prime \prime }_{2n}(V)$
. By Proposition 6.8, we therefore have 
 $n=1,2,3$
. When
$n=1,2,3$
. When 
 $n=1,2$
 the group G is spherical in
$n=1,2$
 the group G is spherical in 
 $SO(V)$
. Therefore, assume that
$SO(V)$
. Therefore, assume that 
 $n= 3$
. Given y in the dense G-orbit on
$n= 3$
. Given y in the dense G-orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_{6}'(V)$
, the group induced by
$\mathcal {S}_{6}'(V)$
, the group induced by 
 $G_y$
 on y is
$G_y$
 on y is 
 $A_1^3$
 acting as a sum of three natural modules for
$A_1^3$
 acting as a sum of three natural modules for 
 $A_1$
. Therefore,
$A_1$
. Therefore, 
 $G_y$
 has a dense orbit on
$G_y$
 has a dense orbit on 
 $5$
-spaces of y, concluding that G has a dense orbit on
$5$
-spaces of y, concluding that G has a dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_{5}(V)$
.
$\mathcal {S}_{5}(V)$
.
Proposition 6.10. Let 
 $G=Sp_2\otimes Sp_6 \leq SO(12)=SO(V)$
. Then G has a dense orbit on
$G=Sp_2\otimes Sp_6 \leq SO(12)=SO(V)$
. Then G has a dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_3(V)$
.
$\mathcal {S}_3(V)$
.
Proof. Let 
 $ V_1=\langle e,f\rangle $
 and
$ V_1=\langle e,f\rangle $
 and 
 $V_2=\langle e_1,e_2,e_3,f_3,f_2,f_1\rangle $
 so that
$V_2=\langle e_1,e_2,e_3,f_3,f_2,f_1\rangle $
 so that 
 $G=Sp(V_1)\otimes Sp(V_2)$
 and the given bases are the standard bases for
$G=Sp(V_1)\otimes Sp(V_2)$
 and the given bases are the standard bases for 
 $V_1$
 and
$V_1$
 and 
 $V_2$
. Let
$V_2$
. Let 
 $$\begin{align*}W = \langle e\otimes e_1+f\otimes e_2,\quad e\otimes f_2+f\otimes f_1,\quad e\otimes (e_2+e_3)+f\otimes (f_3-f_2)\rangle, \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}W = \langle e\otimes e_1+f\otimes e_2,\quad e\otimes f_2+f\otimes f_1,\quad e\otimes (e_2+e_3)+f\otimes (f_3-f_2)\rangle, \end{align*}$$
a totally singular 
 $3$
-space of V. Let
$3$
-space of V. Let 
 $S=G_W.$
 Let
$S=G_W.$
 Let 
 $g\in S$
 such that
$g\in S$
 such that 
 $g=1\otimes g_1$
. Then
$g=1\otimes g_1$
. Then 
 $g_1$
 fixes
$g_1$
 fixes 
 $\langle e_1,f_2,e_2+e_3\rangle $
 and
$\langle e_1,f_2,e_2+e_3\rangle $
 and 
 $\langle e_2,f_1,f_3-f_2\rangle $
, and consequently their radicals
$\langle e_2,f_1,f_3-f_2\rangle $
, and consequently their radicals 
 $\langle e_1\rangle $
 and
$\langle e_1\rangle $
 and 
 $\langle f_1 \rangle $
. One then quickly reaches the conclusion that
$\langle f_1 \rangle $
. One then quickly reaches the conclusion that 
 $g_1$
 must also fix
$g_1$
 must also fix 
 $\langle e_2 \rangle $
,
$\langle e_2 \rangle $
, 
 $\langle f_2 \rangle $
,
$\langle f_2 \rangle $
, 
 $\langle e_2+e_3 \rangle $
 and
$\langle e_2+e_3 \rangle $
 and 
 $\langle f_3-f_2\rangle $
. However, this would mean that g acts on W by sending
$\langle f_3-f_2\rangle $
. However, this would mean that g acts on W by sending 
 $e\otimes (e_2+e_3)+f\otimes (f_3-f_2)\mapsto \lambda e\otimes (e_2+e_3)+\lambda ^{-1}f\otimes (f_3-f_2)$
, implying that
$e\otimes (e_2+e_3)+f\otimes (f_3-f_2)\mapsto \lambda e\otimes (e_2+e_3)+\lambda ^{-1}f\otimes (f_3-f_2)$
, implying that 
 $g_1 =\pm 1$
. To conclude, we observe that given
$g_1 =\pm 1$
. To conclude, we observe that given 
 $g = g_1\otimes 1$
, by a simple application of Witt’s Lemma, we can find
$g = g_1\otimes 1$
, by a simple application of Witt’s Lemma, we can find 
 $g' = 1\otimes g_2$
 such that
$g' = 1\otimes g_2$
 such that 
 $gg'\in S$
. Therefore,
$gg'\in S$
. Therefore, 
 $S^0=Sp_2$
. Since
$S^0=Sp_2$
. Since 
 $\dim G-\dim S = 21 = \dim \mathcal {S}_3(V)$
, we conclude that G has a dense orbit on
$\dim G-\dim S = 21 = \dim \mathcal {S}_3(V)$
, we conclude that G has a dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_3(V)$
.
$\mathcal {S}_3(V)$
.
Proposition 6.11. Let 
 $G=Sp_2\otimes Sp_6 \leq SO_{12}=SO(V)$
. Then G has no dense orbit on
$G=Sp_2\otimes Sp_6 \leq SO_{12}=SO(V)$
. Then G has no dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_4(V)$
.
$\mathcal {S}_4(V)$
.
Proof. Let 
 $ V_1=\langle e,f\rangle $
 and
$ V_1=\langle e,f\rangle $
 and 
 $V_2=\langle e_1,e_2,e_3,f_3,f_2,f_1\rangle $
 so that
$V_2=\langle e_1,e_2,e_3,f_3,f_2,f_1\rangle $
 so that 
 $G=Sp(V_1)\otimes Sp(V_2)$
 and the given bases are the standard bases for
$G=Sp(V_1)\otimes Sp(V_2)$
 and the given bases are the standard bases for 
 $V_{nat}$
. The stabilizer of an element in a dense orbit would have dimension
$V_{nat}$
. The stabilizer of an element in a dense orbit would have dimension 
 $1$
. We will show that already the group
$1$
. We will show that already the group 
 $G_2:=1\otimes Sp_6 < G$
 acts on
$G_2:=1\otimes Sp_6 < G$
 acts on 
 $\mathcal {S}_4(V)$
 with stabilizers that are at least
$\mathcal {S}_4(V)$
 with stabilizers that are at least 
 $3$
-dimensional. Let
$3$
-dimensional. Let 
 $W_{abcd}$
 be the totally singular
$W_{abcd}$
 be the totally singular 
 $4$
-space spanned by
$4$
-space spanned by 
 $$\begin{align*}\begin{array}{ll} e\otimes e_1+f\otimes (ae_1+be_2+ce:3+de_4), & e\otimes e_2+f\otimes (be_1+de_2),\\ e\otimes f_1+f\otimes (af_1+bf_2+cf_3+df_4), & e\otimes f_2+f\otimes (bf_1+df_2).\\ \end{array}\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\begin{array}{ll} e\otimes e_1+f\otimes (ae_1+be_2+ce:3+de_4), & e\otimes e_2+f\otimes (be_1+de_2),\\ e\otimes f_1+f\otimes (af_1+bf_2+cf_3+df_4), & e\otimes f_2+f\otimes (bf_1+df_2).\\ \end{array}\end{align*}$$
Let 
 $Y = \{ W_{abcd}:a,b,c,d\in K\}$
, a
$Y = \{ W_{abcd}:a,b,c,d\in K\}$
, a 
 $4$
-dimensional subvariety of
$4$
-dimensional subvariety of 
 $\mathcal {S}_4(V)$
. Let
$\mathcal {S}_4(V)$
. Let 
 $\hat {Y} = \{ W_{abcd}:a,b,c,d\in K^*\}$
, a dense subset of Y. Take
$\hat {Y} = \{ W_{abcd}:a,b,c,d\in K^*\}$
, a dense subset of Y. Take 
 $y=W_{abcd}\in \hat {Y}$
. Since
$y=W_{abcd}\in \hat {Y}$
. Since 
 $y\subseteq e\otimes \langle e_1,f_2,e_2,f_2\rangle +f\otimes V_6$
, the stabilizer
$y\subseteq e\otimes \langle e_1,f_2,e_2,f_2\rangle +f\otimes V_6$
, the stabilizer 
 $(G_2)_y$
 must preserve
$(G_2)_y$
 must preserve 
 $\langle e_1,f_1,e_2,f_2\rangle $
, and therefore its orthogonal complement
$\langle e_1,f_1,e_2,f_2\rangle $
, and therefore its orthogonal complement 
 $\langle e_3,f_3\rangle $
. Since for all
$\langle e_3,f_3\rangle $
. Since for all 
 $g\in (G_2)_y$
 we must have
$g\in (G_2)_y$
 we must have 
 $g.(e\otimes e_2+f\otimes (be_1+de_2))\in y$
 and
$g.(e\otimes e_2+f\otimes (be_1+de_2))\in y$
 and 
 $g.(e\otimes f_2+f\otimes (bf_1+df_2))\in y$
, we get that
$g.(e\otimes f_2+f\otimes (bf_1+df_2))\in y$
, we get that 
 $\langle e_2,f_2\rangle $
 must also be preserved by
$\langle e_2,f_2\rangle $
 must also be preserved by 
 $(G_2)_y$
. Therefore,
$(G_2)_y$
. Therefore, 
 $(G_2)_y\leq A_1^3$
. It is now immediate to see that the image of any
$(G_2)_y\leq A_1^3$
. It is now immediate to see that the image of any 
 $e_i$
 or
$e_i$
 or 
 $f_i$
 in
$f_i$
 in 
 $\langle e_i,f_i\rangle $
 completely determines the element
$\langle e_i,f_i\rangle $
 completely determines the element 
 $g\in (G_2)_y$
. Since the standard diagonal subgroup
$g\in (G_2)_y$
. Since the standard diagonal subgroup 
 $A:=A_1\leq A_1^3$
 fixes y, we must then have
$A:=A_1\leq A_1^3$
 fixes y, we must then have 
 $(G_2)_y = A$
. Now assume that
$(G_2)_y = A$
. Now assume that 
 $g\in \mathrm {Tran}_{G_2}(y,Y)$
. Again, we have
$g\in \mathrm {Tran}_{G_2}(y,Y)$
. Again, we have 
 $g\in A_1^3$
, and since A clearly fixes any element of Y, it is the stabilizer of
$g\in A_1^3$
, and since A clearly fixes any element of Y, it is the stabilizer of 
 $g.y$
. Therefore,
$g.y$
. Therefore, 
 $g\in N_{A_1^3}(A)$
, which is a finite extension of A. This shows that
$g\in N_{A_1^3}(A)$
, which is a finite extension of A. This shows that 
 $\dim \mathrm {Tran}_{G_2}(y,Y) = 3$
, and therefore,
$\dim \mathrm {Tran}_{G_2}(y,Y) = 3$
, and therefore, 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {codim}} \mathrm {Tran}_{G_2}(y,Y) = 18 = 22-4 = \operatorname {\mathrm {codim}} Y$
. This shows that all points in
$\operatorname {\mathrm {codim}} \mathrm {Tran}_{G_2}(y,Y) = 18 = 22-4 = \operatorname {\mathrm {codim}} Y$
. This shows that all points in 
 $\hat {Y}$
 are Y-exact, and Lemma 2.14 allows us to conclude that
$\hat {Y}$
 are Y-exact, and Lemma 2.14 allows us to conclude that 
 $3=\dim A_1$
 is the lower bound for the dimension of any stabilizer for the
$3=\dim A_1$
 is the lower bound for the dimension of any stabilizer for the 
 $G_2$
-action on
$G_2$
-action on 
 $\mathcal {S}_4(V)$
. In particular, this proves that G has no dense orbit on
$\mathcal {S}_4(V)$
. In particular, this proves that G has no dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_4(V)$
.
$\mathcal {S}_4(V)$
.
Proposition 6.12. Let 
 $G=Sp_2\otimes Sp_8 \leq SO_{16}=SO(V)$
. Then G has no dense orbit on
$G=Sp_2\otimes Sp_8 \leq SO_{16}=SO(V)$
. Then G has no dense orbit on 
 $\mathcal {S}_4(V)$
 and on
$\mathcal {S}_4(V)$
 and on 
 $\mathcal {S}_6(V)$
.
$\mathcal {S}_6(V)$
.
Proof. Let 
 $ V_1=\langle e,f\rangle $
 and
$ V_1=\langle e,f\rangle $
 and 
 $V_2=\langle e_1,e_2,e_3,e_4,f_4,f_3,f_2,f_1\rangle $
 so that
$V_2=\langle e_1,e_2,e_3,e_4,f_4,f_3,f_2,f_1\rangle $
 so that 
 $G=Sp(V_1)\otimes Sp(V_2)$
 and the given bases are the standard bases for
$G=Sp(V_1)\otimes Sp(V_2)$
 and the given bases are the standard bases for 
 $V_1$
 and
$V_1$
 and 
 $V_2$
. The stabilizer of an element in a dense orbit would have dimension
$V_2$
. The stabilizer of an element in a dense orbit would have dimension 
 $2$
. We will show that already the group
$2$
. We will show that already the group 
 $G_2:=1\otimes Sp_8 < G$
 acts on
$G_2:=1\otimes Sp_8 < G$
 acts on 
 $\mathcal {S}_4(V)$
 with stabilizers that are at least
$\mathcal {S}_4(V)$
 with stabilizers that are at least 
 $3$
-dimensional. Given
$3$
-dimensional. Given 
 $ \mathbf {a}\in K^7$
, let
$ \mathbf {a}\in K^7$
, let 
 $W_{\mathbf {a}}$
 be the totally singular
$W_{\mathbf {a}}$
 be the totally singular 
 $4$
-space spanned by vectors
$4$
-space spanned by vectors 
 $$\begin{align*}\begin{array}{ll} e\otimes e_1+f\otimes (a_1e_1+a_2e_2+a_3e_3+a_4e_4), & e\otimes e_2+f\otimes (a_2e_1+a_5e_2+a_6e_3+a_7e_4),\\ e\otimes f_1+f\otimes (a_1f_1+a_2f_2+a_3f_3+a_4f_4), & e\otimes f_2+f\otimes (a_2f_1+a_5f_2+a_6f_3+a_7f_4).\\ \end{array}\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\begin{array}{ll} e\otimes e_1+f\otimes (a_1e_1+a_2e_2+a_3e_3+a_4e_4), & e\otimes e_2+f\otimes (a_2e_1+a_5e_2+a_6e_3+a_7e_4),\\ e\otimes f_1+f\otimes (a_1f_1+a_2f_2+a_3f_3+a_4f_4), & e\otimes f_2+f\otimes (a_2f_1+a_5f_2+a_6f_3+a_7f_4).\\ \end{array}\end{align*}$$
Let 
 $Y = \{ W_{\mathbf {a}}:\mathbf {a}\in K^7\}$
, a
$Y = \{ W_{\mathbf {a}}:\mathbf {a}\in K^7\}$
, a 
 $7$
-dimensional subvariety of
$7$
-dimensional subvariety of 
 $\mathcal {S}_4(V)$
. Let
$\mathcal {S}_4(V)$
. Let 
 $\hat {Y}_1 = \{ W_{\mathbf {a}}:\mathbf {a}\in (K^*)^7\}$
, a dense subset of Y. The standard diagonal
$\hat {Y}_1 = \{ W_{\mathbf {a}}:\mathbf {a}\in (K^*)^7\}$
, a dense subset of Y. The standard diagonal 
 $A_1\leq A_1^4 = \bigcap (G_2)_{\langle e_i,f_i\rangle }$
 fixes any
$A_1\leq A_1^4 = \bigcap (G_2)_{\langle e_i,f_i\rangle }$
 fixes any 
 $y\in Y$
. Call this
$y\in Y$
. Call this 
 $A_1$
-subgroup A. Let
$A_1$
-subgroup A. Let 
 $y\in \hat {Y}$
. We will now prove that the connected component of
$y\in \hat {Y}$
. We will now prove that the connected component of 
 $(G_2)_y$
 is A. We begin by observing that
$(G_2)_y$
 is A. We begin by observing that 
 $(G_2)_y$
 fixes
$(G_2)_y$
 fixes 
 $\langle e_1,f_1,e_2,f_2 \rangle $
, and therefore,
$\langle e_1,f_1,e_2,f_2 \rangle $
, and therefore, 
 $(G_2)_y\leq C_2C_2 $
. Let
$(G_2)_y\leq C_2C_2 $
. Let 
 $\pi _i (A)$
 (
$\pi _i (A)$
 (
 $i=1,2$
) denote the projection of A onto each
$i=1,2$
) denote the projection of A onto each 
 $C_2$
. Assume
$C_2$
. Assume 
 $p\neq 2$
. Then
$p\neq 2$
. Then 
 $\pi _i (A)$
 is a diagonal
$\pi _i (A)$
 is a diagonal 
 $A_1$
 in
$A_1$
 in 
 $C_2$
, which lies in two opposite parabolic subgroups of
$C_2$
, which lies in two opposite parabolic subgroups of 
 $C_2$
, acting irreducibly on their unipotent radicals, and in precisely one Levi subgroup
$C_2$
, acting irreducibly on their unipotent radicals, and in precisely one Levi subgroup 
 $L_i$
. Also,
$L_i$
. Also, 
 $\pi _i (A)$
 is maximal in infinitely many
$\pi _i (A)$
 is maximal in infinitely many 
 $A_1^2$
’s stabilising a sum of two nondegenerate
$A_1^2$
’s stabilising a sum of two nondegenerate 
 $2$
-spaces. Let M be a minimal connected overgroup of A in
$2$
-spaces. Let M be a minimal connected overgroup of A in 
 $C_2C_2$
. Then
$C_2C_2$
. Then 
 $\pi _i(M)$
 is one of
$\pi _i(M)$
 is one of 
 $A_1$
,
$A_1$
, 
 $A_1^2$
,
$A_1^2$
, 
 $L_i$
,
$L_i$
, 
 $U_3A_1$
. If
$U_3A_1$
. If 
 $\pi _1(M) \simeq \pi _2(M)$
, then M is diagonal in
$\pi _1(M) \simeq \pi _2(M)$
, then M is diagonal in 
 $C_2C_2$
 by minimality. Suppose that
$C_2C_2$
 by minimality. Suppose that 
 $\pi _1(M) \not \simeq \pi _2(M)$
. If
$\pi _1(M) \not \simeq \pi _2(M)$
. If 
 $\pi _i(M)\not \leq L_i$
 for
$\pi _i(M)\not \leq L_i$
 for 
 $i=1$
 or
$i=1$
 or 
 $i=2$
, then M contains
$i=2$
, then M contains 
 $\pi _1 (A)\times \pi _2(A)$
. Summarising, the minimal connected ovegroups of A in
$\pi _1 (A)\times \pi _2(A)$
. Summarising, the minimal connected ovegroups of A in 
 $C_2C_2$
 are as follows:
$C_2C_2$
 are as follows: 
- 
(i)  $A_1^2$
 diagonal in $A_1^2$
 diagonal in $C_2C_2$
; $C_2C_2$
;
- 
(ii)  $A_1^2 = \pi _1 (A)\times \pi _2(A)$
; $A_1^2 = \pi _1 (A)\times \pi _2(A)$
;
- 
(iii)  $A T_1$
, where $A T_1$
, where $T_1< Z(L_1)\times Z(L_2)$
 is a $T_1< Z(L_1)\times Z(L_2)$
 is a $1$
-dimensional torus; $1$
-dimensional torus;
- 
(iv)  $U_3A$
 diagonal in $U_3A$
 diagonal in $C_2C_2$
. $C_2C_2$
.
Assume we are in the first case and 
 $M=A_1^2$
 is diagonal in
$M=A_1^2$
 is diagonal in 
 $C_2C_2$
. Then
$C_2C_2$
. Then 
 $\pi _1 (A)$
 is maximal in an
$\pi _1 (A)$
 is maximal in an 
 $A_1^2$
 fixing
$A_1^2$
 fixing 
 $\langle e_1+\lambda _1 e_2,f_1+\lambda _1 f_2\rangle \perp \langle e_1-\lambda _1^{-1} e_2,f_1-\lambda _1^{-1} f_2\rangle $
, while
$\langle e_1+\lambda _1 e_2,f_1+\lambda _1 f_2\rangle \perp \langle e_1-\lambda _1^{-1} e_2,f_1-\lambda _1^{-1} f_2\rangle $
, while 
 $\pi _2 (A)$
 is maximal in an
$\pi _2 (A)$
 is maximal in an 
 $A_1^2$
 fixing
$A_1^2$
 fixing 
 $\langle e_3+\lambda _2 e_4,f_3+\lambda _2 f_4\rangle \perp \langle e_3-\lambda _2^{-1} e_4,f_3-\lambda _2^{-1} f_4\rangle $
, for some
$\langle e_3+\lambda _2 e_4,f_3+\lambda _2 f_4\rangle \perp \langle e_3-\lambda _2^{-1} e_4,f_3-\lambda _2^{-1} f_4\rangle $
, for some 
 $\lambda _1,\lambda _2\in K^*$
. Let
$\lambda _1,\lambda _2\in K^*$
. Let 
 $y\in \hat {Y}_1$
 and assume that M fixes y. Considering a
$y\in \hat {Y}_1$
 and assume that M fixes y. Considering a 
 $1$
-dimensional torus in M but not in A, one finds four independent equations in terms of the entries of
$1$
-dimensional torus in M but not in A, one finds four independent equations in terms of the entries of 
 $\mathbf {a}$
 and
$\mathbf {a}$
 and 
 $\lambda _1,\lambda _2$
 that all need to be satisfied since M fixes y. As the variety of diagonal
$\lambda _1,\lambda _2$
 that all need to be satisfied since M fixes y. As the variety of diagonal 
 $A_1^2$
’s from case
$A_1^2$
’s from case 
 $(i)$
 is
$(i)$
 is 
 $2$
-dimensional, the elements y of Y such that there is some such diagonal
$2$
-dimensional, the elements y of Y such that there is some such diagonal 
 $A_1^2$
 fixing y lie in a subvariety of Y whose codimension is at least
$A_1^2$
 fixing y lie in a subvariety of Y whose codimension is at least 
 $2$
. Therefore, there is a dense subset
$2$
. Therefore, there is a dense subset 
 $\hat {Y}_2$
 of Y with the property that no minimal connected overgroup of A of type
$\hat {Y}_2$
 of Y with the property that no minimal connected overgroup of A of type 
 $(i)$
 fixes some
$(i)$
 fixes some 
 $y\in \hat {Y}_2$
. The same can be quickly deduced for the other cases. This shows that there exists a dense subset
$y\in \hat {Y}_2$
. The same can be quickly deduced for the other cases. This shows that there exists a dense subset 
 $\hat {Y}$
 of Y such that A is the connected component of the stabilizer of any
$\hat {Y}$
 of Y such that A is the connected component of the stabilizer of any 
 $y\in \hat {Y}$
. Now take
$y\in \hat {Y}$
. Now take 
 $y\in \hat {Y}$
 and
$y\in \hat {Y}$
 and 
 $g\in \mathrm {Tran}_{G_2}(y,Y)$
. Again, we find
$g\in \mathrm {Tran}_{G_2}(y,Y)$
. Again, we find 
 $g\in C_2C_2$
, and since A clearly fixes all elements of Y, it must be the connected component of the stabilizer of
$g\in C_2C_2$
, and since A clearly fixes all elements of Y, it must be the connected component of the stabilizer of 
 $g.y$
. Therefore,
$g.y$
. Therefore, 
 $g\in N_{C_2C_2}(A)$
. The connected component of
$g\in N_{C_2C_2}(A)$
. The connected component of 
 $N_{C_2C_2}(A)$
 is
$N_{C_2C_2}(A)$
 is 
 $AT_2$
, where
$AT_2$
, where 
 $T_2$
 is a
$T_2$
 is a 
 $2$
-dimensional torus, and therefore,
$2$
-dimensional torus, and therefore, 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {codim}} \mathrm {Tran}_{G_2}(y,Y) \geq 31 $
. However,
$\operatorname {\mathrm {codim}} \mathrm {Tran}_{G_2}(y,Y) \geq 31 $
. However, 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {codim}} Y = 31$
, which means that
$\operatorname {\mathrm {codim}} Y = 31$
, which means that 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {codim}} \mathrm {Tran}_{G_2}(y,Y) = 31 $
 and that all points of
$\operatorname {\mathrm {codim}} \mathrm {Tran}_{G_2}(y,Y) = 31 $
 and that all points of 
 $\hat {Y}$
 are Y-exact. By 2.14, this proves that the minimal dimension for the stabilizer of any totally singular
$\hat {Y}$
 are Y-exact. By 2.14, this proves that the minimal dimension for the stabilizer of any totally singular 
 $4$
-space of V is
$4$
-space of V is 
 $3$
.
$3$
.
 If instead 
 $p=2$
, the reasoning is similar, with the difference that
$p=2$
, the reasoning is similar, with the difference that 
 $\pi _i(A)$
 is contained in a single parabolic subgroup of
$\pi _i(A)$
 is contained in a single parabolic subgroup of 
 $C_2$
 and in no Levi subgroup, and has connected centralizer
$C_2$
 and in no Levi subgroup, and has connected centralizer 
 $U_1$
. Therefore, the minimal connected ovegroups of A in
$U_1$
. Therefore, the minimal connected ovegroups of A in 
 $C_2C_2$
 are as follows:
$C_2C_2$
 are as follows: 
- 
(i)  $A_1^2$
 diagonal in $A_1^2$
 diagonal in $C_2C_2$
; $C_2C_2$
;
- 
(ii)  $A_1^2 = \pi _1 (A)\times \pi _2(A)$
; $A_1^2 = \pi _1 (A)\times \pi _2(A)$
;
- 
(iii)  $U_1 A $
, where $U_1 A $
, where $U_1\leq C_{C_2}(\pi _1(A))\times C_{C_2}(\pi _2(A))$
 is a $U_1\leq C_{C_2}(\pi _1(A))\times C_{C_2}(\pi _2(A))$
 is a $1$
-dimensional unipotent subgroup. $1$
-dimensional unipotent subgroup.
The same analysis then concludes. The case 
 $\mathcal {S}_6(V)$
 is entirely similar.
$\mathcal {S}_6(V)$
 is entirely similar.
Proof of Theorem 4.
 Recall that 
 $V=V_1\otimes V_2$
. If
$V=V_1\otimes V_2$
. If 
 $ G = SO(V_1) \otimes SO(V_2) \leq SO(V) $
, Lemma 6.2 shows that
$ G = SO(V_1) \otimes SO(V_2) \leq SO(V) $
, Lemma 6.2 shows that 
 $ G $
 has no dense orbit on
$ G $
 has no dense orbit on 
 $ \mathcal {S}_k(V) $
. If
$ \mathcal {S}_k(V) $
. If 
 $ G = Sp(V_1) \otimes SO(V_2) $
, Lemma 6.3 likewise shows that
$ G = Sp(V_1) \otimes SO(V_2) $
, Lemma 6.3 likewise shows that 
 $ G $
 has no dense orbit on
$ G $
 has no dense orbit on 
 $ \mathcal {S}_k(V) $
 if
$ \mathcal {S}_k(V) $
 if 
 $ k \geq 2 $
; if instead
$ k \geq 2 $
; if instead 
 $ k = 1 $
, then
$ k = 1 $
, then 
 $ \mathcal {S}_k(V) = \mathcal {G}_k(V) $
, and so
$ \mathcal {S}_k(V) = \mathcal {G}_k(V) $
, and so 
 $ G $
 has a dense orbit on
$ G $
 has a dense orbit on 
 $ \mathcal {S}_k(V) $
 if and only if
$ \mathcal {S}_k(V) $
 if and only if 
 $ K^*G $
 has a dense orbit on
$ K^*G $
 has a dense orbit on 
 $ V $
, that is, if and only if
$ V $
, that is, if and only if 
 $ (K^*G, V) $
 is a prehomogeneous vector space, giving case (i) in the statement of Theorem 4.
$ (K^*G, V) $
 is a prehomogeneous vector space, giving case (i) in the statement of Theorem 4.
 For the remainder of the argument, assume 
 $ G = Sp(V_1) \otimes Sp(V_2) \leq SO(V) $
 with
$ G = Sp(V_1) \otimes Sp(V_2) \leq SO(V) $
 with 
 $ \dim V_1 \leq \dim V_2 $
, and
$ \dim V_1 \leq \dim V_2 $
, and 
 $ G $
 has a dense orbit on
$ G $
 has a dense orbit on 
 $ \mathcal {S}_k(V) $
. If
$ \mathcal {S}_k(V) $
. If 
 $ k = 1 $
, Proposition 6.5 and Lemma 6.1 between them show that we must have
$ k = 1 $
, Proposition 6.5 and Lemma 6.1 between them show that we must have 
 $ \dim V_1 = 2 $
 or
$ \dim V_1 = 2 $
 or 
 $4$
; in both possibilities, [Reference Rizzoli26, Thm. 3] shows that
$4$
; in both possibilities, [Reference Rizzoli26, Thm. 3] shows that 
 $ G $
 does indeed have a dense orbit on
$ G $
 does indeed have a dense orbit on 
 $ \mathcal {S}_k(V) $
, giving cases (ii) and (vii) respectively in the statement of Theorem 4. Now suppose
$ \mathcal {S}_k(V) $
, giving cases (ii) and (vii) respectively in the statement of Theorem 4. Now suppose 
 $ k \geq 2 $
. Lemma 6.4 shows that we must have
$ k \geq 2 $
. Lemma 6.4 shows that we must have 
 $ \dim V_1 = 2 $
; write
$ \dim V_1 = 2 $
; write 
 $ \dim V_2 = 2n $
. If
$ \dim V_2 = 2n $
. If 
 $ n \geq 5 $
, Lemma 6.6 shows that
$ n \geq 5 $
, Lemma 6.6 shows that 
 $ k = 2, 3, 4, 2n - 1, (2n)' $
 or
$ k = 2, 3, 4, 2n - 1, (2n)' $
 or 
 $ (2n)" $
; if instead
$ (2n)" $
; if instead 
 $ n \leq 4 $
, Lemma 6.7 shows that either
$ n \leq 4 $
, Lemma 6.7 shows that either 
 $ k = 2 $
 or
$ k = 2 $
 or 
 $ (k, 2n) = (3, 6), (3, 8), (4, 6), (4, 8) $
 or
$ (k, 2n) = (3, 6), (3, 8), (4, 6), (4, 8) $
 or 
 $ (6, 8) $
. If
$ (6, 8) $
. If 
 $ k = (2n)' $
 or
$ k = (2n)' $
 or 
 $ (2n)" $
, Proposition 6.8 shows that we must have
$ (2n)" $
, Proposition 6.8 shows that we must have 
 $ n = 1, 2, 3 $
 (and that then
$ n = 1, 2, 3 $
 (and that then 
 $ G $
 does indeed have a dense orbit), giving case (v); if
$ G $
 does indeed have a dense orbit), giving case (v); if 
 $ k = 2n - 1 $
, Proposition 6.9 shows the same thing, giving case (vi). Propositions 6.11 and 6.12 show that
$ k = 2n - 1 $
, Proposition 6.9 shows the same thing, giving case (vi). Propositions 6.11 and 6.12 show that 
 $ (k, 2n) \neq (4, 6), (4, 8) $
 or
$ (k, 2n) \neq (4, 6), (4, 8) $
 or 
 $ (6, 8) $
, and then Lemma 6.1 shows that
$ (6, 8) $
, and then Lemma 6.1 shows that 
 $ k \neq 4 $
. If
$ k \neq 4 $
. If 
 $ k = 3 $
, Proposition 6.10 shows that
$ k = 3 $
, Proposition 6.10 shows that 
 $ G $
 does have a dense orbit if
$ G $
 does have a dense orbit if 
 $ n = 3 $
, and then Lemma 6.1 shows that the same is true if
$ n = 3 $
, and then Lemma 6.1 shows that the same is true if 
 $ n> 3 $
, giving case (iv). Finally, if
$ n> 3 $
, giving case (iv). Finally, if 
 $ k = 2 $
, the sphericality of
$ k = 2 $
, the sphericality of 
 $ Sp_2 \otimes Sp_4 $
 shows that
$ Sp_2 \otimes Sp_4 $
 shows that 
 $ G $
 does have a dense orbit if
$ G $
 does have a dense orbit if 
 $ n = 2 $
, and then Lemma 6.1 shows that the same is true if
$ n = 2 $
, and then Lemma 6.1 shows that the same is true if 
 $ n> 2 $
, giving case (iii).
$ n> 2 $
, giving case (iii).
7 Proof of Theorem 5
We conclude with the proof of Theorem 5.
Proof of Theorem 5.
 By Theorem 2.1, either both G and H are parabolic subgroups, and by the Bruhat decomposition we have finitely many 
 $(G,H)$
-double cosets in
$(G,H)$
-double cosets in 
 $\Gamma $
; or they are both reductive, and by [Reference Brundan6, Thm. A], there is a dense double coset if and only if there is a single double coset (hence a factorization
$\Gamma $
; or they are both reductive, and by [Reference Brundan6, Thm. A], there is a dense double coset if and only if there is a single double coset (hence a factorization 
 $\Gamma = GH$
); or one of the two subgroups, say H, is a maximal parabolic, and G is reductive. It remains to deal with this last case, so assume that
$\Gamma = GH$
); or one of the two subgroups, say H, is a maximal parabolic, and G is reductive. It remains to deal with this last case, so assume that 
 $H =P_k$
 is a maximal parabolic and G is reductive. If
$H =P_k$
 is a maximal parabolic and G is reductive. If 
 $\Gamma = SL(V)$
 or if
$\Gamma = SL(V)$
 or if 
 $\Gamma = Sp(V)$
 with
$\Gamma = Sp(V)$
 with 
 $k=1$
, there is a dense
$k=1$
, there is a dense 
 $(G,H)$
-double coset in
$(G,H)$
-double coset in 
 $\Gamma $
 if and only if G acts on the Grassmannian
$\Gamma $
 if and only if G acts on the Grassmannian 
 $\mathcal {G}_k(V)$
 with a dense orbit. This is equivalent to
$\mathcal {G}_k(V)$
 with a dense orbit. This is equivalent to 
 $GL_k\otimes G$
 acting on
$GL_k\otimes G$
 acting on 
 $K^k\otimes V$
 with a dense orbit – which is equivalent to the pair
$K^k\otimes V$
 with a dense orbit – which is equivalent to the pair 
 $(GL_k\otimes G, K^k\otimes V)$
 being a prehomogeneous vector space, as classified by [Reference Sato and Kimura29][Reference Zhijie32][Reference Zhijie33].
$(GL_k\otimes G, K^k\otimes V)$
 being a prehomogeneous vector space, as classified by [Reference Sato and Kimura29][Reference Zhijie32][Reference Zhijie33].
 Now assume that 
 $\Gamma \neq SL(V)$
 and
$\Gamma \neq SL(V)$
 and 
 $k\neq 1$
 if
$k\neq 1$
 if 
 $\Gamma = Sp(V)$
. There are
$\Gamma = Sp(V)$
. There are 
 $4$
 options for G. The first option is for G to be simple and irreducible on V, in which case there is a dense
$4$
 options for G. The first option is for G to be simple and irreducible on V, in which case there is a dense 
 $(G,H)$
-double coset if and only if G has a dense orbit on the variety of totally singular subspaces corresponding to
$(G,H)$
-double coset if and only if G has a dense orbit on the variety of totally singular subspaces corresponding to 
 $\Gamma /H$
, as classified by Theorem 3.
$\Gamma /H$
, as classified by Theorem 3.
 The second option is for G to be the connected component of the stabilizer of an orthogonal sum (i.e., 
 $G=Sp(V_1)\times Sp(V_2)$
 and
$G=Sp(V_1)\times Sp(V_2)$
 and 
 $\Gamma = Sp(V_1\perp V_2)$
 or
$\Gamma = Sp(V_1\perp V_2)$
 or 
 $G=SO(V_1)\times SO(V_2)$
 and
$G=SO(V_1)\times SO(V_2)$
 and 
 $\Gamma = SO(V_1\perp V_2)$
), and in both cases, G is a spherical subgroup of
$\Gamma = SO(V_1\perp V_2)$
), and in both cases, G is a spherical subgroup of 
 $\Gamma $
. Thirdly, we can have G being the stabilizer of a degenerate but nonsingular
$\Gamma $
. Thirdly, we can have G being the stabilizer of a degenerate but nonsingular 
 $1$
-space of V, where
$1$
-space of V, where 
 $p=2$
 and V is orthogonal. In this case, G is again spherical in
$p=2$
 and V is orthogonal. In this case, G is again spherical in 
 $\Gamma $
.
$\Gamma $
.
 Lastly, G can be semisimple but not simple, acting irreducibly and tensor decomposably on V. The possibilities for 
 $(G,k)$
 are then given by Theorem 4.
$(G,k)$
 are then given by Theorem 4.
A Magma code










Acknowledgements
The author is extremely grateful to Prof. Martin Liebeck to Prof. Donna Testerman for their lasting support and helpful conversations. The author would also like to thank the anonymous reviewer for their very careful reading of the manuscript and their many suggestions for fixing gaps and improving the overall quality.
Competing interest
The author have no competing interest to declare.
Financial Support
The initial part of this work was undertaken during the author’s tenure as INI-Simons Post Doctoral Research Fellow. The author would like to thank INI and DPMMS for support and hospitality during this fellowship, which was supported by the Simons Foundation (Award ID 316017) and by EPSRC (grant number EP/R014604/1).
The work was further supported by the Swiss National Science Foundation (grant number 207730).
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 






















